Sentencing Immigrants

  Introduction

The most commonly charged federal felony is the crime of reentering the United States after deportation.18 U.S.C. § 1326. On average twenty thousand people have been prosecuted for it per year since 2010, making unlawful reentry cases about one-third of the federal criminal caseload.2See Am. Immigr. Council, Prosecuting People for Coming to the United States (Aug 23, 2021), https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/research/immigration-prosecutions [https://perma.cc/7MAZ-JJD6]. The reported number of § 1326 prosecutions for fiscal year 2023 was 14,350. Off. of the U. S. Att’ys, Prosecuting Immigration Crimes Report, 8 U.S.C § 1326 Monthly Defs Filed 3 (2023). See also U. S. Courts, Federal Judicial Caseload Statistics 2023, https://www.uscourts.gov/statistics-reports/federal-judicial-caseload-statistics-2023 [https://perma.cc/5CZB-E99C] (noting that immigration offenses constituted 29% of federal criminal filings in 2023); U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, 2023 Annual Report 14 (“In FY 2023, immigration offenses were most common, accounting for 30.0 percent of the total sentencing caseload.”). And that number is about to dramatically increase. President Trump’s Department of Justice has announced a new policy of charging felony unlawful reentry in every available case, and it plans to reassign federal prosecutors working on drug and terrorism cases in order to prosecute more immigrants.3Memorandum from Acting Deputy Attorney General Emil Bove to All Department Employees, Interim Policy Changes Regarding Charging, Sentencing, and Immigration Enforcement (Jan. 21, 2025). Roughly 99% of the defendants in unlawful reentry cases are Latin American.4U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2023), https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/quick-facts/Illegal_Reentry_FY22.pdf [https://perma.cc/VC6S-5L43]. The charge is, by definition, a nonviolent and victimless crime. It involves only entering or being found in the United States after a deportation. Yet defendants in these cases are systematically punished more harshly than comparable U.S. citizen defendants are in other cases. This happens in two ways.

First, the United States Sentencing Guidelines count reentry defendants’ criminal history against them twice. The Sentencing Guidelines are a complex set of rules that produce recommended sentences in federal criminal cases. While federal judges are not bound by the Guidelines, they follow the Guidelines about 90% of the time in unlawful reentry sentencings.5See id. at 2; U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Federal Sentencing of Illegal Reentry: The Impact of the 2016 Guideline Amendment 9 (2022). In a standard criminal case, the Guidelines create a recommended sentence range by quantifying two variables: the defendant’s past convictions and facts about the current case. Past convictions create a “Criminal History Category” between one and six, while facts about the current crime create an “Offense Level” between one and forty-three.6See infra Appendix (United States Sentencing Guidelines Sentencing Table). But in unlawful reentry cases, past convictions increase both the Criminal History Category and the Offense Level. Reentry defendants thus receive much larger sentence enhancements for their past crimes.

This double counting is worsened by another problem: the arbitrary way prior convictions are used to generate enhancements. The unlawful reentry guidelines make large swings in sentence length turn on obscure details of a person’s criminal history. This renders sentencing in these cases uniquely random and uncertain. Multiple years in prison turn on minutiae like the precise timing of a deportation order or probation violation, or whether a state uses a determinate or indeterminate sentencing system. People with similar criminal and immigration histories receive vastly different sentences based on such technical differences. And this problem is further compounded by the difficulty of finding and interpreting state conviction records. Figuring out the recommended sentence is like solving a high-stakes logic game. Defense lawyers are commonly unable to discern what length of sentence a defendant is looking at. And because the system pressures reentry defendants to plead guilty at the first opportunity, defendants often find out at sentencing that their punishment will be more severe than anticipated.

Second, undocumented immigrants serve a substantially larger portion of their sentences than do U.S. citizen defendants. The First Step Act, signed into law by President Trump in 2018, created a new system of “earned time” credits for federal prisoners.7See 18 U.S.C. § 3632. Under that law, a federal defendant who is willing to participate in anti-recidivism programs can get up to fifteen days off their prison sentence for every thirty days served.818 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(A). That means their time in prison can be reduced by up to one-third. In addition, defendants receive these credits even if they are not assigned to a program or no program is available. The only requirement is that they not refuse to participate. But deportable immigrants are prohibited from both participating in First Step Act programs and receiving custody reductions.918 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(D)(lix), (E). This means that, by law, an undocumented prisoner will serve a significantly higher percentage of their sentence due to their immigration status.

To illustrate how this sentencing discrimination works in practice, consider two federal defendants: X and Y. Defendant X is charged with escaping from a federal prison, while defendant Y is charged with reentering the United States after deportation.10The crime of escaping from prison is codified at 18 U.S.C. § 751. This crime was chosen for comparison because, as with § 1326, the defendant is legally excluded from the community and is being prosecuted for violating that exclusion. Both X and Y have identical criminal histories: two prior felony convictions within the past fifteen years, each resulting in a two-year sentence. Under the Sentencing Guidelines, both X and Y will have a Criminal History Category of III due to the two prior felonies.11U.S. Sent’g Guidelines Manual § 4A1.1 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023) [hereinafter “Guidelines Manual”] (providing that each of the convictions receives three criminal history points, meaning both X and Y have six total points, which puts them in criminal history category (“CHC”) III). Assuming that there are no aggravating or mitigating facts (like using physical violence or returning to custody voluntarily), X will have an Offense Level of thirteen for escaping from prison.12Id. § 2P1.1 (2023). Y will start with a lower Offense Level of eight for reentering the United States. But Y’s past convictions will also trigger enhancements of the Offense Level. If Y’s first deportation happened either before or after their two felony convictions, their total Offense Level will be sixteen.13Id. § 2L1.2 (2023). If their first deportation happened in between the two felony convictions, the Offense Level will be twenty-four.14Id. The Guidelines will recommend a sentence of eighteen to twenty-four months for X’s prison escape. And for Y’s reentry, they will recommend a sentence of either twenty-seven to thirty-three months or sixty-three to seventy-eight months (depending entirely on the timing of the first deportation). Unlawful reentry is the only federal crime for which criminal history is double counted like this. And once in prison, X will qualify for First Step Act programs that will let X spend up to one-third of their sentence out of custody or at a halfway house. Y, as a deported immigrant, cannot benefit from those programs.

As this example shows, these rules create two separate and unequal federal sentencing systems. Undocumented defendants, basically all of them Latin American, are treated more severely for their past crimes and are denied the lenient sentence reductions that U.S. citizens enjoy. And the enactment history of these policies reflects nativist animosity toward Latin American immigrants. The large recidivist enhancement for unlawful reentry was first created in 1991 with no study and little debate.15See infra Section I.B. It was enacted in response to Congress increasing the maximum sentence from two to fifteen years. That statutory change, in turn, was driven by racial panic in Florida over Haitian and Cuban refugees causing a supposed crime wave.16See infra Section I.A. The initial enhancement focused only on a small number of serious crimes, including murder and drug trafficking. But it evolved over time into a general enhancement for all past crimes. The First Step Act, in turn, was the first Trump Administration’s signature criminal justice reform initiative. Since the Trump Administration has been the most anti-immigration presidency in

recent memory, it is not surprising that the law excludes deportable immigrants from its earned time credit system.17See infra Section I.C.

These sentencing rules explicitly discriminate against immigrants, and their history reflects racist and nativist antipathies. It might thus be logical to look to the Equal Protection Clause for a remedy, or to the federal statute mandating that the Sentencing Guidelines be “entirely neutral” as to race and national origin.1828 U.S.C. § 994(d). But defendants trying to make such arguments have run into a problem—the Supreme Court’s antidiscrimination doctrines erect numerous obstacles to such equality claims.19See, e.g., United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801 (11th Cir. 2021) (rejecting an equal protection argument against the Guidelines’ double counting of criminal history in unlawful reentry cases); cases cited infra note 371. Federal laws that discriminate by immigration status are only subjected to “rational basis” review.20See Mathews v. Diaz, 426 U.S. 67 (1976). While these sentencing rules overwhelmingly burden Latin American defendants, the Supreme Court has disallowed racial discrimination claims that rely on disparate impact.21See United States v. Armstrong, 517 U.S. 456 (1996); McCleskey v. Kemp, 481 U.S. 279 (1987); Washington v. Davis, 426 U.S. 229 (1976). And the Court adopts a strong presumption that government action is not motivated by racial animus.22See Abbott v. Perez, 585 U.S. 579 (2018).

But sentencing is not like judicial review. In the discretionary sentencing context, the judge is the legally designated decisionmaker. They are not reviewing the work of an agency or legislature. Federal judges are empowered to disregard the Guidelines and sentence a defendant anywhere within the statutory range.23See United States v. Booker, 543 U.S. 220 (2005). The deference concerns that have hollowed out Equal Protection doctrine thus do not apply to discretionary sentencing decisions. In other contexts, scholars have identified circumstances in which executive branch agencies engage in “administrative constitutionalism”—incorporating constitutional norms into policy more robustly than formal legal doctrine requires.24See, e.g., Gillian E. Metzger, Administrative Constitutionalism, 91 Tex. L. Rev. 1897 (2013); Karen M. Tani, Administrative Constitutionalism at the “Borders of Belonging”: Drawing on History to Expand the Archive and Change the Lens, 167 U. Pa. L. Rev. 1603 (2019); Karen M. Tani, Administrative Equal Protection: Federalism, the Fourteenth Amendment, and the Rights of the Poor, 100 Cornell L. Rev. 825 (2015); Karen M. Tani, An Administrative Right to Be Free from Sexual Violence? Title IX Enforcement in Historical and Institutional Perspective, 66 Duke L.J. 1847 (2017); Sophia Z. Lee, Race, Sex, and Rulemaking: Administrative Constitutionalism and the Workplace, 1960 to the Present, 96 Va. L. Rev. 799 (2010); Blake Emerson, Affirmatively Furthering Equal Protection: Constitutional Meaning in the Administration of Fair Housing, 65 Buff. L. Rev. 163 (2017); Eric S. Fish, Prosecutorial Constitutionalism, 90 S. Cal. L. Rev. 237 (2017); Bertrall L. Ross II, Administrative Constitutionalism as Popular Constitutionalism, 168 U. Pa. L. Rev. 1783 (2019); Russell Gold, Beyond the Judicial Fourth Amendment: The Prosecutor’s Role, 47 U.C. Davis L. Rev. 1591 (2013). Judges should also embrace a version of administrative constitutionalism at sentencing. Here I call this “sentencing constitutionalism.” Employing it, judges should reject sentencing rules that create racial and immigration-status-based hierarchies. And they should do so even if those rules would be upheld in the formal constitutional review context. Justice Kennedy gestured at something like this approach in Beckles v. United States.25Beckles v. United States, 580 U.S. 256 (2017). In that case, the Supreme Court held that constitutional vagueness challenges do not apply to the Federal Sentencing Guidelines because they are advisory.26Id. at 265. But Justice Kennedy wrote a concurrence arguing that quasi-constitutional vagueness arguments still have a place in the discretionary sentencing context.27Id. at 270–71 (Kennedy, J., concurring). Sentencing constitutionalism is also analogous to the idea of “imperfect” defenses in criminal cases. There are contexts in which a defendant cannot legally argue a defense like duress or self-defense, but the moral justification underlying that defense still clearly applies.28See, e.g., Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 5K2.12 (2023) (addressing imperfect defense departures); Carissa Byrne Hessick & Douglas A. Berman, Towards a Theory of Mitigation, 96 B.U. L. Rev. 161, 188–91 (2016). Judges will often reduce defendants’ sentences due to such imperfect defenses.29Hessick & Berman, supra note 28, at 191. Sentencing constitutionalism operates the same way, but with constitutional equality claims in place of defenses.

Federal crack cocaine sentencing provides a powerful example of sentencing constitutionalism in practice, as well as a close analogue to the sentencing discrimination faced by immigrants. For sentencing purposes, the Guidelines initially treated one gram of crack cocaine the same as one hundred grams of powder cocaine.30See Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2D1.1(c); Kimbrough v. United States, 552 U.S. 85, 96–97 (2007). This caused crack cocaine traffickers to be punished much more harshly than powder cocaine traffickers for the same volume of basically equivalent drugs. And this had a clear disparate impact by race because crack cocaine defendants were almost entirely African American.31U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Special Report to Congress: Cocaine and Federal Sentencing Policy 156, 161 (1995); Deborah Vagins & Jesselyn McCurdy, ACLU, Cracks in the System: 20 Years of the Unjust Federal Crack Cocaine Law i (2006). Much like the policy of double-counting immigrants’ criminal history, these crack sentencing rules were designed without formal deliberation or policy analysis,32See Kimbrough, 552 U.S. at 109–10. and were made in response to a congressional statute enacted during a racialized moral panic over crime.33See Doris Marie Provine, Unequal Under Law: Race in the War on Drugs 104–19 (2007). The crack sentencing guidelines were ultimately upheld in direct constitutional challenges.34See, e.g., United States v. Clary, 34 F.3d 709 (8th Cir. 1994); United States v. Singleterry, 29 F.3d 733 (1st Cir. 1994); United States v. Byse, 28 F.3d 1165 (11th Cir. 1994); David Sklansky, Cocaine, Race, and Equal Protection, 47 Stan. L. Rev. 1283, 1303–06 (1995) (collecting cases). But many federal judges have exercised their authority to disregard the crack guidelines and adopt less discriminatory sentencing practices.35See U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Final Report on the Impact of United States v. Booker on Federal Sentencing 18 n.140 (2006) (collecting cases where judges varied from the crack cocaine guidelines); U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Interactive Data Analyzer, https://ida.ussc.gov/analytics/saw.dll?Dashboard [https://archive.ph/qjcmT] (showing that more than half of crack cocaine sentences are downward variances from the guidelines range). In doing so, these judges have adhered to a higher standard of antidiscrimination than formal doctrine requires. Judges should act similarly in the immigrant sentencing context. They should refuse to impose the discriminatory rules built into the Guidelines, and they should counteract the discrimination built into the First Step Act’s sentence reductions.36Indeed, a few judges have done this. See, e.g., United States v. Zapata-Trevino, 378 F. Supp. 2d 1321 (D.N.M. 2005) (sentencing a reentry defendant below the Guidelines range to offset the discriminatory effects of double counting criminal history and exclusion from in-custody programming); United States v. Santos, 406 F. Supp. 2d 320 (S.D.N.Y. 2005) (same).

This Article has two goals: to describe how federal sentencing law discriminates against undocumented immigrants, and to propose a framework for judges to counteract that discrimination. It is organized into four Parts. Part I traces the history of federal immigrant sentencing over the last several decades, exploring how and why these unequal rules were adopted. Part II shows that these sentencing rules discriminate explicitly by immigration status, and in effect by race. Part III explains how the Guidelines’ double-enhancements for criminal history create a sentencing system where arbitrary details of a defendant’s criminal record dictate large (often multi-year) increases in their sentence. It also illustrates the problem with a real-life case. Part IV introduces the concept of sentencing constitutionalism. It argues that judges should exercise their inherent power over discretionary sentencing to counteract punishment rules that discriminate by race and immigration status. It also shows that federal judges have been doing precisely this in the context of crack cocaine sentences—varying downward to mitigate racial discrimination that has gone unredressed in formal legal challenges.

I.  The Evolution of Undocumented Immigrant Sentencing

This Part explores how federal law crafted a separate sentencing system for undocumented immigrant defendants. It focuses on three key changes. First, in the late 1980s and early 1990s, three members of Congress from Florida—Lawton Chiles, Bob Graham, and Bill McCollum—successfully pushed to increase the maximum penalty for unlawful reentry from two to twenty years.37Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-690, § 7345(a)(2), 102 Stat. 4181, 4471 (codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1326(b)(1) (1988)); Immigration Act of 1990, Pub. L. No. 101-649, § 543(b)(3), 104 Stat. 5059 (codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1326(b)(1) (1990)). These legislators justified the increase by arguing that immigrants were causing a crime wave. They did so in reaction to a nativist panic in Florida over Cuban and Haitian immigration. Second, in response to this increase in the maximum penalty, the United States Sentencing Commission amended the unlawful reentry guidelines in 1991 to provide double sentence enhancements for prior convictions.38Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at app. C, amend. 375 (1991). Those guidelines have changed significantly in the intervening years, most notably in 2001 and 2016. But they still punish unlawful reentry defendants more severely for past convictions than other federal defendants. Third, in 2018 Congress enacted the First Step Act with support from the Trump Administration.39First Step Act of 2018, Pub. L. No. 115-391, 132 Stat. 5194 (2018) (codified at 18 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)). Among other things, that law created a system of earned time credits that let federal prisoners reduce their custody time by up to a third. But, due to the Trump Administration’s antipathy toward Latin American immigrants, prisoners with deportation orders were excluded from earning such credits.

A.  Florida’s Refugee Crisis and Reentry Sentences

Congress originally criminalized unlawful reentry in 1929, as part of the “Undesirable Aliens Act.”40An “act making it [a] felony with penalty for certain aliens to enter [the] United States [of America] under certain conditions in violation of law,” S.5094, 70th Cong. (1929) (enacted). The legislators who enacted it believed in scientific racism, and their goal was to limit immigration from Latin America in order to preserve the purity of the white race.41On the racist enactment history of the Undesirable Aliens Act, see, e.g., Eric S. Fish, Race, History, and Immigration Crimes, 107 Iowa L. Rev. 1051 (2022); Kelly Lytle Hernández, City of Inmates: Conquest, Rebellion, and the Rise of Human Caging in Los Angeles 1771–1965 (2017); Benjamin Gonzalez O’Brien, Handcuffs and Chain Link: Criminalizing the Undocumented in America (2018); César Cuahtémoc García Hernández, Welcome the Wretched 44–71 (2024). The law established, among other things, that any noncitizen convicted of reentering the United States after deportation would face up to two years in prison.42In a separate provision, the law also criminalized unlawful entry without a prior deportation as a misdemeanor with a six-month maximum penalty. That provision is codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1325. That unlawful reentry provision is now codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1326.

The sentences for unlawful reentry remained unchanged from 1929 until the late 1980s, when three members of Congress from Florida—Senator Lawton Chiles, Senator Bob Graham, and Representative Bill McCollum—sponsored a series of amendments that made the law harsher. To understand these legislators’ focus on punishing unlawful reentry more severely, one must appreciate Florida’s immigration politics in the 1980s and early 1990s.43See Aff. of Dr. S. Deborah Kang, United States v. Munoz-De La O, No. 20-cr-134-RMP, ECF No. 78–2, 24–54 (E.D. Wash., Dec. 22, 2021) [hereinafter Kang Affidavit]; Br. of Prof. S. Deborah Kang as Amicus Curiae in Supp. of Defs-Appellants, United States v. Ferretiz-Hernandez, No. 21-cr-00063 (11th Cir., Oct. 26, 2023). During that period, large influxes of refugees from Cuba and Haiti sparked a racial panic.44See Carl Lindskoog, Detain and Punish: Haitian Refugees and the Rise of the World’s Largest Immigration Detention System (2018); Alexander Stephens, Making Migrants “Criminal”: The Mariel Boatlift, Miami, and U.S. Immigration Policy in the 1980s, 17 Anthurium 4 (2021); Jonathan Simon, Refugees in a Carceral Age: The Rebirth of Immigration Prisons in the United States, 10 Pub. Culture 577, 582–94 (1998); Evelyn Cartright, The Plight of Haitian Refugees in South Florida, 12 J. of Haitian Stud. 112 (2006). In 1980, the Mariel boatlift brought nearly 125,000 Cubans and Haitians to Florida.45Stephens, supra note 44, at 1; Simon, supra note 44, at 579. Thousands more Haitians arrived in Florida as refugees from the Duvalier regime, and later from the military government that overthrew President Aristide in a coup.46Cartright, supra note 44, at 112–14. The presence of these immigrants caused a racist and nativist backlash among Floridians. The refugees were seen as carrying infectious diseases and creating a public health crisis.47Lindskoog, supra note 44, at 16–17, 53–54; Kang Affidavit, supra note 43, at 32–33, 64. They were also viewed as committing widespread crime.48Jillian Jacklin, The Cuban Refugee Criminal: Media Reporting and the Production of a Popular Image, 11 Int’l J. Cuban Stud. 61 (2019); Lindskoog, supra note 44, at 53, 81, 131–37; Stephens, supra note 44, at 1–5. Especially salient in Floridians’ minds was the specter of Latin American and Caribbean drug trafficking networks.49Stephens, supra note 44, at 10; Jacklin, supra note 48, at 66. Florida’s politicians (including Chiles, Graham, and McCollum) stoked these nativist fears and responded to them with anti-immigrant measures.50See Kang Affidavit, supra note 43, at 24–90; Stephens, supra note 44 at 11–13; Lindskoog, supra note 44, at 53–54. The federal government incarcerated thousands of Cuban and Haitian immigrants in detention centers and jails.51See Simon, supra note 44, at 582–90; Stephens, supra note 44 at 4–13. And Florida’s representatives in Congress sought, among other things, to increase the penalties for unlawful reentry.

The maximum sentence for unlawful reentry stayed at two years until 1988, when Senator Lawton Chiles proposed an amendment to increase it.52See Doug Keller, Re-thinking Illegal Entry and Re-entry, 44 Loy. U. Chi. L.J. 65, 96–97 (2012). Chiles’s amendment, which was attached to the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, increased the maximum penalty to five years for any defendant who was deported after a felony conviction.53Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-690, § 7345(a)(2), 102 Stat. 4181, 4471 (codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1326(b)(1) (1988)). It also increased the maximum to fifteen years for any defendant deported after an “aggravated felony” conviction (Senator Chiles’s original proposal was for a fifteen-year mandatory minimum sentence, but this was changed to an increased maximum in the final statute).54Id.; see 133 Cong. Rec. S8772 (daily ed. Apr. 9, 1987) (statement of Sen. Chiles) (“any deported alien (aggravated felon) who reenters: mandatory 15 years”). See also Letter from H. Allen Moye, Assistant U.S. Attorney, to Ray Rukstele, First Assistant U.S. Attorney, Northern District of Georgia re Sentencing Guidelines: Re-Entry After Deportation of Aggravated Felons, Title 8, U.S.C. § 1326 Sept. 27, 1990 (on file with author) (“Unfortunately, during the House Sub-Committee hearings on this legislation, the minimum mandatory provision of this section was deleted from the original language.”). The term “aggravated felony” was introduced in the same legislation, as a way to designate crimes that will almost certainly result in deportation.55Anti-Drug Abuse Act § 7342, 102 Stat. at 4469–70 (codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43) (Nov. 18, 1988)); See Am. Immigr. Council, Aggravated Felonies: An Overview (Mar. 2021). The term initially only applied to a small list of crimes—murder, drug trafficking, and firearms trafficking—but it was later expanded.56See Keller, supra note 52, at 110; 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43) (current list of aggravated felonies). Along with the increase in reentry penalties, Chiles introduced a number of other amendments to make immigration enforcement more punitive. These included a provision increasing the penalties for immigrant smuggling, a provision making it a crime not to appear at deportation proceedings, and a provision denying bond in the immigration system for people with aggravated felony convictions.57133 Cong. Rec. S8772 (daily ed. Apr. 9, 1987) (statement of Sen. Chiles).

In arguing for his amendments, Senator Chiles explicitly connected them to Florida’s panic over immigrant crime. In the committee hearing that he chaired presenting the proposals, he asserted in his opening statement that “an expansive drug syndicate established and managed by illegal aliens” was “so widespread and lucrative that they are attracting other aliens just to come into the illegal enterprise.”58Illegal Alien Felons: A Federal Responsibility: Hearing Before the S. Subcomm. on Fed. Spending, Budget, and Acct. of the Comm. on Governmental Affs., 100th Cong. 1–2 (1987) (statement of Sen. Chiles). He also claimed that “one of the largest and most widespread crack operations is run by illegal Haitians.”59Id. at 2. Chiles elicited testimony from several Florida law enforcement witnesses, who testified that Haitian immigrants play a major role in the Florida drug trade, and that it is difficult to prosecute such immigrants due to them skipping bond or leaving the United States.60Id. at 3–41. For example, one witness, an undocumented Haitian immigrant who was a police informant in Orlando, testified: “Many Haitians are brought into the United States illegally for the

sole purpose of dealing drugs and to recruit other Haitians for the drug business. These dealers are mixed with political refugees to hide their identity.”61Id. at 13.

In Chiles’s speech introducing his proposed amendments on the Senate floor, he stated that “the number of illegal aliens who deal in crack in the Orlando area has increased 300 percent in the last year,” and that “these numbers are being duplicated throughout Florida.”62133 Cong. Rec. S8771 (daily ed. Apr. 9, 1987) (statement of Sen. Chiles). He further warned that Florida was facing “expansive drug syndicates established and managed by illegal aliens.”63Id. He claimed that “these syndicates operate many of the drug networks—crack, cocaine, and heroin—in Florida and throughout the United States.”64Id. And also that “illegal alien felons . . . have no fear of or respect for our legal system.”65Id. Chiles’s claims about the scope of immigrant drug activity were exaggerated and implausible.66See Kang Affidavit, supra note 43, at 46–48; Implementation of Immigration Reform: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Immigr. and Refugee Affs. of the Comm. on the Judiciary, 100th Cong. 32–50 (1988). Nonetheless, they were the major motivation behind his successful effort to increase reentry penalties. Chiles said the goals of the law were “creating a greater deterrent to alien drug traffickers who are considering illegal entry into the United States” and to “give law enforcement authorities a broader arena for prosecuting the drug offender.”67133 Cong. Rec. at S8772.

Several other legislative changes sponsored by Florida congressmen in the early 1990s also made § 1326 more punitive. In 1994, Representative McCollum successfully advocated an additional hike in the maximum sentences for unlawful reentry.68See 139 Cong. Rec. E749–50 (Mar. 24, 1993) (remarks of Rep. McCollum proposing increase in maximum penalties); Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, Pub. L. No. 103-322, § 130004, 108 Stat. 1796, at 2023 (1994) (enacting Rep. McCollum’s proposal). His amendment increased the maximum penalty to ten years for a defendant deported after a felony conviction, and to twenty years for a defendant deported after an aggravated felony conviction.69These are still the maximum penalties today. See 8 U.S.C. § 1326. In addition, Representative McCollum and Senator Graham successfully sponsored several amendments that expanded the definition of “aggravated felony” to include a significantly longer list of crimes, many of them less serious.70See 139 Cong. Rec. E749–50 (Mar. 24, 1993) (remarks of Rep. McCollum proposing to expand the definition of aggravated felony); Immigration and Nationality Technical Corrections Act of 1994, Pub. L. No. 103-416, § 222(a), 108 Stat. 4305, 4320-21 (1994) (enacting Rep. McCollum’s proposal); 136 Cong. Rec. S17117-18 (Oct. 26, 1990) (remarks of Sen. Graham proposing to expand the definition of aggravated felony); Immigration Act of 1990, Pub. L. No. 101-649, § 501, 104 Stat. 4978, 5048 (Nov. 29, 1990) (enacting Sen. Graham’s proposal); see also Kang Affidavit, supra note 43, at 50–54, 74–80. Senator Graham also co-sponsored a provision that would have required the U.S. Sentencing Commission to increase unlawful reentry sentences for people deported after aggravated felony convictions.71135 Cong. Rec. S23608 (daily ed. Oct. 5, 1989). The proposal called on the Commission to “assign[] an offense level . . . that constitutes a meaningful deterrence to the commission of such offense.”72Id. Graham added this provision to Senate Bill 1711, titled “Implementing the President’s 1989 National Drug Control Strategy,” which passed in the Senate but did not ultimately become law.73Implementing the President’s 1989 National Drug Control Strategy, S. 1711, 101st Cong (1989–1990). A prosecutor testifying before a congressional subcommittee later described Graham’s proposal as “a ‘sense of the Congress’ recommendation to the Federal Sentencing Commission that would upgrade the penalty for an aggravated criminal felon who after conviction returns to the United States.”74Criminal Aliens: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Immigr., Refugees, and Int’l Law of the H. Comm. on the Judiciary, 101st Cong. 1, 120 (1989) (statement of John Fried, Chief of the Trial Division, Manhattan District Attorney’s Office). Like Senator Chiles, Senator Graham and Representative McCollum were both focused on indulging Florida’s anti-refugee backlash.75See Stephens, supra note 44; Kang Affidavit, supra note 43 at 24–54. They made unlawful reentry punishments harsher in response to the perceived immigrant crime wave in their home state. As the next Section will show, these three politicians’ efforts had enormous consequences for unlawful reentry sentencing.

B.  Writing and Rewriting the Reentry Guidelines

In 1984, Congress enacted the Sentencing Reform Act and created the United States Sentencing Commission.76Sentencing Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98-473, 98 Stat. 1987 (1984). Three years later, the Commission published the first version of the United States Sentencing Guidelines.77Guidelines Manual, supra note 11 (1987). The main purpose of these new Guidelines was to reduce sentencing disparities between judges.78See Stephen Breyer, The Federal Sentencing Guidelines and the Key Compromises upon Which They Rest, 17 Hofstra L. Rev. 1, 4–6 (1988); Kate Stith & Steve Y. Koh, The Politics of Sentencing Reform: The Legislative History of the Federal Sentencing Guidelines, 28 Wake Forest L. Rev. 223, 225–36 (1993); Eric Fish, Sentencing and Interbranch Dialogue, 105 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 549, 561–62 (2015). They created a complex formula that takes facts about the defendant’s crime and past convictions as inputs, quantifies them into points,

and produces a sentencing range that judges were (until 2005) required to follow.79See Stith & Koh, supra note 79, at 269–70.

The Guidelines’ sentencing ranges are arrayed on a two-dimensional six by forty-three cell grid called the “Sentencing Table.”80See infra Appendix. The Sentencing Table’s Y-axis ranges from one to forty-three, and a defendant’s level is determined by facts about the current crime. Each crime is given a “base offense level” of a certain number of points, for example eight points for unlawful entry and thirteen points for escaping from prison.81Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2P1.1(a)(1) (2023); id. at § 2L1.2(a). Additional points are then added (or subtracted) for “specific offense characteristics,” which are facts particular to the defendant’s crime. If someone escaping from prison uses or threatens to use force, for example, they get five additional points.82Id. at § 2P1.1(b)(1). The Sentencing Table’s X-axis provides the defendant’s “criminal history category,” which ranges from category I to category VI. Where a defendant lands on this dimension is determined by the number, severity, and recency of their past convictions.83Id. at § 4A1.1. The Guidelines thus take facts about the defendant’s current case and facts about their criminal history, plug those facts into two distinct formulas, and map the resulting numbers onto a two-dimensional grid to produce a sentence range.84See Sarah French Russell, Rethinking Recidivist Enhancements: The Role of Prior Drug Convictions in Federal Sentencing, 43 U.C. Davis L. Rev. 1135, 1144–45 (2010).

When the Guidelines were first promulgated in 1987, a defendant convicted of unlawful reentry received a base offense level of six.85Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.2 (1987). If the defendant had previously “unlawfully entered or remained in the United States,” they received two additional points as a specific offense characteristic.86Id. The maximum offense level for unlawful reentry was thus eight. With eight offense level points, the sentence range varied from zero to six months (for those in criminal history category I) to eighteen to twenty-four months (for those in criminal history category VI).87See infra Appendix. For those with just 6 points (meaning no 2-point enhancement), the range went from 0–6 months in CHC I to 12–18 months in CHC VI. According to the Sentencing Commission, this initial version of the reentry guideline was designed to reflect then-existing sentencing norms for immigration cases.88The Commission conducted an empirical study showing that in 1987, defendants convicted of immigration crimes (including but not limited to unlawful reentry) served an average of 5.7 months in custody. U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Supplementary Report on the Initial Sentencing Guidelines and Policy Statements 69 (1987). The Commission estimated that prior to the Guidelines, unlawful reentry defendants were sentenced as though they had 7 offense level points. Id. at 34. A later analysis by the Commission concluded that the original immigration guidelines “did not deviate substantially from past practice.” U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Fifteen Years of Guideline Sentencing 65 (2004). See also Breyer, supra note 79, at 17–18 (explaining the Commission’s decision to use past practice to inform the initial Guidelines); Doug Keller, Why the Prior Conviction Sentencing Enhancements in Illegal Re-Entry Cases Are Unjust and Unjustified (and Unreasonable Too), 51 B.C. L. Rev. 719, 729–30 (2010) (describing the creation of the initial reentry guideline). A year later, in 1988, the Commission wrote a new version of this guideline that simply had a base offense level of eight, with no specific offense characteristics.89Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.2 (1988).

In 1989, the reentry guideline was amended to double-count defendants’ criminal history. The Commission added a four-point enhancement applying to any defendant who “previously was deported after sustaining a conviction for a felony.”90Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.2(b)(1) (1989). The enhancement excluded any felony “involving violation of the immigration laws.” This was the first time that the Commission created a specific offense enhancement for simply having a past conviction.91Keller, supra note 89, at 730. The Commission did also create a two-level enhancement in the immigrant smuggling guideline for people who had committed the same crime previously, but this enhancement was limited to defendants who had committed the exact same crime previously. Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.1(a)(2) (1989). This enhancement applied regardless of the prior conviction’s age—a felony from fifty years ago would still trigger the four-point enhancement.92See Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.1(a)(2) (1989); see also United States v. Olmos-Esparza, 484 F.3d 1111, 1116 (9th Cir. 2007). By contrast, the Guidelines’ standard criminal history score formula stops counting convictions after ten or fifteen years (depending on the prior sentence length).93Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 4A1.1 (1989). For criminal history score, the Guidelines count convictions with sentences that were imposed within the last ten years, unless the sentence was more than one year and one month. Convictions with a sentence over one year and one month count if the defendant was incarcerated within the last fifteen years. Id.

The Commission enacted this enhancement without conducting any studies or hearings, and without providing any apparent explanation for the change.94There is some very basic enactment history in the minutes for a meeting of the Commission in April 1989. These contain the following entry: “Motion made by Commissioner Breyer to adopt staff proposal of (4) level increase, amended to include departure for violent felony; seconded by Commissioner Nagel. Passed unanimously.” U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Minutes of April 18 & 19, 1989 Commission Business Meeting, at 4; see also Keller, supra note 89, at 730–31. The Commission’s commentary only notes that “this specific offense characteristic is in addition to, and not in lieu of, criminal history points added for the prior sentence.”95Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at app. C at C.111 (1989) (describing amendment 193). The enhancement closely tracks the language in Senator Chiles’s 1988 amendment to § 1326, which increased the maximum penalty to five years for any defendant “whose deportation was subsequent to a conviction for commission of a felony.”96Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-690, § 7345(a)(2), 102 Stat. 4181, 4471. The Guidelines’ commentary also mentions aggravated felonies, and suggests that “an upward departure may be warranted” in cases involving “a defendant previously deported after sustaining a conviction for an aggravated felony.”97Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.2 cmt. 3 (1989). The four-point enhancement in the 1989 Guidelines Manual is thus properly seen as a response to Senator Chiles’s amendment increasing the maximum sentences for defendants with prior felonies and aggravated felonies.98See id. at § I.A.

In 1991, the Commission added a much larger sixteen-point enhancement for any defendant who “previously was deported after a conviction for an aggravated felony.”99Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at § 2L1.2(b)(2) (1991). This was a very punitive change. For a reentry defendant in criminal history category I, it brought the sentencing range from zero to six months to fifty-one to sixty-three months.100See infra Appendix (moving from 8 points to 24 points). For a defendant in criminal history category VI, the enhancement would take them from 18 to 24 months to 100 to 125 months. For a defendant in category VI, it created a range of one hundred to one hundred twenty-five months. With this new enhancement, a single prior felony conviction for drug trafficking (or any other aggravated felony) would add multiple years to a defendant’s reentry sentence. This amendment was adopted a little over a year after Senator Graham’s proposal to mandate that the Commission increase penalties for reentry after an aggravated felony.101135 Cong. Rec. S23608 (daily ed. Oct. 5, 1989). While the Commission’s records do not reference Graham’s amendment, it was likely a motivating factor.102Cf. Implementing the President’s 1989 National Drug Control Strategy, S. 1711, 101st Cong. (1989) (prosecutor testifying before a congressional committee that Sen. Graham’s proposal reflected the views of Congress).

The Commission conducted hearings in 1991 on various proposed Guidelines amendments, including the enhancement for a prior aggravated felony.103U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Transcript of Public Hearing on Proposed Amendments to the Sentencing Guidelines at 31–32 (Mar. 5, 1991) [hereinafter Public Hearing]. At those hearings, a federal prosecutor named Joe Brown testified on behalf of the Department of Justice.104Joe B. Brown, U.S. Attorney, Middle District of Tennessee, Statement before the United States Sentencing Commission Concerning Proposed Sentencing Guidelines Amendments (Mar. 5, 1991). Mr. Brown was the chairman of the Attorney General’s Subcommittee on Sentencing Guidelines. Brown recommended that the Commission adopt a twenty-point enhancement for defendants deported after committing an aggravated felony.105Id. at 7–8. He connected this proposed enhancement to Senator Chiles’s amendment, noting that “[a]n increased penalty of this magnitude—two years to [fifteen] years—and limited to particularly defined offenses must, in our view, be reflected in the sentencing guidelines if the will of Congress is to be effectuated.”106Id. at 8. Brown also emphasized the need to deter immigrant drug dealers, claiming that “[i]n the ordinary case, an alien drug dealer who illegally returns to the United States to practice his trade will continue this pattern of conduct until there is a substantial disincentive to do so.”107Id. Brown was the only witness to discuss this enhancement at the hearings.108Public Hearing, supra note 104, at 31–32. There were nine witnesses total at the hearing, but only Brown discussed the aggravated felony enhancement to § 2L1.2. His analysis of it was perfunctory, taking up only two pages of the 171-page hearing transcript. By way of comparison, the Commission was simultaneously considering proposals for its corporate crime guidelines.109U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Transcript of Public Hearing on Sentencing Guidelines for Organizational Defendants (Dec. 13, 1990). For those it held a public hearing with fourteen witnesses (including a former attorney general and two assistant attorneys general) that generated a 267-page transcript.110Id.

The Commission conducted no policy analysis to justify the “aggravated felony” enhancement to the reentry guideline.111See Keller, supra note 89, at 734–35; Robert J. McWhirter & Jon M. Sands, Does the Punishment Fit the Crime? A Defense Perspective on Sentencing in Aggravated Felony Re-Entry Cases, 8 Fed. Sent. Rep. 275, 276 (1996); Russell, supra note 85, at 1185–86; see also Public Hearing Before the U.S. Sentencing Commission 30 (Mar. 13, 2008) (testimony of Maureen Franco) (“No empirical study or policy analysis was conducted to justify the 16-level enhancement.”). The Commission’s own staff declined to endorse the enhancement due to a lack of data.112The staff wrote an internal memo looking at seventy-two prior illegal reentry cases in order to gauge the impact of an enhancement for a prior aggravated felony. Memorandum from Carl Ricca & Tracy Leeber, Re: Proposed Amendments to the Immigration Guidelines, at 4 (Mar. 18, 1991). Based on this memo, the senior Commission staff declined to endorse the enhancement due to a lack of good data. Memorandum from John Steer et al., Re: Senior Staff Review of Amendment No. 23 (Mar. 25, 1991) (“In reviewing the attached report of the Immigration Working Group, staff note that the Working Group found only one case involving an aggravated felony. Because of the paucity of case experience and the potentially wide variation in seriousness of prior, aggravated felony convictions, there is not a consensus among senior staff that the proposed amendments . . . are warranted at this time.”). No defense lawyers testified at the public hearing on the merits of the aggravated felony enhancement.113Public Hearing, supra note 104 (containing testimony from three defense lawyers, none of whom discuss the aggravated felony enhancement). Numerous federal prosecutors and law enforcement agents wrote to the Commission urging it to increase the penalties for reentry, with many of them citing Chiles’s law as a justification.114See, e.g., Wayne A. Budd, U.S. Att’y, Mass., Comments on the Sentencing Guidelines (Sept. 1990) (urging a higher base offense level for illegal entry and reentry); Paul Maloney, Deputy Assistant Att’y Gen., Letter to Sentencing Commission, at 5–6 (Sept. 14, 1990) (“[W]e urge that Congress’ 10 year increase in the maximum sentence be recognized by a concomitant increase in the guidelines . . . by 20 levels for all prior ‘aggravated felony’ violations.”); Bart Szafnicki, Senior Special Agent, U.S. Immigration &Naturalization Serv., Letter to Sentencing Commission (Feb. 6, 1991) (calling for a “minimum 16 to 20 level increase” in offense level for aggravated felons based in part on Chiles’s amendment); Letter from H. Allen Moye, Assistant U.S. Att’y, Ga. (Sept. 7, 1990) (advocating increased penalties for aggravated felons based on Congress’s intent); Letter from Dexter Lehtinen, U.S. Att’y, S.D. Fla. (Dec. 3, 1990) (arguing for a 4-level increase for aggravated felons in order to combat Colombian, Haitian, and Jamaican drug traffickers); Letter from Katherine Armentrout, Assistant U.S. Att’y, Md. (Dec. 6, 1990) (advocating an increase so that drug dealing immigrants are punished more harshly). The Sentencing Commission also interviewed practitioners in California and Texas, including INS agents, prosecutors, defense lawyers, and judges, who provided different perspectives on whether illegal reentry should be punished more harshly.115In these interviews the prosecutors and agents advocated longer sentences, while the defense lawyers argued that longer sentences would be arbitrary and wouldn’t deter defendants. See U. S. Sent’g Comm’n, Commissioner Outreach: Immigration Offenses Texas (1990) (on file with author) (interviews with prosecutors, defense lawyers, probation officers, and other practitioners in Texas); Memorandum from Carl Ricca & Tracy Leeber, Re: Proposed Amendments to the Immigration Guidelines, at 6–7 (Mar. 18, 1991) (on file with author) (summarizing comments of prosecutors, defense lawyers, agents, and judges in San Diego and Los Angeles). Ultimately, aside from referencing Mr. Brown’s testimony, the Commission did not explain or justify the aggravated felony enhancement when it was adopted. The Commission enacted Mr. Brown’s proposal, but with sixteen points rather than twenty.116U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Minutes of the April 2, 1991, Business Meeting, at 2–3 (noting passage of the amendment and also incorporating a memorandum from Brown into the record); Guidelines Manual, supra note 11, at app. C at 200, amend. 375 (1991) (describing the new enhancement without providing any explanation for it).

These enhancements made the federal justice system much harsher for undocumented immigrants. They caused the average time in prison for unlawful reentry to more than double from 1991 to 2000, going from fifteen months to over thirty.117Fifteen Years of Guideline Sentencing, supra note 89, at 64–65. The enhancements also helped the government bring many more reentry prosecutions. In 1991 only around 2,000 reentry cases were prosecuted in the federal courts, but by the year 2000 there were nearly 10,000 cases.118Id. at 61. The prior conviction enhancements facilitated this increase by giving federal prosecutors much more punishment leverage to compel plea bargains. And the federal prosecutors who lobbied the Commission for higher reentry guidelines in 1991 were keenly aware that higher guidelines meant more and faster guilty pleas.119See, e.g., Letter from Peter N. Nunez, U.S. Att’y, S.D. Cal., to William Weld, Assistant Att’y Gen., Re: Application of Sentencing Guidelines to Immigration Prosecution (Nov. 3, 1987) (arguing that the DOJ should lobby for higher guidelines in immigrant smuggling cases, because higher guidelines would facilitate a fast-paced “flip flop” guilty plea program, while the incentive to plead guilty quickly would be “considerably weakened” if the guidelines sentences were low). The increased reentry punishments empowered prosecutors to create a fast-paced plea system called “Fast Track.”120See Amy Kimpel, Alienating Criminal Procedure, 37 Geo. Immigr. L.J. 237, 253–59 (2023); Keller, supra note 52, at 107–10; Alan Bersin & Judith Feigin, The Rule of Law at the Margin: Reinventing Prosecution Policy in the Southern District of California, 12 Geo. Immigr. L.J. 285, 300–03 (1997). Under the Fast Track program, reentry defendants who qualified for an enhancement were offered a deal for a charge with a two-year maximum sentence.121Bersin & Feigin, supra note 121, at 300. This deal required them to plead guilty at their first court appearance, waive the right to appeal, and agree to a specific sentence followed by immediate deportation.122Id. (“The conditions for the reduced sentence were that the defendant (1) waive indictment; (2) forego motions; (3) waive a presentence report; (4) stipulate to a particular sentence (usually 24 months); (5) submit to immediate sentencing; (6) waive all sentencing appeals; (7) consent to the entry of an order, issued by an Immigration Judge or officer, removing defendant from the United States upon conclusion of his or her prison term; and (8) waive all appeals of the removal order.”). The stipulated sentence was usually two years, but prosecutors sometimes required sentences of two-and-a-half or four years.123Id.; see also Jane McClellan & Jon Sands, Federal Sentencing Guidelines and the Policy Paradox of Early Disposition Programs: A Primer on “Fast-Track” Sentences, 38 Ariz. St. L.J. 517, 523 (2006). If a defendant rejected this deal and had a prior felony or aggravated felony, then they faced a higher sentence under the mandatory Guidelines.124See McWhirter & Sands, supra note 112, at 276–77. Fast Track thus used punishment leverage provided by the prior conviction enhancements to create a hyper-efficient plea process. The program was started in San Diego, but it spread to other border districts and allowed the massive growth of reentry prosecutions throughout the 1990s.125See Ingrid V. Eagly, Prosecuting Immigration, 104 Nw. U. L. Rev. 1281, 1321–25 (2010) (showing how fast track dramatically increased the number and rapidity of § 1326 prosecutions); Bersin & Feigin, supra note 121, at 302 (“In 1995, the office filed 1,334 criminal alien cases under section 1326 compared with only 240 the year before. In 1996, 1,297 felony re-entry matters were filed under section 1326 and 1,606 cases during 1997. The fast track system allowed this explosion in filings to be accomplished in this area of prosecutorial activity with limited staff increases and, for the most part, without diverting resources from other prosecutive priorities.” (footnote omitted)).

The Commission changed the reentry guideline in 2001 to create a more graduated system of prior conviction enhancements.126See Keller, supra note 89, at 737–42; Russell, supra note 85, at 1185–86. This change was motivated by concern over the proliferation of aggravated felonies. Congress repeatedly expanded the definition of “aggravated felony” over the course of the 1990s.127Omnibus Consolidated Appropriations Act, 1997, Pub. L. No. 104-208, § 321, 110 Stat. 3009, 627–28 (1996); Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, Pub. L. No. 104-132, § 440(e), 110 Stat. 1214, 1277–78 (1996); Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, Pub. L. No. 103-322, § 130004, 108 Stat. 1796, 2026–28 (1994); Immigration and Nationality Technical Corrections Act of 1994, Pub. L. No. 103-416, § 222(a), 108 Stat. 4305, 4320–22 (1994); Immigration Act of 1990, Pub. L. No. 101-649, § 501, 104 Stat. 4978, 5048 (Nov. 29, 1990); see also Keller, supra note 52, at 110. This caused a much larger number of crimes to trigger the sixteen-level enhancement. Initially, the enhancement had been narrowly focused on immigrants who committed murder, drug trafficking, and weapons trafficking.128Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-690, § 7342, 102 Stat. 4181, 4469–70 (codified at 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43) (1988)). But by 2001 the term “aggravated felony” applied to dozens of crimes, including fraud, forgery, burglary, immigrant smuggling, failing to appear for a sentence, crimes designated as “crimes of violence,” and many more.1298 U.S.C.A. § 1101(43) (West, effective Dec. 21, 2000 to Jan. 15, 2002). The list of aggravated felonies consists of twenty one lettered categories, many of which enumerate multiple subcategories. The breadth of this list, combined with the severity of the sixteen-level enhancement, created some palpably unjust case outcomes. Defendants were regularly given much more severe sentences for reentry than they got for the original aggravated felony.130See Keller, supra note 89, at 720–21, 762. And a prior murder triggered the same sixteen-level enhancement as a prior forgery.

Federal judges and defense attorneys criticized the Guidelines for producing such harsh sentences.131See Linda Drazga Maxfield, Aggravated Felonies and § 2L1.2 Immigration Unlawful Reentry Offenders: Simulating the Impacts of Proposed Guideline Amendments, 11 Geo. Mason L. Rev. 527, 530 (2003) (“[T]he wide range of offenses falling within the aggravated felony definition prompted general judicial dissatisfaction, particularly among the southwest border districts. Complaints about the ‘+16’ enhancement were summarized by judges in the Fifth Circuit at a meeting with U.S.S.C. Commissioners and staff in November 2000. A core belief emanated from the meetings: The definition of a ‘prior aggravated felony’ was too broad and captured many relatively minor offenses within guideline § 2L1.2’s ‘+16’ level enhancement.” (footnotes omitted)); Russell, supra note 85, at 1188 n. 272. Judges also departed downward in about forty percent of cases, which the Commission characterized as judges “addressing this problem on an ad hoc basis.”132U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Report to the Congress: Downward Departures from the Federal Sentencing Guidelines 72 (2003); Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C. amend. 632, at 218–19 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2001). The Commission rewrote the reentry guideline in 2001 in order to address these criticisms, and also to reduce the number of downward departures.133Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C., amend. 632, at 218–19 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2001). (“This amendment responds to concerns raised by a number of judges, probation officers, and defense attorneys, particularly in districts along the southwest border between the United States and Mexico, that § 2L1.2 . . . sometimes results in disproportionate penalties because of the 16-level enhancement provided in the guideline for a prior conviction for an aggravated felony. The disproportionate penalties result because the breadth of the definition of ‘aggravated felony’ provided in 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43), which is incorporated into the guideline by reference, means that a defendant who previously was convicted of murder, for example, receives the same 16-level enhancement as a defendant previously convicted of simple assault.”); Report to the Congress, supra note 133, at B-25 (“The amendment of section 2L1.2 arguably is an example of the system working as Congress intended: application of a guideline was resulting in an increased use of departures that, in turn, signaled to the Commission that a potential problem existed and prompted a response by the Commission.”). It created a tiered system of enhancements based on conviction type. Under the new guideline, different types of convictions would trigger enhancements of sixteen, twelve, eight, or four levels.134Guidelines Manual, § 2L1.2(b)(1) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2001) (“Apply the Greatest: If the defendant previously was deported, or unlawfully remained in the United States, after—(A) a conviction for a felony that is (i) a drug trafficking offense for which the sentence imposed exceeded 13 months; (ii) a crime of violence; (iii) a firearms offense; (iv) a child pornography offense; (v) a national security or terrorism offense; (vi) a human trafficking offense; or (vii) an alien smuggling offense committed for profit, increase by 16 levels; (B) a conviction for a felony drug trafficking offense for which the sentence imposed was 13 months or less, increase by 12 levels; (C) a conviction for an aggravated felony, increase by 8 levels; (D) a conviction for any other felony, increase by 4 levels; or (E) three or more convictions for misdemeanors that are crimes of violence or drug trafficking offenses, increase by 4 levels.”). For example, the sixteen-level enhancement was limited to firearms offenses, drug trafficking, crimes of violence, immigrant smuggling offenses, and a few other enumerated crimes.135Id. § 2L1.2(b)(1)(A). Less serious drug trafficking convictions (those with a sentence of thirteen months or less) triggered a twelve-level enhancement.136Id. § 2L1.2(b)(1)(B). The remaining aggravated felonies resulted in only an eight-level enhancement.137Id. § 2L1.2(b)(1)(C). And other felonies still caused a four-level enhancement.138Id. § 2L1.2(b)(1)(D). The Commission also deleted an application note that permitted downward departures if an enhancement was based on a less-serious aggravated felony.139Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 cmt, n. 5 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2000) (“Aggravated felonies that trigger the adjustment from subsection (b)(1)(A) vary widely. If subsection (b)(1)(A) applies, and (A) the defendant has previously been convicted of only one felony offense; (B) such offense was not a crime of violence or firearms offense; and (C) the term of imprisonment imposed for such offense did not exceed one year, a downward departure may be warranted based on the seriousness of the aggravated felony.”).

While the 2001 amendment made the reentry guideline somewhat less harsh, it still produced clear injustices. Relatively minor nonviolent crimes, like immigrant smuggling or low-level drug trafficking, triggered large twelve- or sixteen-point enhancements. And there were still no time limits, so crimes from several decades ago would count for the enhancements. The federal defense bar criticized these features of the guideline in letters and testimony before the Commission.140See, e.g., Public Hearing Before the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, San Diego, Cal., at 86–91,94–96 (Mar. 6, 2006) (testimony of federal defenders Reuben Cahn and Jon Sands); Public Hearing Before the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Washington, D.C., at 30 (Mar. 13, 2008) (testimony of federal defender Maureen Franco); Letter from Jon M. Sands, Fed. Pub. Def., Dist. of Arizona et al., to the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Comments on Proposed Amendments to the Sentencing Guidelines (Mar. 6, 2008); Letter from Jon M. Sands, Fed. Pub. Def., Dist. of Arizona, et al., to the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Comments on Proposed Amendments to the Sentencing Guidelines (Mar. 21, 2008). And in 2005, the Supreme Court declared in United States v. Booker that the Sentencing Guidelines were no longer mandatory.141United States v. Booker, 543 U.S. 220, 245 (2005). Federal judges could thus sentence defendants outside of the Guidelines range, through what became known as Booker variances. Judges took advantage of this new power to vary downward in illegal reentry cases in which the Guidelines were especially harsh.142See, e.g., United States v. Salazar-Hernandez, 431 F. Supp. 2d 931, 933–934 (E.D. Wis. 2006); United States v. Carballo-Arguelles, 446 F. Supp. 2d 742 (E.D. Mich. 2006); United States v. Santos-Nuez, No. 05 Cr. 1232 (RWS), 2006 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 32493, at *17 (S.D.N.Y. May 22, 2006); United States v. Santos, 406 F. Supp. 2d 320, 328 (S.D.N.Y. 2005); United States v. Zapata-Trevino, 378 F. Supp. 2d 1321, 1327 (D.N.M. 2005); United States v. Perez-Nunez, 368 F. Supp. 2d 1265, 1269–70 (D.N.M. 2005); United States v. Galvez-Barrios, 355 F. Supp. 2d 958, 963–64 (E.D. Wis. 2005); Russell, supra note 85, at 1187 n.270 (collecting cases). In one notable case, for example, the Ninth Circuit reversed a within-Guidelines fifty-two-month sentence because it was based on a prior conviction from twenty-five years ago.143United States v. Amezcua-Vasquez, 567 F.3d 1050, 1055–56 (9th Cir. 2009). From 2012 to 2016, about twenty-five percent of twelve-level and thirty-five percent of sixteen-level enhancement cases received below-Guideline sentences.144See The Impact of the 2016 Guideline Amendment, supra note 5, at 10 (showing that +12 enhancement cases got a downward departure or variance 25.8% of the time, and +16 enhancement got a downward departure or variance 36.2% of the time (excluding fast track and substantial assistance departures)). The Commission characterized this as an unusually high rate.145Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C., at 158 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (“The Commission’s data shows an unusually high rate of downward variances and departures from the guideline for such defendants.”).

Federal judges and the Department of Justice also criticized the post-2001 reentry guideline for requiring use of the “categorical approach.”146Id. at 155 (“[T]he Commission has received significant comment over several years from courts and stakeholders that the ‘categorical approach’ used to determine the particular level of enhancement under the existing guideline is overly complex and resource-intensive and often leads to litigation and uncertainty.”). Under that version of the guideline, the key question was whether a defendant’s prior conviction matched one of the enumerated crime categories triggering an enhancement. These categories included “crime of violence,” “firearms offense,” “drug trafficking offense,” “aggravated felony,” and more.147Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(1) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2001). The categorical approach requires lawyers and judges to look at the statutory elements of a conviction, compare them to the generic federal version of the enumerated crime category, and determine whether the two match.148See Taylor v. United States, 495 U.S. 575, 602 (1990). Many judges dislike the categorical approach because it raises difficult legal questions, creates additional litigation, and produces non-uniform results across different states.149See, e.g., Sheldon A. Evans, Categorical Nonuniformity, 120 Colum. L. Rev. 1771, 1796–97 n. 167–73 (2020) (collecting judicial complaints about the categorical approach); Eric S. Fish, The Paradox of Criminal History, 42 Cardozo L. Rev. 1373, 1434 n. 287 (2021) (same). And federal prosecutors repeatedly complained about the categorical approach at public hearings before the Commission, arguing that it produces arbitrary results and unnecessary litigation.150See Diane J. Humetewa, U.S. Att’y, Dist. of Ariz., Testimony Before the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n (Mar. 13, 2008), at 21 (“Reported court decisions are replete with examples in which the categorical analysis has led to counter-intuitive, if not capricious results in some cases, allowing bad actors to avoid appropriate punishment on seemingly technical grounds.”); Johnny K. Sutton, U.S. Att’y, W. Dist. of Tex., Before the U.S. Sent’g Comm’n (Mar. 6, 2006), at 70 (“In addition, the categorical analysis has sparked a seemingly endless wave of litigation in the trial and appellate courts. Eliminating the need for this analysis would greatly reduce the workload for the participants in the sentencing process and improve the efficiency and reliability of sentencing determinations.”).

In 2016, the Commission rewrote the reentry guideline to address these criticisms.151Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C., at 155 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (“In considering this amendment, the Commission was informed by . . . extensive public testimony and public comment, in particular from judges from the southwest border districts where the majority of illegal reentry prosecutions occur.”). It made four major changes. First, the Commission keyed enhancements to the sentence imposed for the prior crime rather than the category of crime. This cut out the categorical approach. Under the new system, defendants receive the largest of a ten-, eight-, six-, or four-level enhancement depending on the length of the sentence imposed for a prior felony.152Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(2). In designing these enhancements, the Commission tried to approximate the enhancements previously imposed under the 2001 Guidelines for various kinds of prior convictions.153Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C., at 155 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (“The Commission’s data analysis of offenders’ prior felony convictions showed that the more serious types of offenses, such as drug-trafficking offenses, crimes of violence, and sex offenses, tended to receive sentences of imprisonment of two years or more, while the less serious felony offenses, such as felony theft or drug possession, tended to receive much shorter sentences. The sentence-length benchmarks in (b)(2) are based on this data.”); see also Humetewa, supra note 151, at 12 (“[I]n fact the Commission’s data indicates that under Option 3 overall sentences would remain about the same.”). Second, the Commission added a new, second enhancement for a felony committed after the first deportation.154Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(3). Prior versions of the guideline had only enhanced reentry sentences for felonies committed before the defendant was deported. This reflected Senator Chiles’s amendment, which only increased the maximum sentence for defendants whose removal was “subsequent to” a felony (or aggravated felony) conviction.1558 U.S.C. § 1326(b). The Commission reasoned that it was arbitrary to enhance a sentence for pre-deportation crimes but not post-deportation crimes, so it added a second enhancement covering the latter.156Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C. at 155–57 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016). Third, the Commission introduced time limits for the criminal history enhancements.157Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 cmt. n.5 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016). These time limits are the same as those for the normal criminal history score calculation—sentences of thirteen months or less count until ten years after imposition, and sentences of over thirteen months count until fifteen years after release from custody.158Id. § 4A1.2(c). Fourth, the Commission added a new four-level enhancement for having been previously convicted of illegal reentry.159Id. § 2L1.2(b)(1)(A).

This new version of the reentry guideline mirrors the Sentencing Guidelines’ general criminal history calculation,160See Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C., at 156 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (The new enhancements are “similar to how Chapter Four of the Guidelines Manual determines a defendant’s criminal history score based on his or her prior convictions”). adding up to two additional (often much larger) prior conviction enhancements on top of it.161For example, a five-year sentence would move a defendant up only one criminal history category. That usually means just a few additional months. However, under the new reentry guidelines, it will move a defendant up 10 offense levels. That means multiple additional years. See id. This means reentry defendants now have their criminal history counted against them twice in two separate formulas, both based on prior sentence length. Other federal defendants are subjected to only one formula. The 2016 changes significantly lowered the amount of sentencing litigation in reentry cases, because they ended the use of the categorical approach.162See The Impact of the 2016 Guideline Amendment, supra note 5, at 3 (“After Amendment 802, the number of opinions on § 2L1.2 appeals decreased by 90 percent, from 239 in fiscal year 2017 to 24 in fiscal year 2021.”). They also somewhat lowered the average reentry sentence.163Id. at 16. But some defendants—namely those with a felony both before and after their first deportation—receive much higher sentences under the new guideline.164See id. at 11. These changes did not seem to affect judges’ overall rate of downward variance, which has remained around eleven percent.165Id. at 9 (showing that the overall variance rate stayed between 9% and 12% from 2012 to 2021). This is distinct from the higher variance rate for the subset of defendants with large enhancements. See id. at 11; supra note 141 and accompanying text. That is, notably, the lowest variance rate for all major categories of federal crime.166See, e.g., U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Sourcebook of Federal Sentencing Statistics, at Table 31 (2023) (This table listing 30 categories of federal crime and shows the rate of sentencing variances in FY 2023. Immigration crimes, the vast majority of which are unlawful reentry, had the second lowest variance rate at 13%. The only lower rate was simple drug possession at 8.9%, but only 124 drug possession cases were brought that year. By contrast, drug trafficking cases had a variance rate of 41.1%, child pornography a rate of 59.6%, and money laundering a rate of 41.7%.).

In sum, the reentry guideline has transformed repeatedly over three decades. The 1991 amendment reflected Senator Chiles’s (and Florida’s) panic over a purported wave of Haitian drug traffickers. It added sixteen levels for defendants deported after murder, drug trafficking, or weapons trafficking convictions. As Congress expanded the definition of “aggravated felony” over the 1990s to include a long list of crimes, the sixteen-level enhancement became obviously unjust in many cases. But rather than pare the guideline down, the Commission expanded it in 2001 to create graduated enhancements for many types of prior crime. Judicial, prosecutorial, and defense bar dissatisfaction with that version of the guideline caused the Commission to amend it again in 2016. The new version focuses on the length of prior sentences and adds an additional enhancement for post-deportation convictions. The reentry guideline has thus, in a process of preservation through transformation, morphed into a general criminal history enhancement that applies only to undocumented immigrants.167Cf. Jennifer M. Chacón, Producing Liminal Legality, 92 Denver U. L. Rev. 709, 763 (2015) (observing a similar dynamic in the civil immigration system’s creation of liminal legal statuses); Reva B. Siegel, “The Rule of Love”: Wife Beating as Prerogative and Privacy, 105 Yale L.J. 2117, 2119 (1996) (observing a similar dynamic, and coining the phrase “preservation through transformation,” in the context of domestic violence assault law). The Commission has yet to conduct any studies or publish any reports explaining why reentry defendants should be doubly punished for past crimes.168See Keller, supra note 89, at 749–51; McWhirter & Sands, supra note 112, at 276; Russell, supra note 85, at 1185–86; United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801, 827–28 (11th Cir. 2021) (Martin, J., dissenting); United States v. Galvez-Barrios, 355 F. Supp. 2d 958, 962 (E.D. Wis. 2005).

C.  The First Step Act and Trump-Era Immigration Politics

Until 1984, federal prisoners were eligible for parole.169On the history of federal parole and the transition to a supervised release/good time credit system, see Jacob Schuman, Supervised Release Is Not Parole, 53 Loy. L.A. L. Rev. 587, 593–607 (2020). They could be released at the discretion of the United States Parole Board after serving at least one-third of their sentence. Under this system, the average federal prisoner served only forty-five percent of their sentence.170See Bureau of Just. Stat., U.S. Dep’t of Just., Historical Corrections Statistics in the United States, 1850–1984, at 163 tbl 6–17 (1986) (showing that in 1970 a federal prisoner served on average 51% of their sentence at first release, in 1979 it was 48%, and in 1983 it was 45%). But Congress abolished federal parole in 1984, through the same law that created the Sentencing Commission.171Sentencing Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98-473, 98 Stat. 1987 (1984) (codified as amended at 18 U.S.C. §§ 3551–3742). Congress replaced parole with a much less generous system of “good time” credits. Under this system, prisoners can now earn up to fifty-four days off for each year in prison.17218 U.S.C. § 3624(b)(1). This means that, barring any other reductions, they must spend at least eighty-five percent of their sentences in prison.

The end of parole thus required federal prisoners to serve a much higher portion of their sentences. That did not change until 2018, when Congress enacted the First Step Act.173First Step Act of 2018, Pub. L. No. 115-391, 132 Stat. 5194 (codified at 18 U.S.C. § 3632). The First Step Act created a new system of “earned time” credits that further reduce a prisoner’s time in custody. Under this system, federal inmates are evaluated by a prison official to determine what kinds of in-custody programs they should participate in.17418 U.S.C. § 3632(a)–(b) (statutory mandate to develop a “risk and needs assessment” system); Fed. Bureau of Prisons, U.S. Dep’t of Just., Program Statement No. 5400.01, First Step Act Needs Assessment, (June 25, 2021) (outlining the risk and need assessment procedures). Such programs include, for example, prison work assignments, substance abuse treatment, psychological treatment, job training, and formal schooling.175Fed. Bureau of Prisons, U.S. Dep’t of Just., Program Statement No. 5400.01, First Step Act Needs Assessment, (June 25, 2021) at 3–4. As long as an eligible prisoner does not refuse to participate in these programs, they will receive ten days off of their prison sentence for every thirty days in custody.176See 18 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(A)(i); Fed. Bureau of Prisons, U.S. Dep’t of Just., Program Statement No. 5410.01, First Step Act of 2018 – Time Credits: Procedures for Implementation of 18 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4), at 4–5, 16 (Nov. 18, 2022) (an inmate is “in earning status” so long as he or she “[h]as not opted out or refused to participate in any required program”). Prisoners designated as “low” or “minimum” recidivism risks (fifty-five percent of federal prisoners) receive an additional five days off for every thirty days in custody.17718 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(A)(ii); see Dep’t of Just., First Step Act Ann. Rep. 18 (2024) (showing 12.06% of inmates at “minimum” and 42.67% at “low” recidivism risk level as of January 31, 2024). “Low” and “minimum” risk prisoners also have their first year of earned time credit count toward early release from custody.17818 U.S.C. § 3624(g); FSA Time Credits Final Rule, 87 Fed. Reg. 2705, 2712 (Jan. 19, 2022) (to be codified at 28 C.F.R. pts. 523, 541). All other credit counts toward release into either home confinement or a halfway house.17918 U.S.C. § 3624(g)(2). Since halfway houses are designed for shorter stays to transition people out of prison, most of that time will go toward home confinement.180See Memorandum from Blake R. Davis, Assistant Dir., Corr. Programs Div., Fed. Bureau of Prisons to Reg’l Dirs., Wardens, and Residential Reentry Managers, Guidance for Home Confinement and Residential Reentry Center Placements, at 5–6 (May 24, 2013) (directing halfway house staff to conserve resources by placing eligible inmates in home confinement). And prisoners can also receive the standard fifty-four days per year of good time credit on top of their earned time credit.18118 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(6). Someone who earns all these credits will spend only about fifty-six percent of their sentence in a federal prison.182If a prisoner gets the full fifty-four days of good time credit per year, and fifteen days of earned time credit for each thirty days served, then for each year of the sentence they will serve only about 207 days in prison. So a ten year sentence would result in just over five and a half years in prison. The First Step Act has thus, at least for some, brought the federal system back to the old parole model where only about half of a sentence was served in prison.

But not all federal prisoners benefit from the First Step Act’s earned time credit system. Unlawful reentry defendants with a prior felony conviction are explicitly excluded.18318 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(D)(lix). So are all immigrants with a prior order of deportation.18418 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(E)(i). And if a deportable immigrant who has not yet been ordered deported seeks to collect earned time credit, the law requires that they be put into deportation proceedings “as early as practicable” during their incarceration.18518 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(E)(ii). Thus, previously deported defendants (including all unlawful reentry defendants) cannot collect earned time credit, and deportable immigrants who try to collect it will swiftly be ordered deported.186Anyone convicted of unlawful reentry is necessarily subject to a deportation order because that is an element of the crime. 8 U.S.C. § 1326. The First Step Act also contains a list of forty-seven other criminal charges that trigger exclusion from earned time credits.18718 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(D)(i)-(lxviii). These are mostly violent crimes, and all of them are much more serious crimes than unlawful reentry. They include, for example, convictions related to explosives, drive-by shootings, arson, child pornography production, terrorism, torture, weapons of mass destruction, sex trafficking, and being a drug kingpin.188Id. Defendants convicted of these crimes, as well as undocumented immigrants, only have access to good time credits. They therefore must serve at least eighty-five percent of their sentences.18918 U.S.C. § 3624(b).

The original version of the First Step Act allowed undocumented immigrants to collect earned time credit.190Formerly Incarcerated Reenter Society Transformed Safely Transitioning Every Person Act, H.R. 5682, 115th Cong. (2018). The bill passed by the House of Representatives in May 2018 did contain a list of conviction-based exclusions, including one for unlawful reentry with a prior felony, but not the broader immigration status exclusion.191Id. at § 3632(d)(4)(D)(xliii). That was added when the bill went to the Senate. Contemporaneous reporting indicates that a bipartisan group of senators agreed to an amended version of the First Step Act in November 2018.192See Nicholas Fandos & Maggie Haberman, Bipartisan Sentencing Overhaul Moves Forward, but Rests on Trump, N.Y. Times (Nov. 12, 2018), https://www.nytimes.com/2018/11/12/us/politics/prison-sentencing-criminal-justice-reform.html [https://archive.ph/5ylYw]. This new version included the provision excluding all deportable immigrants from earned time credits.193Id. (providing the text of the proposal); First Step Act of 2018, S. 3747, 115th Cong. § 3632(d)(4)(E) (2018). The senators made that and other changes in negotiations with the White House, especially President Trump’s son-in-law Jared Kushner who played a significant role pushing for the law.194See Fandos & Haberman, supra note 193 (“Jared Kushner, the president’s son-in-law and the leading voice within the White House for the changes, is likely to brief Mr. Trump on the bill during a broader discussion of legislative priorities with top policy officials on Tuesday.”). The senators’ goal with these changes was to persuade Senate Republicans to support the First Step Act, and ultimately to convince President Trump to sign it into law.195See id.; Press Release, Brennan Center for Justice, New Compromise on Federal Criminal Justice Reform Should Be Priority for Congress (Nov. 13, 2018), https://www.brennancenter.org/our-work/analysis-opinion/new-compromise-federal-criminal-justice-reform-should-be-priority [https://perma.cc/SX7E-LYH3]. Including deportable immigrants was thus a nonstarter. Shon Hopwood, who worked directly with the Trump administration on the law, observed that “providing federal tax money to pay for rehabilitation programs and early release for those who will be deported had no chance of passing in the current Congress.”196Shon Hopwood, The Effort to Reform the Federal Criminal Justice System, Yale L.J. F. 791, 814 n.105 (2019). Hopwood also observed: “[T]he earned-time provision will likely lead to more racial disparities because noncitizens who have been ordered deported, most of whom are Hispanic, were excluded from the ability to earn credits towards early release.” Id.

These negotiations coincided with the first Trump Administration’s most intense period of hostility to Latin American immigration. In April 2018, shortly before the House passed its version of the First Step Act, President Trump made a series of posts on Twitter warning about immigrant caravans from Latin America. He wrote in one post, for example, that “Honduras, Mexico and many other countries that the U.S. is very generous to, sends many of their people to our country through our WEAK IMMIGRATION POLICIES. Caravans are heading here. Must pass tough laws and build the WALL.”197Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump), X, (formerly Twitter) (Apr. 2, 2018, 8:12 PM), https://twitter.com/realDonaldTrump/status/980961086546632705 [https://perma.cc/5GH6-89P5]. Trump also gave a speech claiming that immigrants in these caravans were committing widespread rapes.198Vivian Salama, Trump Claims Women ’Are Raped at Levels Never Seen Before’ During Immigrant Caravan, NBC News (Apr. 5, 2018, 4:02 PM), https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/whitehouse/trump-claims-women-immigrant-caravan-being-raped-levels-never-seen-n863061 [https://perma.cc/39EW-TLSQ]. Shortly after Trump’s posts, Attorney General Jeff Sessions announced a “zero tolerance” policy toward undocumented immigration.199See Memorandum from Att’y Gen. Jeff Sessions to Fed. Prosecutors Along the Sw. Border, Zero-Tolerance for Offenses Under 8 U.S.C. § 1325(a) (Apr. 6, 2018) (on file with author). This new policy caused an enormous increase in prosecutions for unlawful entry and unlawful reentry.200See Am. Immigr. Council, Prosecuting People for Coming to the United States 4–5 (2021); Eric S. Fish, Resisting Mass Immigrant Prosecutions, 133 Yale L.J. 1884, 1905–1919 (2024). That increase continued through 2018 and 2019.201Am. Immigr. Council, supra note 201. The Trump Administration also, as part of its 2018 “zero tolerance” policy, systematically separated children from their parents at the border so that the parents could be prosecuted.202See Caitlin Dickerson, The Secret History of the U.S. Government’s Family-Separation Policy, The Atlantic (Aug. 7, 2022), https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2022/09/trump-administration-family-separation-policy-immigration/670604 [https://perma.cc/3WPA3PWD]. This family separation policy sparked a nationwide protest movement against the administration’s immigration policies.203See Alexandra Yoon-Hendricks & Zoe Greenberg, Protests Across U.S. Call for End to Migrant Family Separations, N.Y. Times ( June 30, 2018), https://web.archive.org/web/20250911155147/https://www.nytimes.com/2018/06/30/us/politics/trump-protests-family-separation.html. And in November 2018, while the First Step Act compromise was being negotiated, President Trump issued an executive order categorically denying asylum to immigrants who entered unlawfully.204See Michael D. Shear & Eileen Sullivan, Trump Suspends Some Asylum Rights, Calling Illegal Immigration ‘a Crisis,’ N.Y. Times (Nov. 9, 2018), https://www.nytimes.com/2018/11/09/us/politics/trump-asylum-seekers-executive-order.html [https://perma.cc/9DWN-JPW4 ]. In signing the order Trump declared, “The continuing and threatened mass migration of aliens with no basis for admission into the United States through our southern border has precipitated a crisis and undermines the integrity of our borders.”205Id. This larger context of anti-immigrant policy and rhetoric explains why the Senate, in negotiations with the White House, excluded deportable immigrants from the new earned time credit system.

Immigrants’ rights groups and some Democratic House members opposed the First Step Act’s exclusion of undocumented immigrants. A coalition of activist groups including the NAACP, the ACLU, and the National Immigrant Justice Center raised concerns about the law in letters and press releases.206See H.R. Rep No. 115-699, 115th Cong. 2d Sess., at 101–02 (2018); The Leadership Conference to Representative, Vote “No” on the First Step Act, Letter to Congress (May 21, 2018), https://civilrightsdocs.info/pdf/policy/letters/2018/Short_Oppose%20FIRST%20STEP%20Act_5.21.18_FINAL.pdf. This coalition cited, among other problems, that the law “excludes from its reforms most undocumented immigrants,” that it thereby “further criminalizes migration,” and that these exclusions “could also have a disparate impact on racial minorities.”207Formerly Incarcerated Reenter Society Transformed Safely Transitioning Every Person Act, H.R. 5682, 115th Cong. (2018), at 102. A coalition of immigration-related nonprofits expressed concern that the law “sets the precedent that immigrants are outside the scope of people who should benefit from criminal justice reform.”208Nat’l Immigr. Project, Immigrant Legal Res. Ctr., Nat’l Immigrant Just. Ctr., Immigrant Def. Project & Immigrant just. Network, Concerns Over the First Step Act: Immigration Analysis (2018), https://www.ilrc.org/sites/default/files/resources/concern_first_step_act-20181217.pdf. And in the House debates concerning the First Step Act, several Democratic Representatives highlighted its discriminatory impact on immigrants. Representative Pramila Jayapal noted that she was “very concerned about language in the bill that excludes immigrants from being eligible for time credits.”209164 Cong. Rec. H4314 (daily ed. May 22, 2018) (statement of Rep. Pramila Jayapal). And Representative Jerrold Nadler observed that “the new incentive system for pre-release custody credits could exacerbate racial biases,” because it “excludes large categories of inmates based on convictions for various offenses and on immigration status.”210164 Cong. Rec. H4311 (daily ed. May 22, 2018) (statement of Rep. Nadler).

The First Step Act enacted a generous new earned time credit system that, for those who qualify, can reduce a sentence by up to one-third. But the law also categorically excluded undocumented immigrants, keeping them trapped in a much more punitive system allowing only good time credits. That exclusion was crafted during the first Trump Administration’s most intense period of hostility toward Latin American immigration. And activists and legislators at the time pointed out its discriminatory consequences.

II.  The Discrimination Problem

These policies create two separate and unequal federal sentencing systems: one system for U.S. citizens and another system for deported immigrants. In the citizens’ system, criminal history is counted once; in the immigrants’ system, it is counted twice. In the citizens’ system you can serve up to forty-five percent of your sentence out of prison, in the immigrants’ system you can serve only fifteen percent. This separate system for immigrants is not small. Since 2010, about one-third of all federal cases have been unlawful reentry prosecutions.211Supra note 2 and accompanying text. And over ninety-nine percent of the defendants in those cases have been Latin American.212U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, supra note 4. Federal sentencing law thus creates a caste structure in which undocumented immigrants from Latin America are relegated to a punishment underclass. This Part makes the straightforward observation that this is discriminatory. It does so by comparing these two sentencing systems in detail. It shows that federal sentencing law discriminates facially by immigration status, and in effect by race and ethnicity.213Latin American immigrants in the U.S. come from a wide variety of ethnic, linguistic, and cultural backgrounds. The question of their treatment as a distinct ethnic/racial group in the United States has a complex history. See, e.g., Laura E. Gómez, Inventing Latinos: A New Story of American Racism 3 (2020). I have no intention of endorsing the ultimate validity of “race” as a concept here. My claim is that the federal sentencing regime effectively singles out a category of defendants, Latin American immigrants, who suffer identity-based discrimination in many other domains, and who the U.S. government formally treats as belonging to a distinct racial/ethnic group. See, e.g., Notice of Decision: Revisions to OMB’s Statistical Policy Directive No. 15, 89 Fed. Reg. 22182 (Mar. 29, 2024) (adding the “Hispanic” and “Latino” categories on the U.S. census into a general racial/ethnic identity question); cf. Hernandez v. Texas, 347 U.S. 475, 482 (1954) (holding that Mexican Americans are a protected class under the Equal Protection Clause); Jenny Rivera, An Equal Protection Standard for National Origin Subclassifications: The Context That Matters, 82 Wash. L. Rev. 897 (2007). The more complicated issue of constitutionality is explored in Part IV.

A.  Double Counting Criminal History

The unlawful reentry guideline stands alone in basing a defendant’s offense level calculation entirely on their past crimes.214Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). There are three enhancements in the reentry guideline, all focused on past convictions: one of up to ten points for a felony conviction before the first deportation, one of up to ten points for a felony conviction after the first deportation, and one of 4 points for a prior unlawful reentry conviction. Other federal sentencing guidelines focus instead on the facts of the current crime. For drug trafficking, what matters is the amount and type of drugs.215Id. § 2D1.1(c) (2023). For fraud, it is the amount of money lost or stolen.216Id. § 2B1.1(b)(1) (2023). For child pornography distribution, it is the number of images and the ages of the victims, among other factors.217Id. § 2G2.2(b) (2023). But for unlawful reentry, facts about the current crime are not factored in.218A version of the reentry guideline more in line with the rest of the Sentencing Guidelines might, for example, focus on the manner of entry or the number of prior deportations. See, e.g., Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 1987) (original version of the reentry guideline, providing a two-point enhancement for a prior deportation). The only thing that matters is the defendant’s criminal history. The reentry guideline enhances a defendant’s sentence once along the “criminal history category” axis, and a second time along the “specific offense level” axis. Past crimes thus count against a reentry defendant twice in two separate formulas. For nearly all other federal defendants, they count only once.219See United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801, 810 & n. 1 (11th Cir. 2021).

There are a few other places in the Guidelines where a past conviction triggers an increase in the offense level. A couple of guidelines have modest enhancements for defendants who committed the same kind of crime previously.220The reentry guideline also has an enhancement like this, on top of its general criminal history enhancements. Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(1) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023) (4-level increase for a prior felony § 1326 unlawful reentry conviction, and 2-level increase for two or more prior misdemeanor § 1325 unlawful entry convictions). For example, the guidelines for immigrant smuggling, passport fraud, and immigration fraud all contain a two-level enhancement for having been previously convicted of a “felony immigration and nationalization offense.”221Id. §§ 2L1.1(b)(3), § 2L2.1(b)(4), § 2L2.2(b)(2) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). Both enhancements go up to four levels if the defendant was convicted of two immigration and naturalization felonies in two separate previous prosecutions. They do not go higher than four levels. The guideline for adulterating or misbranding food products contains a four-level enhancement for a prior conviction for the same offense.222Id. § 2N2.1(b)(1). And the guideline for domestic violence contains a two-level enhancement for a pattern of “stalking, threatening, harassing, assaulting the same victim,” which includes prior convictions.223Id. § 2A6.2(b)(1)(E) & cmt. 3 (“Prior convictions taken into account under subsection (b)(1)(E) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).”). In addition, the guideline for being a felon in possession of a firearm ties the offense level to the nature and number of prior felony convictions.224Id. § 2K2.1(a) (providing a base offense level of twenty-four if the felon-in-possession crime was committed after two felony convictions of either a “crime of violence” or “controlled substance offense,” twenty for only one such prior conviction, and twelve otherwise); id. § 2K1.3(a) (providing the same criminal history enhancements for the felon-in-possession of explosive materials guideline). And the drug trafficking guideline increases the offense level if both (1) the drugs caused death or serious bodily injury and (2) the defendant has a prior felony drug offense.225Id. § 2D1.1(a)(1)(B)(3) (increasing base offense for certain drug charges to forty-three or thirty, respectively, if both “death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance” and the defendant has “one or more prior convictions for a felony drug offense”); id. § 2D1.1(a)(1)(B) (increasing base offense for certain drug charges to forty-three if both “death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance” and the defendant has “one or more prior convictions for a serious drug felony or serious violent felony”); see also 21 U.S.C. §§ 841(b)(1)(A)-(B), 960(b)(1)-(2) (providing ten and fifteen-year mandatory minimum sentences for defendants with a prior “serious drug felony or serious violent felony”).

These other criminal history enhancements are much narrower than the reentry enhancements.226There is also a standalone provision in the Sentencing Guidelines, called the “Career Offender” guideline, that applies to any defendant who is (1) convicted of a felony “crime of violence” or “controlled substance offense” and (2) has two prior convictions for a “crime of violence” or a “controlled substance offense.” Guidelines Manual § 4B1.1(U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). This guideline creates an entirely different (and much more severe) offense level calculation for any such defendant, and automatically puts them in criminal history category VI. Id. § 4B1.1(b)-(c). The Career Offender guideline applies to relatively few cases—only 1,351 defendants in 2023, or roughly 2% of federal defendants. U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, supra note 4. It is also mandated by a congressional statute. 28 U.S.C. § 994(h). Because the Career Offender guideline operates outside the normal Guidelines framework, I do not treat it as an analogue to the criminal history enhancements in § 2L1.2 of the Guidelines. They only apply to specific kinds of prior crimes, while the reentry enhancement applies to any prior felony. These other enhancements also have a much closer nexus to the defendant’s current crime. Most of them involve having committed the same kind of crime previously. For the felon-in-possession enhancements, the prior felony is itself an element of the new crime.227In contrast to unlawful reentry, the prior felony in a felon-in-possession case is an essential element that makes the conduct criminal. Compare Rehaif v. United States, 588 U.S. 225, 237 (2019) (holding that in a § 922(g) case defendant’s knowledge of the status that makes possessing a firearm illegal, including being a felon, is an element of the crime), with Almendarez-Torres v. United States, 523 U.S. 224, 246–47 (1998) (concluding that a prior aggravated felony is not an element of § 1326 but merely a “sentencing factor”). See also Keller, supra note 89, at 735–36 (explaining that the felon-in-possession enhancement is much narrower than the unlawful reentry enhancement). And the drug trafficking criminal history enhancements only apply if the drugs caused death or serious bodily injury.228Guidelines Manual § 2D1.1(a) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). In these circumstances, the prior crimes are directly relevant to the defendant’s conduct in the new case. By contrast, the enhancements in the unlawful reentry guideline apply to all criminal history in general, not just related crimes.

The reentry guideline’s criminal history enhancements are also much larger than other comparable enhancements. A single prior felony will get a reentry defendant between four and ten additional offense level points, depending on the sentence length.229Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(2)-(3) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). And this can happen up to twice, once for a felony before the first deportation and once for a felony after it.230Id. Nowhere else in the Guidelines can a defendant get such a high increase for just a single prior conviction. It is thus actually something of an understatement to say that reentry defendants have their convictions counted twice, because the extra enhancement is potentially much more severe than the Guidelines’ normal criminal history calculation. A prior conviction with a five-year sentence, for example, gives a reentry defendant both a one-level increase in their criminal history category and a ten-point increase in their offense level.231Id.; id. § 4A1.1 (2023). This takes a reentry defendant from a zero to six month range to a thirty to thirty-seven month range.232See infra Appendix. This is assuming the defendant starts out with eight offense level points and zero criminal history points, which is the baseline for reentry cases. Other federal defendants starting from the same baseline would only see the one-level criminal history category increase, going from zero to six months to four to ten months.233United States Sentencing Guidelines Manual § 4A1.1 (2023). The most criminal history points you can receive for a prior conviction, no matter how long the sentence, is 3. And 3 points moves you up one criminal history category. Reentry defendants can thus receive multiple additional years in prison due to past crimes that would net other defendants only a few extra months.

These enhancements apply in a significant percentage of reentry cases. According to the U.S. Sentencing Commission’s 2023 data, 43.6% of unlawful reentry defendants received a prior conviction enhancement.234U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, supra note 4. Breaking it down further, 23% of reentry defendants received only a pre-first-deportation criminal history enhancement, 18.2% had only a post-first-deportation enhancement, and 2.3% got both enhancements. The average sentence for unlawful reentry was twelve months in 2023, and since 2012 it has fluctuated between nineteen months and eight months.235Id.; U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2012–2022). These are the average sentence lengths since 2012: 2012: 19 months, 2013: 18 months, 2014: 17 months, 2015: 16 months, 2016: 14 months, 2017: 12 months, 2018: 10 months, 2019: 9 months, 2020: 8 months, 2021: 13 months, 2022: 13 months, and 2023: 12 months. There appears to be an inverse relationship between the number of prosecutions and the average sentence length. This may help explain why average sentences went down during the Trump Administration. But reentry defendants with prior convictions receive much longer sentences due to criminal history enhancements. According to the Commission, about 15% of reentry defendants since 2021 received sentences of at least two years, and 1% received sentences of at least five years.236Interactive Data Analyzer, U.S. Sent’g Comm’n https://ida.ussc.gov/analytics/saw.dll?Dashboard [https://archive.ph/qjcmT] (“Distribution of Sentence Length” for defendants sentenced under § 2L1.2 in 2021, 2021, and 2023). At the top of this distribution, hundreds of reentry defendants have gotten more than five years, and some even more than a decade in prison.237Id. (one percent of the 36,416 reported cases for 2021–2023 is 364 cases); see, e.g., United States v. Palomerez-Heredia, No. 23-2160, 2024 U.S. App. LEXIS 12281, at *1–2 (8th Cir. May 22, 2024) (158 month sentence, guideline range 84–105 months); United States v. Martinez, No. 23-50296, 2024 U.S. App. LEXIS 12226, at *1 (5th Cir. May 21, 2024) (54 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Sales, No. 23-12574, 2024 U.S. App. LEXIS 8697, at *6 (11th Cir. Apr. 11, 2024) (70 month within guideline sentence); Segura-Resendez v. United States, No. 3:18-CR-210-L(1), 2024 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 36051, at *3, *8 (N.D. Tex. Feb. 29, 2024) (77 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Molina-Mendoza, No. 22-40732, 2023 U.S. App. LEXIS 34527, at *1 (5th Cir. Dec. 28, 2023) (57 month within guideline sentence); Zuniga v. United States, No. 1:22-CR-825-1, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 229408, at *4 (S.D. Tex. Dec. 27, 2023) (62 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Alvarez-Espinal, No. 22-1145-CR, 2023 U.S. App. LEXIS 26599, at *1, *3 (2d Cir. Oct. 6, 2023) (64 month sentence, guideline range 70 to 87 months); United States v. Martinez-Rubio, No. 22-10109, 2023 U.S. App. LEXIS 8360, at *2 (5th Cir. Apr. 7, 2023) (120 month sentence, guideline range 84 to 105 months); Rosales-Diaz v. United States, 805 F. App’x 660, 662 (11th Cir. 2020) (120 month sentence, varying upward from guideline range of 77 to 96 months); United States v. Chica-Gutierrez, 833 F. App’x 592, 592 (5th Cir. 2021) (per curiam) (125 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Amaya Benitez, No. 21-5390, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 15383, at *6 (6th Cir. June 3, 2022) (68 month sentence, guideline range 100 to 125 months); United States v. Valdez-Cejas, No. 21-10659, 2022 App. LEXIS 21355, at *1, *2 (5th Cir. Aug. 2, 2022) (guidelines range 70–87 months, sentence of 87 months); Gutierrez v. United States, No. SA-20-CR-440-JKP-1, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 89598, at *3 (W.D. Tex. May 22, 2023) (77 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Cordova-Lopez, 34 F.4th 442, 443 (5th Cir. 2022) (51 month within guideline sentence); United States v. Salamanca, 821 F. App’x 584, 586 (6th Cir. 2020) (130 month sentence, guideline range of 130 to 162 months); United States v. Gomez-Gomez, 841 F. App’x 2, 2 (9th Cir. 2021) (99 month above guidelines sentence); United States v. Gomez-Colin, 823 F. App’x 368, 371 (6th Cir. 2020) (140 month sentence, guidelines range 130 to 162 months); Letter from Marjorie Meyers, Fed. Pub. Def., S. Dist. of Tex. Hon. Carlton W. Reeves, U.S. Dist. J., Chair, U.S. Sent’g Comm’n (July 9, 2024) (describing reentry case with a 130 to 162 month guidelines range in which the judge imposed 48 months).

The reentry guideline is also the only federal sentencing guideline that applies exclusively to noncitizens. It is used for four crimes: 8 U.S.C. § 1326 (unlawful reentry), 8 U.S.C. § 1325(a) (felony unlawful entry), 8 U.S.C. § 1253 (failure to depart after deportation order), and 8 U.S.C. § 1185(a)(1) (violating prescribed entry and departure regulations).238Guidelines Manual app. A at 563 (2023). About 99% of sentences under Guidelines § 2L1.2 are for § 1326 convictions, the other three conviction types are relatively uncommon. Fed. Sentencing of Illegal Reentry: The Impact of the 2016 Guideline Amendment, supra note 5, at 4. By their explicit terms, these four provisions only apply to noncitizens.239All four use the term “alien” to define defendants. 8 U.S.C. §§ 1326(a), 1325(a), 1253(a)(1), 1185(a)(1). There are several other federal entry crimes that do apply to U.S. citizens, including passport fraud, entering the country without inspection, and entering the country through forgery or false statements.240See 8 U.S.C. §§ 1541–44 (passport fraud); 19 U.S.C. § 1459(a) (failure to report arrival or submit to inspection); 8 U.S.C. § 1185(1)(2)–(7) (criminalizing various fraudulent means of entry to and departure from the U.S.). It is especially telling that the Guidelines include § 1185(a)(1) in the reentry guideline, but not § 1185(a)(2)–(7). Subsection (a)(1) only applies to noncitizens, while (a)(2) through (a)(7) also apply to U.S. citizens. But those crimes are not covered by the reentry guideline, and do not receive its extra criminal history enhancement.241The deportation element of the § 2L1.2 enhancements also presumably excludes nearly all U.S. citizens, excepting those who naturalized after being deported. So, for example, a U.S. citizen fugitive who tries to reenter the country with a fake passport will not receive a double enhancement. And arguably comparable crimes that punish illicit presence, such as escaping from federal prison, failing to appear in court, failing to register as a sex offender, and trespassing on federal property, also receive no double enhancement.242See Guidelines Manual §§ 2A3.5, 2B2.3, 2J1.6, 2P1.1 (2023). Only counting criminal history twice in the reentry guideline thus constitutes explicit discrimination by immigration status. And because the reentry guideline is by far the most racially skewed, with over ninety-nine percent of defendants being of Latin American ancestry, doing so also effectively discriminates by race.243Declaration of Michael Light, Brief for Advoc. for Basic Legal Equal. et al. as Amici Curiae Supporting Petitioner at 41, United States v. Rodrigues-Barios, No. 21-50145 (9th Cir. Mar. 21, 2022) Dkt. No. 14 (analyzing the racial distribution of the ten most commonly used guidelines, and showing that §2L1.2 is by far the most disproportionate with 99% “Hispanic” defendants).

The main rationale used to justify these criminal history enhancements is that they deter immigrants with prior convictions from reentering the United States. That was the rationale Senator Graham and Sentencing Commission witness Joe Brown invoked in 1991 when arguing for extra recidivist enhancements.244Statement of Joe B. Brown, supra note 105, at 8; 135 Cong. Rec. S23608 (Oct. 5, 1989); supra note 72 and accompanying text. It is also the primary rationale that federal judges have cited in upholding the enhancements.245See, e.g., United States v. Adeleke, 968 F.2d 1159, 1161 (11th Cir. 1992); United States v. Ruiz-Chairez, 493 F.3d 1089, 1091 (9th Cir. 2007); United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801, 816 (11th Cir. 2021). Some court opinions have included language suggesting that reentry after a criminal conviction could be a more serious crime under a retributivist theory. See, e.g., United States v. Gonzalez, 112 F.3d 1325, 1330 (7th Cir. 1997). But it is difficult to see how the crime of entering the United States, the quintessential malum prohibitum regulatory offense, is made morally worse by previous unrelated crimes. See Keller, supra note 89, at 751–54; Daniel I. Morales, Crimes of Migration, 49 Wake Forest L. Rev. 1257, 1296–97 (2014) (“It seems we are obligated to conclude that committing a crime of migration is not a wrong prior to and independent of law.”). Though, notably, the Sentencing Commission itself has never announced an official justification for the enhancements.246See Keller, supra note 89, at 741, 747–49; Public Hearing Before the U.S. Sentencing Commission (2006), supra note 140, at 22 (testimony of Sentencing Commissioner Ruben Castillo) (“When we were out in Texas, the Federal Defenders gave some, I thought, compelling testimony that said, in the first instance, the Commission has never articulated a justification for the 16-level enhancement.”); U.S. Sent’g Guidelines Manual Supplement to Appendix C at 155–59 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (explaining the 2016 revision but providing no ultimate justification for the double enhancements). The logic of a deterrence rationale is simple—by imposing higher sentences, the reentry enhancements give immigrants with past convictions a stronger disincentive to return. But the Commission has not conducted any study or other policy analysis to explain why the normal criminal history enhancement inadequately deters.247See Keller, supra note 89, at 742, 745–51; United States v. Galvez-Barrios, 355 F. Supp. 2d 958, 962 (E.D. Wis. 2005) (“The Commission did no study to determine if such sentences were necessary-or desirable from any penal theory. Indeed, no research supports such a drastic upheaval. No Commission studies recommended such a high level, nor did any other known grounds warrant it.”) (quoting Robert J. McWhirter & Jon M. Sands, Does the Punishment Fit the Crime? A Defense Perspective on Sentencing in Aggravated Felon Re-Entry Cases, 8 Fed. Sent. Rep. 275, 276 (1996)). Rather, the story of the reentry guideline is one of politics and path dependence. As discussed above, the initial criminal history enhancement was a response to Senator Chiles’s 1988 statutory sentence increase.248See supra notes 94–106 and accompanying text. And that increase was, in turn, motivated by Floridians’ fear of Haitian drug dealers supposedly reentering the country to commit crimes.249See supra Section I.A. The Commission set the original enhancement at sixteen points for no recorded reason, and then revised it in 2001 and 2016 to accommodate judges’ and prosecutors’ complaints.250See supra Section I.B. But the size and nature of the reentry enhancements have never been connected to any empirical data about deterrence, or about reentry defendants committing additional crimes. Indeed, it is unlikely that first-time reentry defendants have any idea their Guidelines calculation will be enhanced so severely by their past criminal record.251In the author’s experience as a defense lawyer in these cases, § 1326 defendants with a large recidivist enhancement nearly always express surprise that they are being punished so severely for their past conviction. One commonly used phrase is “but I already paid for that.” This problem is compounded by the complexity of the Guidelines, discussed in Part III. See also Joanna Lydgate, Note, Assembly-Line Justice: A Review of Operation Streamline, 98 Cal. L. Rev. 481, 519 n. 240 (2010) (interviewing a federal public defender who notes, “[I]t’s really hard to explain to someone who is not familiar with our system and our culture that if you have committed a crime and already paid the time for that crime, that that crime somehow advances you not only in your offense level but in your criminal history. Because, conceptually, it’s hard for me to understand, too. For them, it’s almost impossible.”).

These double enhancements also impose a great deal of suffering on defendants and their families. Many reentry defendants have deep ties to the United States. According to Commission data from 2013, 53.1% of reentry defendants first entered the United States when they were minors,252U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Illegal Reentry Offenses 26 (2015).and 49.5% of reentry defendants have children living in the United States.253Id. at 25–26. And 74.5% had worked in the United States for more than a year before their arrest.254Id. at 26. People with criminal history in the United States are also more likely to have lived in the United States for an extended period.255See David K. Hausman, The Unexamined Law of Deportation, 110 Geo. L.J. 973, 977, 1013 (2022) (“[T]he limited evidence that exists suggests that prioritizing enforcement against people with criminal convictions means prioritizing enforcement against people with deeper attachments to the United States.”). Thus, by focusing on prior convictions, the reentry guidelines direct more punishment at people with strong personal and family ties to this country. The prototypical target of the reentry enhancements is not a foreign drug dealer returning to commit more crimes. It is someone who grew up in the United States, has a family here, and wants to return to them. Many such immigrants spend large portions of their lives in federal prison because they repeatedly try to return to their spouses, their children, and the country they grew up in.256See, e.g., Human Rights Watch, Turning Migrants into Criminals 44–61 (2013) (describing multiple stories of immigrants repeatedly prosecuted for returning to their families); id. at 47 (defense attorney noting “[t]here’s a class of people doing life sentences on the installment plan,” and sister of reentry defendant stating “[i]f we stay here, we’re going to see my brother live his life in jail”); Damien Cave, Crossing Over, and Over, N.Y. Times (Oct. 2, 2011), https://www.nytimes.com/2011/10/03/world/americas/mexican-immigrants-repeatedly-brave-risks-to-resume-lives-in-united-states.html [https://perma.cc/MQR6-7ZBL]; United States v. Mendez-Bello, No. 18-cr-3676, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 213885 (S.D. Cal. Dec. 19, 2018) (defendant spent 19 of the last 20 years in prison on repeated reentry cases); United States v. Vasquez-Abarca, 946 F.3d 990 (7th Cir. 2020) (defendant came to the U.S. at five years old and served reentry sentences of 57 months, 24 months, and 72 months); United States v. Garcia-Jimenez, 630 F. App’x 764, 765 (10th Cir. 2015) (former permanent resident with children who first came as a teenager, and got 65 months for reentry); United States v. Iglesias-Cruz, 628 F. App’x 1000, 1002 (11th Cir. 2015) (defendant with wife and several children in the U.S., served two 40-month sentences for reentry); United States v. Duran, 733 F. App’x 495, 497 (11th Cir. 2018) (40 month reentry sentence for defendant who returned to care for two daughters while wife underwent cancer treatment, and who had prior 37 month reentry sentence); United States v. Morales-Sanchez, 752 F. App’x 814, 815 (11th Cir. 2018) (defendant with five children in the United States, sentenced to 42 months on his fourth reentry conviction).

B.  Doing More and Harder Time

The First Step Act also discriminates against undocumented immigrants. It creates two different classes of prisoner: a majority who can collect earned time credits, and a minority who cannot.257See U.S. Dep’t of Just., First Step Act Ann. Rep. 19 (2024) (showing that 87,957 federal prisoners are eligible for earned time credits and 50,732 are ineligible). U.S. citizens are in the former category, excepting those who are in prison for a disqualifying crime like torture, child pornography production, or terrorism.25818 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(D)(i)–(lxviii). Deportable immigrants, including all reentry defendants, are in the latter category.25918 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(E)(i). Prisoners who qualify for earned time credits can get up to fifteen days off their sentence for every thirty days served.26018 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(A)(i). That means they can serve up to one-third of their sentence in a halfway house, home confinement, or released from custody altogether. Prisoners who do not qualify for earned time credits only get the standard fifty-four days of good time credit per year. And the exclusion of deportable immigrants is also racially discriminatory, since nearly all deportable immigrants in federal prison are Latin American.261U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Federally Sentenced Non-U.S. Citizens (2023) (88.4% of federally sentenced noncitizens were undocumented, and 93.2% of federally sentenced noncitizens were “Hispanic”).

To defend this discrimination, one might argue that it makes sense to deny limited rehabilitation resources to prisoners who will be deported. Perhaps the federal government has an interest in limiting programs like drug treatment and job training to U.S. citizens. But this argument ignores a key fact about the earned time credit system: a prisoner can collect custody credits even while they are not participating in anti-recidivism programs. As long as a prisoner does not refuse to participate in programs assigned to them, they remain in earning status.262FSA Time Credits Final Rule, supra note 178, at 2707. And this happens even if programs are unavailable, or if the Bureau of Prisons decides the prisoner does not need programs. For example, prisoners assigned to programs that lack openings still earn time credits while waiting for a spot.263Id. (“[T]emporary interruptions in participation that are unrelated to an inmate’s refusal to participate or other violation of programming requirements, or that are authorized by the Bureau, such when a recommended program or activity is unavailable or at full enrollment, will not affect the inmate’s ability to earn Time Credits.”); Program Statement No. 5410.01, supra note 178, at 4 (“An inmate will remain in FTC earning status while on any waitlist for EBRR Programs or PAs recommended based on the inmate’s needs assessment, not to exceed two assessment periods, as long as the inmate has not refused or declined to participate. Active participation in at least one EBRR Program or PA by the inmate supersedes this requirement. Exceptions to the two-assessment period time frame can be granted by the Regional Director upon request from the Warden.”). Prisoners also earn time credits for working jobs within the prison, like cleaning laundry or working in the kitchen.26418 U.S.C. § 3635(3)(C)(xi) (defining “evidence-based recidivism reduction program” to include “a prison job, including through a prison work program”); FSA Time Credits Final Rule, supra note 178, at 2714 (“Opting out of a program will not result in the forfeiture of credits, unless failure to complete the program itself constitutes an infraction (e.g. failing to accept a mandatory work assignment).”); Program Statement No. 5410.01, supra note 176, at 3 (defining “Productive Activity” to include “Institution work programs”). Such work assignments are standard in federal prison, and all able-bodied inmates (including deportable immigrants) are required to perform them.26528 C.F.R. § 545.23 (2024) (“Each sentenced inmate who is physically and mentally able is to be assigned to an institutional, industrial, or commissary work program.”); 28 C.F.R. § 541.3 (2024) (defining refusal to accept a work assignment as “prohibited act” subjecting the inmate to punishment). See also Adam Davidson, Administrative Enslavement, 124 Columb. L. Rev. 633, 682–84 (2024) (describing this and other mandatory prison work regimes as a form of enslavement and calling for their abolition). Many U.S. citizen prisoners receive earned time credit under the First Step Act for performing these prison jobs.266First Step Act Annual Report, supra note 257 at 22 (“Moreover, while structured EBRR programs and PAs with a facilitator-led curriculum are listed in the FSA Approved Programs Guide, other activities, such as work assignments may also be recommended by staff to address individual needs as well as qualify for time credits for eligible individuals in custody.”); FSA Time Credits Final Rule, supra note 178, at 2710 (discussing time credits for prison jobs); E-mail Correspondence with Jessie Agatstein, Fed. Pub. Def. (Aug. 27, 2024) (on file with author) (“[I]t is fairly common for someone to earn most of their credits by engaging in a ‘productive activity,’ meaning a prison job, rather than classes, mostly because there are always prison jobs available, but classes almost always have a waitlist or are short one-day or one-month things.”). For federal prisoners serving sentences in jail facilities, a work assignment is commonly the only option available to provide earned time credits. Id. But deportable immigrants do not receive that credit. The federal government has thus created a system where two prisoners—one a U.S. citizen and the other an

immigrant—will work alongside each other at the same job in the same prison kitchen, with the citizen getting a one-third sentence reduction for their labor and the immigrant getting nothing.

The federal prison system discriminates against deportable immigrants in numerous other ways as well. In addition to First Step Act credits, a federal prisoner can spend ten percent of their sentence (up to six months) in home confinement.26718 U.S.C. § 3624(c)(2). Deportable immigrants, however, cannot get home confinement.268BOP Program Statement no. 7310.04, They are excluded from nearly all in-prison treatment and rehabilitation programs.269See Jacob Schuman, Federal Prisons Don’t Even Try to Rehabilitate the Undocumented, The Marshall Project (Oct. 17, 2017, at 22:00 PT), https://www.themarshallproject.org/2017/10/17/federal-prisons-don-t-even-try-to-rehabilitate-the-undocumented [https://perma.cc/2SKQ-R26W]; Amy F. Kimpel, Coordinating Community Reintegration Services for “Deportable Alien” Defendants: A Moral and Financial Imperative, 70 Fla. L. Rev. 1019, 1027–41 (2018); Eagly, supra note 126, at 1318–19. This includes the Residential Drug Abuse Program, a 500-hour treatment program that gives a one-year sentence reduction upon completion.27018 U.S.C. § 3621(e); 28 C.F.R. § 550.53(b) (2018); Bureau of Prisons, Program Statement: Psychology Treatment Programs, P5330.11, Mar. 16, 2009, at Ch. 2 p. 9. Deportable immigrants cannot receive a “minimum security” designation by the Bureau of Prisons, meaning that they cannot be housed in the least restrictive prison facilities.271U.S. Bureau of Prisons Program Statement 5100.08, Inmate Security Designation and Custody Classification, Ch. 5, at 9; Ch. 2, at 4 (Sept. 12, 2006). Unlike other prisoners, they cannot serve part of their sentences in a halfway house.272U.S. Bureau of Prisons Program Statement 7310.04 at 10 (1998); 18 U.S.C. § 3621(b). While the Bureau of Prisons is required to try to house inmates within 500 miles of their families, it does not do so for deportable immigrants.27318 U.S.C. § 3621(b); BOP Program Statement no. 5100.08 at Ch. 7, p. 4 (2006); Emma Kaufman, Segregation by Citizenship, 132 Harv. L. Rev. 1379, 1411 (2019) (finding that more than half of prisoners in federal facilities designated for immigrants are kept over 500 miles from their home). And the federal prison system houses most deportable immigrants in segregated facilities that have fewer amenities and less security than normal prisons, feature little in-custody programming, and are run by private corporations.274See id. at 1408–18. In conjunction with the earned time credit exclusion, these policies create a separate and unequal prison system for undocumented prisoners.

III.  The Arbitrariness Problem

The reentry guideline is also quite illogical in practice. It distributes prison time through a convoluted formula that is tangential to the severity of a defendant’s criminal history. From the defendant’s perspective, it feels like a twisted lottery—prison time is distributed at random based on what numbers turn up in what order. This Part explores several features of the guideline that cause it to treat defendants so arbitrarily. The basic problem is that up to two large (commonly multi-year) sentence enhancements are imposed based on superficial aspects of a defendant’s record. First, the guideline places a puzzling emphasis on the order of convictions vis-à-vis the first deportation. If all convictions occurred either before or after the first deportation, then there is only one enhancement. But if two convictions straddle the first deportation, there are two enhancements. Thus, multiple years in prison often turn on the order of events. Second, the guideline only looks at nominal sentences, not actual time served. The enhancements are thus inflated by state sentencing policies, like indeterminate parole and automatic good time credit, that make the nominal sentence much longer than the real one. Third, violations of criminal supervision (e.g., probation) artificially inflate these past sentences and cause very old convictions to still trigger enhancements. This is a common problem for reentry cases because deportation itself often results in probation violations. Fourth, the difficulty of obtaining conviction and deportation records, combined with the fast pace of guilty pleas in these cases, leaves many defendants in the dark. They often plead guilty thinking their prison term will be brief, only to find out that it will be much longer. This Part explains these sources of arbitrariness, showing how they exacerbate the guideline’s anti-immigrant discrimination. It also illustrates them with a real-world case example.

A.  The Criminal History Lottery

  1. Timing the Deportation

Before 2016, the reentry guideline only gave an enhancement for past convictions that were followed by a deportation.275See Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 (1989–2015). This mirrored Chiles’s amendment to § 1326, which increased the maximum punishment if a defendant was deported “subsequent to” a felony or aggravated felony.2768 U.S.C. § 1326(b). Convictions occurring after a defendant’s most recent deportation did not trigger an enhancement. The criminal history enhancement was thus a collateral consequence of being deported after a conviction, and not of a conviction alone. This reflected the Commission’s apparent purpose of deterring immigrants deported after felony convictions from returning to the United States.277See Brown, supra note 105, at 8; supra note 72 & accompanying text.

When the Sentencing Commission rewrote the reentry guideline in 2016, it expressed concern that just focusing on pre-deportation convictions was arbitrary.278Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C. at 157 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016); United States Sent’g Comm’n, Illegal Reentry Offenses 6–7, 18–19 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2015). Take two defendants who committed the exact same prior crime, one before being deported and the other after being deported. Following the Commission’s logic, it made little sense to give the former defendant multiple more years in prison than the latter.279Guidelines Manual supp. to app. C. at 157 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016). But rather than simply removing the requirement that a conviction occur before a deportation, the Commission added a second enhancement.280Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(3) (2016). Under the new version of the guideline, a defendant can get up to two enhancements of up to ten specific offense points. The first enhancement is for a conviction occurring before the defendant’s first deportation, and the second is for a conviction occurring after their first deportation.281Id. at § 2L1.2(b)(2)-(3). This solved the arbitrariness problem, by the Commission’s reasoning, because it treated defendants with pre- and post-deportation felonies equally.

However, the 2016 amendment added a whole new dimension of arbitrariness. Under this new system, the order of convictions vis-à-vis the first deportation is enormously important. And that fact bears little relationship to the actual severity of someone’s prior record. Consider the following four defendants, who suffer deportations and felony convictions in the following order:

  • Defendant A: Felony, Deportation, Felony: two enhancements (one under Guidelines section 2L1.2(b)(2), another under (b)(3))
  • Defendant B: Felony, Felony, Felony, Felony, Deportation: one enhancement (under (b)(2))
  • Defendant C: Deportation, Felony, Felony, Felony, Felony: one enhancement (under (b)(3))
  • Defendant D: Deportation, Felony, Deportation, Felony, Deportation, Felony, Deportation, Felony: one enhancement (under (b)(3))

Defendant A has the least serious criminal record, with just two felonies. But only Defendant A will receive two enhancements under the reentry guideline. Every other defendant gets just one enhancement, despite having more convictions than A and as many or more deportations than A. Why is Defendant A treated much more harshly? There is no logical explanation for distributing prison time this way. If the Commission’s goal is to punish people more severely for returning to the United States and committing additional crimes, it should not focus just on the first deportation. For example, Defendant D above receives no second enhancement despite being convicted of crimes both before and after their deportations. According to a study by the Sentencing Commission, in 2013 the median number of prior deportations for reentry defendants was 2, and the mean was 3.2.282U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Illegal Reentry Offenses 14–15 (2015). The data also reflected that 34.8% of cases involved one prior deportation, and 4.6% of cases had ten or more prior deportations. According to the same study, the median number of past criminal convictions was 3 and the mean was 4.4.283Id. at 16–17. This was from a sample of 1,746 cases, excluding 151 cases involving with no prior convictions. The average sentence imposed for these prior convictions was 14 months, with a median of 6 months. These numbers include misdemeanor convictions, which do not usually trigger the reentry enhancements. According to data from 2023, 43.6% of reentry defendants qualify for one or both enhancements. U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2023). Conditioning sentence severity on the precise sequence of these events makes little sense.284People with less significant criminal and deportation histories tend to get charged with misdemeanor unlawful entry, 8 U.S.C. § 1325. And from the defendant’s perspective, it seems quite random. Due to the size of these enhancements (between four and ten offense points), defendants who receive two of them are commonly looking at five to ten years in prison, sometimes even more.285See cases cited, supra note 238 (examples of long sentences under the post-2016 reentry guideline). According to the Commission’s data, 2.3% of reentry defendants in 2023 received both enhancements. U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2023). For example, assuming that all the felonies in the above illustration carried two-year sentences, Defendant A would have a recommended sentence range of sixty-three to seventy-eight months.286See infra Appendix A. Defendant A would be in criminal history category 3, with 8 base offense points, and a +16 enhancement for the two prior convictions. If they pled guilty they could get a 3-point reduction, bringing their range to 46 to 57 months. Guidelines Manual § 3E1.1 (2023). Without the second enhancement, Defendant A’s range would be only twenty-seven to thirty-three months.287See infra Appendix A. With a 3-point reduction for pleading guilty, this would be 18 to 24 months. And Defendants B, C, and D would face a range of forty-one to fifty-one months, despite having much more extensive felony records than A.288See infra Appendix A. These defendants are all in criminal history category 5, but only get a single +8 enhancement. With a 3-point reduction for pleading guilty, the range goes down to 30 to 37 months.

Prosecutors can also exercise unilateral discretion over whether a post-deportation enhancement applies. In situations where a previously deported person is charged with a state crime, the federal prosecutor has a choice of when to bring them to federal court on the reentry case.289See Meyers, supra note 238. If the prosecutor waits for the state case to end, and it results in a conviction and sentence, the defendant will then receive a sentencing enhancement in their federal reentry case.290See Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(3) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023) (post-deportation enhancement applies where “defendant engaged in criminal conduct that, at any time, resulted in . . .” a qualifying conviction and sentence). But if the prosecutor instead brings the reentry case first, there is no extra enhancement. The reentry guideline thus empowers prosecutors to manipulate a defendant’s sentence. And given the potential size of the enhancement, this sometimes means doubling or tripling a defendant’s prison term.291See Meyers, supra note 238, at 2–3 (providing examples, including one of a defendant with a 130–162 month guideline range due to prosecutors’ decision to delay). Different prosecutors’ offices have different policies on this question, with some prosecuting the reentry case right away and others waiting.292Id. at 2 (noting that three federal prosecutors’ offices in the Southern District of Texas charge the reentry case right away, but that the Houston office instead elects to wait until the state case is over). That adds yet another dimension of randomness to reentry sentencing.293A defense attorney can also sometimes change the Guidelines calculation by negotiating with the prosecutor to stipulate that the first order of deportation is invalid because it was “fundamentally unfair.” Cf. United States v. Mendoza-Lopez, 481 U.S. 828 (1987) (providing for collateral attack of deportation orders in § 1326 prosecutions on that basis); Immigration and Nationality Act § 276(d), 8 U.S.C. § 1326(d) (enumerating limitations on such collateral attacks). This is sometimes called “moving” the deportation. If the defendant’s history goes: (1) felony, (2) deportation, (3) felony, (4) deportation, then stipulating that the first deportation is invalid will save the defendant a sentencing enhancement. The author negotiated several such deals in § 1326 cases as a defense lawyer.

  1. Misinterpreting State Sentences

Before 2016, the reentry guidelines’ prior conviction enhancements were keyed to substantive crime categories. These included “crime of violence,” “drug trafficking offense,” “aggravated felony,” and more.294See, e.g., Guidelines Manual 2L1.2(b)(1) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2015). This caused much litigation using the categorical approach, with lawyers arguing over which state crimes did or did not qualify for which enhancements.295See supra notes 143–47 and accompanying text. Responding to judges’ and prosecutors’ complaints about this litigation, the Commission changed the guideline in 2016 to focus instead on past sentences. Under this new version of the guideline, the length of a sentence is treated as a proxy for the seriousness of the underlying crime.296See Fish, supra note 150, at 1393–416 (discussing the use of such heuristics in recidivist enhancements). If the “sentence imposed” for a prior crime was five years or more, it is worth ten points; if it was at least two years and less than five, it is worth eight points; if it was more than thirteen months and less than two years, it is worth six points; and all other felonies are worth four points.297Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(2)-(3) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). This new system has reduced litigation over reentry sentences.298See Kachnowski & Russell, supra note 5, at 3. But it interprets state sentences in an incredibly unsophisticated way. In doing so, it creates arbitrary differences in punishment, and artificially inflates many enhancements, based on variations in state sentencing procedures.

The current guideline looks at the nominal sentence imposed by a court, not at the amount of time a defendant served in custody.299Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 cmt. n.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023); id. § 4A1.2 cmt. n.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023) (“[T]he length of a sentence of imprisonment is the stated maximum . . . [C]riminal history points are based on the sentence pronounced, not the length of time actually served.”). But the relationship between those two numbers varies widely between (and within) state systems. Some states require a defendant to serve all or nearly all of their sentence. Others set the sticker price of a sentence much higher than the time actually served. Consider some examples. In California, by default defendants serve only half of the announced prison sentence (and, under the recent “realignment” system, some defendants serve much less than that).300Cal. Penal Code § 4019(f) (“[A] term of four days will be deemed to have been served for every two days spent in actual custody.”); See Cal. Penal Code § 1170(h) (West 2020) (realignment sentencing); J. Richard Couzens & Tricia A. Bigelow, Felony Sentencing After Realignment (2017), [https://perma.cc/8RUK-UL6J]. Arizona and Florida, by contrast, are truth-in-sentencing states, and require all defendants to serve at least eighty-five percent of the announced sentence.301Ariz. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 41-1604.07 (2019); Fla. Stat. Ann. § 944.275 (West 2023). In Minnesota, felony defendants are released on supervision after serving two-thirds of their sentences.302Minn. Stat. Ann. § 244.101 (West 2023). And discretionary parole systems (which most states have) introduce further complications.303See Edward E. Rhine, Kelly Lyn Mitchell & Kevin R. Reitz, Robina Institute, Levers of Change in Parole Release and Revocation 4 (2018) (34 states have discretionary parole systems). In Utah, third-degree felonies are sentenced to an indeterminate term of zero to five years, and second-degree felonies get one to fifteen years.304Utah Code Ann. § 76-3-203 (West 2003), id. § 77-18-111 (West 2024). In Texas, defendants are eligible for parole after serving twenty-five percent of their sentence.305Tex. Gov’t Code Ann. § 508.145(f) (West 2025). But for all of these different state sentencing systems, the reentry guideline treats the maximum possible sentence as the “real” sentence. It does not matter if everyone in the courtroom—the judge, the lawyers, the defendant—understood that only a fraction of that time would be spent in prison. It does not matter if the sentence was an indeterminate term of zero to five years, and the defendant was paroled after just two months. The reentry guideline is deliberately ignorant of these facts. The sticker price is the sentence.

The 2016 amendment thus replaced one form of arbitrariness with another. Under the categorical approach regime, seemingly irrelevant differences in the elements of state crimes determined whether a prior conviction counted for an enhancement.306See supra notes 145–46 and accompanying text. Under the nominal sentence length regime, seemingly irrelevant differences in state sentencing procedures determine an enhancement’s size.307This criticism also applies to the Guidelines’ normal criminal history score calculation, since it counts prior sentences the same way. Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2 cmt. n.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). But the reentry guideline’s arbitrariness is significantly worse, because a single prior sentence can create a much larger enhancement than it can with the general criminal history score. See infra Appendix (compare a 3-point increase in criminal history points with an 8- or 10-point increase in offense level). The new system eases the burden of litigation on judges and prosecutors, but it maintains the burden of arbitrary treatment on defendants. One problem is that people with substantively similar prior sentences will get very different enhancements due to differences in state procedures. Another, related problem is that the nominal sentence often significantly overstates the seriousness of the underlying crime.308Another similar problem arises when prior crimes get inflated sentences due to defendants’ immigration status. Some state judges, and some prosecutors’ offices, increase criminal sentences if the defendant is undocumented. See, e.g., Gabriel J. Chin, Illegal Entry as Crime, Deportation as Punishment: Immigration Status and the Criminal Process, 58 UCLA L. Rev. 1417, 1430–33 (2011) (showing that some state courts impose enhanced sentences for a prior unlawful entry, and some states make undocumented immigrants ineligible for probation); Kay Levine, Ronald Wright, and Marc Miller, Discriminatory Policy Pinned on Wall Should Shock All Prosecutors, Bloomberg L., (May 4, 2023) https://news.bloomberglaw.com/us-law-week/discriminatory-policy-pinned-on-wall-should-shock-all-prosecutors [https://perma.cc/69XG-TUS8] (describing a Florida prosecutor’s office with a formal policy of giving harsher plea deals to “Hispanic” undocumented defendants). This then triggers additional punishment in a later reentry prosecution, with the reentry guideline mistaking the higher sentence as evidence of more severe conduct rather than just the defendant’s immigration status. For example, in Utah’s discretionary parole system you can serve just a few days in custody on a sentence that the Guidelines will count as five years long.309See, e.g., United States v. Dozier, 555 F.3d 1136, 1138 n.2 (10th Cir. 2009) (“[A]n indeterminate 0 to 5 year sentence is considered a 5–year sentence.”). But “five years” is a terrible proxy for the severity of the actual crime in such a case. And it seems seriously unjust to get a ten-point enhancement for conduct that only merited a short stay in jail. A system based on time actually served would be far more rational. Such an approach has precedent in the federal system: federal drug crimes use a time-served model for determining recidivist sentence enhancements.310See 21 U.S.C. § 802(57)–(58) (defining “serious violent felony” and “serious drug felony” as convictions “for which the offender served a term of imprisonment of more than 12 months”). But, for the sake of administrative convenience, the Sentencing Commission rejected that approach when it amended the reentry guidelines.311See Guidelines Manual supp. app. C, amend. 802, at 158 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2016) (“The Commission considered public comment suggesting that the term of imprisonment a defendant actually served for a prior conviction was a superior means of assessing the seriousness of the prior offense. The Commission determined that such an approach would be administratively impractical due to difficulties in obtaining accurate documentation.”).

  1. Supervision Complications

Criminal supervision introduces further problems. Supervision sentences are very common in the United States: about 3.7 million people are currently on some form of probation or parole.312See Leah Wang, Prison Pol’y Initiative, Punishment Beyond Prisons 2023: Incarceration and Supervision by State (2023), https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/correctionalcontrol2023.html [https://perma.cc/KP4W-YNPK]. When someone is sentenced to supervision, they can be put in custody for violating certain rules. This can happen if they do things like refuse to meet with a probation officer, fail a drug test, or commit a new crime.313See Eric S. Fish, The Constitutional Limits of Criminal Supervision, 108 Cornell L. Rev. 1375, 1396–1401 (2023). Under the Guidelines, any sentence for a violation of criminal supervision gets added to the sentence for the original crime.314Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(k) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023); id. § 2L1.2 cmt. n.2. So if a person is initially sentenced to zero days in prison plus probation, and then gets a 219-day sentence for violating probation conditions, the Guidelines treat that as a 219-day sentence for the original crime.315See, e.g., United States v. Coast, 602 F.3d 1222 (11th Cir. 2010). In the context of the reentry guideline, this means supervision violations enlarge the prior conviction enhancements by adding to the measured lengths of past sentences.316Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 Application Note 2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023).

Reentry defendants are especially susceptible to supervision violations, because deportation itself often causes them.317Reentry defendants are also commonly given supervised release in the federal system and receive supervised release violations if they return unlawfully. When that happens, they get two cases—one for the reentry and one for the supervision violation. That means additional time in prison and often requires moving defendants around to different states for separate cases stemming from one arrest (i.e. when their supervision case is in one state, but the new reentry case is in another). See Jacob Schuman, Criminal Violations, 108 Va. L. Rev. 1817, 1868–83 (2022) (documenting the large number of supervised release violation sentences in federal immigration cases, which comprise one-third of annual revocations in the federal system); United States v. Ceballos-Santa Cruz, 756 F.3d 635 (8th Cir. 2014) (involving a new § 1326 prosecution in Arizona and related revocation hearing in Nebraska). One standard supervision condition is that the supervisee must report in person to a probation or parole office.318See Fiona Doherty, Obey All Laws and Be Good: Probation and the Meaning of Recidivism, 104 Geo. L.J. 291, 316–17 (2016). But when someone is deported after release from jail, they cannot go meet their probation officer. This can trigger a violation report and an arrest warrant.319See, e.g., Rivera v. State, No. 07-00-0120, 2000 Tex. App. LEXIS 6073 (Tex. App. Aug. 31, 2000) (affirming probation violation for failing to report to probation office after deportation); State v. Contreras-Villegas, No. 112,091, 2015 Kan. App. Unpub. LEXIS 595 (Kan. Ct. App. July 24, 2015) (same); Chavez v. State, No. 49A02-1110-CR-899, 2012 Ind. App. Unpub. LEXIS 607 (Ind. Ct. App. May 21, 2012) (same); People v. Calderon, No. B226768, 2011 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 5664, at *2–5 (Cal. Ct. App. July 29, 2011) (involving a violation for failure to apprise probation department of whereabouts after deportation). In addition, many state courts impose immigration-related conditions on undocumented supervisees, such as prohibitions on returning to the United States without legal permission or requirements to report to a probation officer upon return.320See, e.g., Conditions of Supervised Probation, Yuma Cnty., Ariz., https://www.yumacountyaz.gov/government/courts/adult-probation/probation-services/standard-probation/conditions-of-supervised-probation (last visited Oct. 19, 2025) [https://archive.ph/FW3at ] (“If deported or processed through voluntary departure, I will not return to the United States without legal authorization during the term of my probation.”); Probation Information, Caldwell, Comal, and Hays Cntys., Tex,: Cmty. Supervision & Corr. Dep’t, http://www.caldwellcscd.org/index_files/Page342.htm (last visited Oct. 19, 2025) [https://perma.cc/7BNM-EUE5] (“REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR DEPORTED PROBATIONER. If deported, do not return to the United States illegally. Report by mail every month and provide verification of income. If you return to the United States, you must report to the Community Supervision and Corrections Department within 10 days of re-entry.”); Standard and Special Conditions of Parole, Utah Bd. of Pardons and Parole, https://bop.utah.gov/wp-content/uploads/Standard-Special-Parole-Conditions_Downloaded-8-15-2022.pdf (last visited Oct. 19, 2025) [https://perma.cc/S5FC-ELWU] (“If Deported by ICE authorities: Do not remain in, or return to, Utah or the United States of America, without lawful permission of the government of the United States.”); Barrientos v. State, No. 05-98-01966, 1999 Tex. App. LEXIS 8173, at *1–3 (Tex. App. Nov. 2, 1999) (outlining state supervision conditions requiring compliance with immigration authorities and reporting to probation upon return to the United States); State v. Vivas Buezo, A22-0917, 2023 Minn. App. Unpub. LEXIS 74, at *1–3 (Minn. Ct. App. Jan. 30, 2023) (showing state probation violations for unlawfully reentering the U.S. and failing to report to probation upon return); People v. Ochoa, No. B244844, 2014 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 4703, at *1–2 (Cal. Ct. App. July 2, 2014) (regarding conditions to not enter the United States illegally and report to probation within 48 hours of return); State v. Grave-Perez, No. 98,169, 2008 Kan. App. Unpub. LEXIS 341 (Kan. Ct. App. May 2, 2008) ( regarding probation violation for failing to report upon return to the United States after deportation); see also Sample Special Condition Language (Probation and Supervised Release Conditions), U.S. Cts., https://www.uscourts.gov/services-forms/sample-special-condition-language-probation-supervised-release-conditions (last visited Oct. 1, 2024) [https://web.archive.org/web/20241010053007/https://www.uscourts.gov/services-forms/sample-special-condition-language-probation-supervised-release-conditions] (“If you are ordered deported from the United States, you must remain outside the United States, unless legally authorized to re-enter. If you re-enter the United States, you must report to the nearest probation office within 72 hours after you return.”). When defendants are punished for violating immigration-based conditions, it also inflates their sentence enhancement in any later reentry case. This creates yet more double punishment—the state gives you a probation violation for returning to the United States, then the federal system treats that violation as evidence of separate bad conduct meriting an increased sentence for returning to the United States.321See, e.g., United States v. Rivera-Berrios, 902 F.3d 20, 24 (1st Cir. 2018) (affirming Guidelines criminal history enhancement based on revocation for the same conduct underlying the new federal conviction).

The Guidelines’ treatment of supervision violations also reproduces the problems discussed in the above Sections. Consider a person sentenced to probation and then deported for the first time. If that person returns to the United States and is prosecuted for a new crime, they will also get a probation violation.322See Schuman, supra note 318, at 1821–22. If the sentence for that probation violation runs concurrent to the sentence on the new crime, then a single term in prison will count for two separate enhancements.323See Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 cmt. n.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023) (“The length of the sentence imposed includes any term of imprisonment given upon revocation of probation, parole, or supervised release, regardless of when the revocation occurred.”); U. S. Sent’g Comm’n, Guidelines Amendment 809 (2018) (amending the reentry guideline so that revocation sentences after the first deportation are still added to underlying convictions before the first deportation); Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(a)(2) (“Prior sentences always are counted separately if the sentences were imposed for offenses that were separated by an intervening arrest”); discussion infra Section III.B. Further, a supervision violation can also result in a nominal sentence that is higher than the real sentence. For example, in California the half-time rule applies to probation violations, and in Utah a violation sentence can include an indeterminate prison term with parole.324Cal. Penal Code § 4019 (West 2024); United States v. Dozier, 555 F.3d 1136, 1138 n.2 (10th Cir. 2009). In such cases the violation is counted as the maximum possible custody time rather than the actual time spent in prison.325Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2 cmt. n.2 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023); id. §§ 4A1.2(b) cmt. n.2. (2023). Consider the case of United States v. Gomez-Colin.326United States v. Gomez-Colin, 823 F. App’x 368 (6th Cir. 2020). The defendant was initially sentenced to probation on a Georgia felony conviction and then deported.327Id. at 370–71. He later returned to the United States and received a state probation violation for reentering the country unlawfully.328Id. at 370; Brief of Appellant at 2, United States v. Gomez-Colin, 823 F. App’x 368 (6th Cir. 2020) (No. 19-5616). This resulted in a five-year sentence that was set aside by the state court (meaning he did not serve it).329Gomez-Colin, 823 F. App’x at 370. But the federal court treated it as a full five-year sentence under the reentry guideline, giving him a ten-point enhancement.330Id. at 371 (showing how the defendant got both a pre-deportation and a post-deportation enhancement and was sentenced to 144 months with a Guidelines range of 130–162 months). The guideline’s treatment of violation sentences thus compounds with its treatment of indeterminate sentences to inflate the reentry enhancements even further.

Lastly, supervision violations also cause very old cases to trigger sentencing enhancements. For any sentence of over thirteen months, the reentry guideline only imposes an enhancement if the defendant was in custody within fifteen years of their arrest for reentry.331Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(e)(1) (2023). All shorter sentences only count if the initial sentence was imposed within ten years of the current crime. Id. § 4A1.2(e)(2)-(3). Supervision violations thus only affect the time window for prior sentence over thirteen months. So if someone served a two-year sentence but was released from custody more than fifteen years ago, that prior sentence does not count. However, supervision violations extend this timeline forward.332Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(k)(2) (2023). Thus, if someone served a two-year prison sentence and was released on parole thirty years ago, but they served time on a later parole violation within the last fifteen years, the entire conviction still counts under the reentry guideline.333See, e.g., Brief of Appellant at 6–7, United States v. Salamanca, 821 F. App’x 584 (6th Cir. 2020) (No. 19-5746) (Defendant in a 2019 reentry case received an enhancement for a conviction from 1999, due to an intervening probation violation sentence that was imposed in absentia). This is a common problem for reentry defendants, because deportation itself triggers supervision warrants.334See supra notes 318–21 and accompanying text. If a supervisee fails to report because they were deported, the court can issue a probation warrant that indefinitely pauses the clock on the term of probation.335See Lee R. Russ, Annotation, Power of Court, After Expiration of Probation Term, to Revoke or Modify Probation for Violations Committed During the Probation Term, 13 A.L.R.4th 1240 (2024, originally published in 1982) (observing the “general rule” that issuing a warrant and initiating revocation proceedings tolls the supervision clock indefinitely). Then, if the supervisee is arrested and jailed many years later on the warrant, the supervision violation causes the underlying crime to count for a Guidelines enhancement. This is true regardless of how long ago the underlying conviction occurred.336Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(k)(2) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). Reentry defendants are thus punished anew for decades-old crimes.

  1. Slow Court Records, Fast Guilty Pleas

Given all these complications, it is often quite difficult to figure out a reentry defendant’s Guidelines range. First you need to get their conviction records, their supervision revocation records, and their deportation records. This commonly means requesting documents from multiple state and federal government bodies. Ordering these records is often a complicated matter.337See Fish, supra note 150, at 1396–97; Mary De Ming Fan, Reforming the Criminal Rap Sheet: Federal Timidity and the Traditional State Functions Doctrine, 33 Am. J. Crim. L. 31, 70–71 (2005). Many county courthouses only use paper documents, and many require records requests to be made in person or by mail.338See Kat Albrecht & Kaitlyn Filip, Public Records Aren’t Public: Systemic Barriers to Measuring Court Functioning & Equity, 113 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 1, 28–30 (2023); Jonathan Abel, Going Federal, Staying Stateside: Felons, Firearms, and the ’Federalization’ of Crime, 73 Am. U. L. Rev. 585, 669 (2024). And the federal government takes months to provide immigrants with their deportation records.339See, e.g., Complaint at 2, Sanchez Mora v. U.S. Customs and Border Protection, No. 24-cv-2430, 2024 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 239251 (N.D. Cal. Apr. 24, 2024) (“CBP generally takes over six months, and sometimes longer than one year, from receipt to make a determination on a FOIA request for individual records and, as illustrated by Plaintiffs Sanchez Mora and García’s requests, many requests linger—unprocessed—for well over one year.”). Indeed, a large portion of federal immigration files are kept in a defunct limestone mine in Missouri, and requested documents must be physically located there before they are provided.340See Ingrid Eagly, Access to Public Records in Immigration Law: Reviewing Margaret B. Kwoka’s Saving the Freedom of Information Act, Yale J. Reg. Notice & Comment (2022). Once you have all of these documents, you must piece together the defendant’s deportation and criminal history, and put it in chronological order to figure out the recommended sentence. For the defendant, this exercise is a high-stakes logic game. It produces a longer or shorter sentence based on the specific features (and sequence) of their prior record.

Unfortunately, this logic game has a short time limit. Unlawful reentry prosecutions proceed very quickly. Over ninety-seven percent of them end in guilty pleas.341Mark Motivans, U.S. Dep’t of Just., Federal Justice Statistics, 2022 at 11 (2024). About one-quarter of those pleas are obtained through a prosecutor-controlled program called “Fast Track.”342Memorandum from James M. Cole, Deputy Att’y Gen., Dep’t of Justice, to all U.S. Att’ys Regarding Department Policy on Early Disposition or “Fast-Track” Programs 2 (Jan. 31, 2012), [https://perma.cc/ 63LM-CXGA]; see Kimpel, supra note 121, at 253–59. The Fast Track program is also applied to other kinds of federal cases, such as drug cases, but it is mostly used in the reentry context. Id. at 255; U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2023) (25.7% of reentry cases got a Fast Track reduction in 2023). The Fast Track program provides the defendant with a somewhat lower Guidelines range (usually a two- or four-point reduction) in exchange for (1) not filing any motions or appeals, and (2) pleading guilty within thirty days of their arrest.343Cole Memorandum, supra note 343, at 3–4; Kimpel, supra note 121, at 259. Reentry cases in the Fast Track program thus resolve very quickly.344See Kimpel, supra note 121, at 254. Even outside the Fast Track program, reentry cases tend to end in much faster guilty pleas than other federal crimes.345See U. S. Cts, Federal Court Management Statistics—Profiles (June 30, 2024), https://www.uscourts.gov/sites/default/files/data_tables/fcms_na_distprofile0630.2024.pdf [https://perma.cc/L7JE-YYPZ] (the median duration of felony cases [from filing to final judgment/sentencing] in the five U.S./Mexico border districts are: 5.1 months (S.D. Tex.), 6.7 months (W.D. Tex.), 5.0 months (D. Ariz.), 6.1 months (S.D. Cal.), and 3.9 months (D. NM), compared with 11.3 months nationwide). Most reentry prosecutions are brought in high-volume border districts, where they comprise the majority of cases.346See Kimpel, supra note 121, at 246 (83% of reentry prosecutions are in the five border districts); U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Quick Facts: Illegal Reentry Offenses (2023) (reentry cases were 56% of all cases in the District of Arizona, 51.8% in the Western District of Texas, 51.4% in the Eastern District of Texas, and 50.5% in the District of New Mexico). Judges, defense lawyers, and prosecutors in those districts expect reentry cases to be routine guilty pleas and process them accordingly.347Cf. Fish, supra note 201, at 1897–1905 (describing routinized mass processing of immigration misdemeanors in federal courts along the border).

This means defendants are pressured to plead guilty without having access to their full deportation and conviction records. The prosecutor usually provides a RAP sheet with basic prior conviction information from the FBI’s criminal records database, but such RAP sheets are incomplete. They often lack information about the dates of past convictions, the sentences, and any probation or parole violations.348See Sarah Lageson, Criminally Bad Data: Inaccurate Criminal Records, Data Brokers, and Algorithmic Injustice, 2023 U. Ill. L. Rev. 1771, 1775–78 (discussing the problem of missing case dispositions in RAP sheets, which ranges from 22% of case entries in Iowa to 98% in Massachusetts, with a national average of 69%). That information must be obtained from state agencies, which is a burdensome process. And while complete deportation records should theoretically be provided in discovery, reentry defendants who plead guilty have no right to pre-plea disclosure of those records.349See Daniel S. McConkie, Structuring Pre-Plea Criminal Discovery, 107 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 1 (2017). The defendant’s full deportation and criminal history is thus often unknown until a court-appointed probation officer obtains the records while writing a presentence report. Presentence reports are prepared after the conviction and take several months to complete.350See Fed. R. Crim. P. 32(e)–(g). When provided to the defendant before sentencing, they often contain unpleasant surprises. If the probation officer finds a deportation order or supervision violation that the defense lawyer missed, multiple years can be added to the expected sentence.351It is especially common for expedited removals to be overlooked in the early stages of a reentry case. Such removals occur at the border and are never reviewed in an immigration court. Consequently, they generate a less extensive paper trail than formal deportations. Nonetheless, expedited removals count as deportations for § 1326 purposes. See Am. Immigr. Council, A Primer on Expedited Removal (2023). Defendants thus often plead guilty thinking their prison term will be relatively short, only to find out right before the sentencing hearing that it will be much longer. The rapidity of guilty pleas in these cases, combined with the difficulty of obtaining records quickly, keeps defendants in the dark.

B.  The Case of Mr. R

The reentry guideline’s criminal history enhancements thus create numerous problems. They produce arbitrary and illogical punishments, inaccurately measure prior sentence lengths, and make it difficult to ascertain a defendant’s sentencing range before the guilty plea. It is helpful to illustrate these problems with a concrete case. To that end, here is the story of Mr. R, a reentry defendant who was sentenced to ninety-six months in prison in 2014.352This is a real case, and all the information provided here comes from publicly filed court documents. However, I am using a pseudonym to avoid publicizing the defendant’s identity. The sentencing in his case illustrates several of the reentry guideline’s absurdities.

Mr. R was born in a Latin American country. He moved to the United States with his father at the age of eight. In his late teens and early twenties, he collected a series of criminal convictions in California. In June 1995, when Mr. R was eighteen years old, he was convicted of stealing a car.353Cal. Veh. Code § 10851(a) (West 2024). He was sentenced to 365 days in jail and three years of probation. Shortly after his release, in September 1995, he was convicted of possessing cocaine with intent to sell.354Cal. Health & Safety Code § 11351.5 (West 2024) He was sentenced to three years in prison for the drug conviction and given a probation violation on the auto theft case with a concurrent three-year sentence. After his release from custody, he was deported from the United States for the first time in November 1997. He also received two separate three-year terms of parole in California, one for each of the 1995 convictions.355In most California felony cases parole is added to the end of a defendant’s prison sentence (and therefore does not shorten the prison sentence). Cal. Penal Code § 3000 (West 2024).

Mr. R then reentered the United States and returned to California. He was convicted of robbery in 1998.356Cal. Penal Code § 211 (West 2024). For that conviction he received a state sentence of fifteen years in prison. He also received two concurrent parole violations in each of the 1995 cases. He remained in prison in California on this sentence until 2012, when he was released from custody and deported again. He then reentered the United States and was prosecuted federally for unlawful reentry. Under the pre-2016 Guidelines, he received a sentence of fifty-seven months in prison because of his prior robbery conviction.357The pre-2016 guidelines provided a 16-point enhancement for any prior “crime of violence.” See Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(1)(A) (2012).

Fast forward to 2018. Mr. R is arrested again for entering the United States and charged with unlawful reentry. He is now in his early forties, and his most recent state conviction is from 1998. Mr. R’s court-appointed defense lawyer knows that the 1998 robbery conviction will trigger a ten-point enhancement, because Mr. R was released from custody within the last fifteen years.358Guidelines Manual § 4A1.2(e)(1) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2018). But the lawyer does not think either of the 1995 convictions will count, because they are too old. This means Mr. R will receive just one prior conviction enhancement (for a post-first-deportation felony).359Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(3) (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2018). The lawyer tells Mr. R that he is looking at a Guidelines range of forty-six to fifty-seven months, and Mr. R pleads guilty less than two months after his arrest.360Mr. R did not receive a Fast Track plea offer, so this rapid guilty plea did not produce a sentencing benefit.

Between the guilty plea and sentencing, a court-appointed probation officer orders Mr. R’s criminal case records from California to prepare a presentence report. These records reveal that the two 1995 convictions produced parole violations that ran concurrent with the 1998 robbery sentence. The probation officer concludes that those 1995 convictions should therefore be counted in Mr. R’s 2018 Guidelines calculation, because he was in custody within the relevant timeframe. This has two consequences for the sentence. First, it gives Mr. R six more criminal history points, putting him in the Guidelines’ highest criminal history category. Second, it gives Mr. R a large new pre-first-deportation enhancement under the reentry guideline. The 1995 convictions occurred before Mr. R’s first deportation, so they trigger a separate enhancement from the 1998 sentence. And even though the parole violation ran concurrent with the new robbery sentence, it is added to the 1995 sentence and thus the pre-deportation sentence enhancement.361See supra note 324 and accompanying text. Based on this calculation, the probation officer concludes that Mr. R’s Guidelines range is 130 to 162 months.

The defense lawyer makes no objections to the probation officer’s conclusions. At the sentencing hearing, the defense lawyer argues that these convictions are quite old and the product of Mr. R’s troubled youth, while today Mr. R is a deeply religious man who works as a Christian pastor. Mr. R complains to the judge that his defense lawyer has not communicated with him about the surprise increase in his sentence. The judge proceeds with sentencing anyway and gives Mr. R ninety-six months in prison.

Subsequent litigation revealed that this Guidelines range was in fact wrong. The 1995 convictions should not have counted for the 2018 Guidelines calculation, because Mr. R’s parole violation sentences were discharged in September 2000. California law provides that a person cannot be kept in custody longer than four years on a parole violation for a noncapital felony.362Cal. Penal Code § 3000(b)(6)(A) (West 2024). The probation officer and the defense lawyer apparently did not realize this. This means Mr. R was not in custody on those cases within fifteen years of 2018. But his discharge from parole could only be discovered by looking at prison administrative records kept by the California Department of Corrections. Mr. R’s discharge was noted in pencil on a paper log in his prison file, which could only be obtained through a written request.363See San Diego Cty. Dist. Atty, Authorization for Release of Offender Central File (2019), https://www.sdcda.org/Content/prosecuting/Central%20File%20Authorization%20Wavier.pdf [https://perma.cc/J4YG-T4RX]. Because of this error, Mr. R should have been in a lower criminal history category, and he should not have received a pre-deportation felony enhancement. Mr. R’s actual Guidelines range should have been forty-six to fifty-seven months.

This case illustrates several absurdities about unlawful reentry sentencing. First is the strange focus on the timing of the first deportation. Mr. R was deported from the United States multiple times, but his recommended sentence was dramatically increased because his first deportation happened to occur between two felony convictions. Had his first deportation happened before 1995 or after 1998, his Guidelines range would have been at least five years lower.364Removing 8 points brings the range from 130–162 months down to 63–79 months. Second is the importance of supervision violations. Because they extend the clock on very old convictions, large swings in sentence length can turn on precisely when a probation or parole violation occurred. And because the Guidelines count violations as part of the original conviction, two completely concurrent sentences (one for a new crime and one for a supervision violation) are treated as separate sentences of the same length. Third is how crucial the Guidelines make difficult-to-find state records. Mr. R’s defense lawyer did not know about the parole violations that, according to the probation officer, made the 1995 convictions count against Mr. R in 2018. And neither the lawyer nor the probation officer found the document in Mr. R’s prison file that proved the convictions were, in fact, too old. When large sentence swings turn on the precise details of state cases, defendants are at the mercy of state agencies’ variable recordkeeping practices.

Mr. R’s case is exceptional in some respects, including that his sentence was unusually long for a reentry case.365Supra notes 232–34 and accompanying text. But the problems it illustrates are endemic to the reentry guideline. They emerge in one form or another in thousands of cases every year. And his case also follows a familiar pattern for reentry prosecutions. Mr. R spent nearly his entire life in the United States. It is where his family lives and it is the only country he considers home. But he also accumulated a serious criminal record in his late teens and early twenties. Now, as a man in his forties whose entire life is in the United States, he keeps trying to return.366There is significant empirical literature documenting that people age out of crime after their twenties. See Rachel Barkow, Prisoners of Politics 80–81 (2019). And, because of the reentry guidelines’ double enhancements, those convictions from his youth keep triggering lengthy sentences every time he comes back.

IV.  Sentencing Constitutionalism

This Article has shown that the federal sentencing system discriminates against undocumented immigrants. So what can be done about it? Naturally, Congress could amend the First Step Act so that immigrants receive earned time credit. The Sentencing Commission could also rewrite the reentry guideline to remove its extra criminal history enhancements. Such legislative fixes would be straightforward. This Part will thus focus instead on what can be done by federal judges and the lawyers who appear before them.367It is worth noting that the last two major changes to the reentry guideline were motivated, in significant part, by widespread judicial variances. See 8 U.S.C.A. § 1101(43); see supra note 129, 139–42 and accompanying text. See also Eric Fish, Sentencing and Interbranch Dialogue, 105 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 549, 549 (2015). A constitutional Equal Protection challenge seems like an intuitive strategy.368Since we are discussing the federal government, technically, the Due Process Clause is the vehicle for constitutional Equal Protection norms. Bolling v. Sharpe, 347 U.S. 497, 499 (1954); United States v. Windsor, 570 U.S. 744, 774 (2013) (“The liberty protected by the Fifth Amendment’s Due Process Clause contains within it the prohibition against denying to any person the equal protection of the laws”). But that approach faces significant obstacles under current case law. The Supreme Court has disallowed racial disparate impact claims, and it grants the federal government substantial leeway to discriminate by immigration status.369See, e.g., McCleskey v. Kemp, 481 U.S. 279, 280 (1987); Mathews v. Diaz, 426 U.S. 67, 68 (1976). Such doctrinal hurdles may be surmountable, but advocates challenging these sentencing policies have yet to overcome them.

This Part proposes another approach, herein labeled “sentencing constitutionalism.” The basic idea is that sentencing decisions are less constrained than other judicial decisions. In the sentencing context, judges exercise normative discretion over the size of the punishment and the reasons that justify it. And judges can include amongst those reasons a desire to advance underenforced constitutional norms.370See Lawrence Sager, Fair Measure: The Legal Status of Underenforced Constitutional Norms, 91 Harv. L. Rev. 1212, 1213 (1978). Because so much deference is built into modern Equal Protection doctrine, many instances of clear discrimination go unremedied in formal constitutional review. Recognizing this, several scholars have developed a theory of “administrative constitutionalism.”371See supra note 24. These scholars have observed that executive branch agencies use their policymaking discretion to combat forms of discrimination, such as racial disparate impact, that cannot be remedied in court. Judges should do the same in the immigrant sentencing context. Specifically, judges should counteract the racial and immigration-status-based discrimination built into federal sentencing law by (1) refusing to apply the reentry guideline’s recidivist enhancements, and (2) discounting immigrants’ sentences to account for the fact that they cannot earn First Step Act credits.372Some federal judges have done this. See, e.g., United States v. Zapata-Trevino, 378 F. Supp. 2d 1321, 1327–28 (D.N.M. 2005) (granting a substantial downward variance in a reentry case, and citing as reasons both the unfairness of the Guidelines double counting criminal history and the fact that the defendant will be ineligible for early release or BOP programming); United States v. Navarro-Diaz, 420 F.3d 581, 588–89 (6th Cir. 2005) (remanding for post-Booker resentencing where sentencing judge indicated defendant’s ineligibility for halfway house would have merited a lower sentence); United States v. Galvez-Barrios, 355 F. Supp. 2d 958, 964 (E.D. Wis. 2005); United States v. Santos, 406 F. Supp. 2d 320, 324 (S.D.N.Y. 2005). Many federal judges have already embraced this kind of approach in the crack cocaine sentencing context. The crack/powder disparity in federal sentencing law is racially discriminatory, and Equal Protection challenges have entirely failed to remedy it. However, federal judges have somewhat counteracted this discrimination in their sentencing decisions. Numerous judges have explicitly rejected the higher crack guideline as a matter of policy. And overall, federal judges vary downward from the Guidelines range in most crack cocaine cases. This systematic judicial rejection of the crack guideline is motivated by constitutional equality concerns. Judges should do the same with reentry sentences.

A.  A Two-Track Model of Equal Protection at Sentencing

Immigrant defendants can challenge the sentencing discrimination described above as violating Equal Protection. This argument can be made as a constitutional challenge to the validity of the laws themselves. It can also be made as a quasi-constitutional appeal to judges’ discretionary sentencing power. The former strategy runs into major obstacles in the form of deference principles established by the Supreme Court. The latter strategy lacks the compulsory force of law, but avoids the limitations of contemporary Equal Protection doctrine. Here both strategies will be explored in turn.

Both the First Step Act and the reentry guideline explicitly discriminate against defendants based on their immigration status.373The operative First Step Act provision only applies to noncitizens with a deportation order. 18 U.S.C. § 3632(d)(4)(E). And the reentry guideline is exclusively used for crimes with non-citizenship as an element, excluding numerous entry crimes applicable to citizens. See supra notes 236–38 and accompanying text. Numerous defendants have argued that these laws are therefore unconstitutional.374For the reentry guideline see, e.g., United States v. Valdez-Cejas, No. 21-10659, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 21355, at *1 (5th Cir. Aug. 2, 2022); United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801, 807–08 (11th Cir. 2021); United States v. Alejo-Pena, 474 F. App’x 137, 137–38 (4th Cir. 2012); United States v. Ruiz-Chairez, 493 F.3d 1089, 1090 (9th Cir. 2007); United States v. Mendoza-Hinojosa, No. 99-50327, 2000 U.S. App. LEXIS 8068 at *5–7 (9th Cir. Apr. 20, 2000); United States v. Cardenas-Alvarez, 987 F.2d 1129, 1133–34 (5th Cir. 1993); United States v. Adeleke, 968 F.2d 1159, 1160–61 (11th Cir. 1992); United States v. Ceron-Sanchez, 222 F.3d 1169, 1173 (9th Cir. 2000); . For the First Step Act see, e.g., Lomeli v. Birkholz, No. CV 23-9461-MRA (JPR), 2024 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 131885, at *3 (C.D. Cal. June 18, 2024); Cheng v. United States, 725 F. Supp. 3d 432, 437–38 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 26, 2024); Murillo-Cabezas v. F.C.I. Otisville Warden, No. 23-CV-11329, 2024 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 139640, at *2 (S.D.N.Y. Aug. 2, 2024); .United States v. Arellano-Felix, No. 97-CR-2520-LAB-1, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 20796, at *3 (S.D. Cal. Jan. 31, 2023). To date, such arguments have not found success. Defendants have been unable to overcome the Supreme Court’s deference to the federal government when it comes to immigration policy. Under the plenary power doctrine, the Court gives Congress and the President broad leeway to enact policies that discriminate by immigration status.375See Mathews v. Diaz, 426 U.S. 67, 81–82 (1976) (“The reasons that preclude judicial review of political questions also dictate a narrow standard of review of decisions made by the Congress or the President in the area of immigration and naturalization.”); Michael Wishnie, Laboratories of Bigotry? Devolution of the Immigration Power, Equal Protection, and Federalism, 76 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 493, 499 n. 31 (2001). The Court has directed greater scrutiny at state laws that harm immigrants, but that is not helpful in the federal sentencing context.376See Graham v. Richardson, 403 U.S. 365, 374 (1971) (applying strict scrutiny to strike down an Arizona law requiring fifteen years of residency for noncitizens before they could receive welfare benefits); Plyler v. Doe, 457 U.S. 202, 230 (1982) (applying rational-basis-with-bite scrutiny to strike down a Texas law excluding undocumented immigrant children from public schools). See also Diaz, 426 U.S. at 85 (distinguishing between the high scrutiny applied to state governments when they discriminate by immigration status and the low scrutiny applied to the federal government). Perhaps more usefully, the Court in Hampton v. Wong did apply heightened scrutiny to federal agency regulations that discriminate against immigrants.377Hampton v. Wong, 426 U.S. 88, 116 (1976). Wong involved a Civil Service Commission regulation excluding all noncitizens from federal employment.378Id. at 90–99. The Court applied heightened scrutiny to this regulation, reasoning that the plenary power doctrine does not protect agency rules unless they are mandated by Congress or the President.379Id. at 103. The Court held that when an agency discriminates by immigration status, it must demonstrate both an “overriding national interest” and evidence that the policy was “actually intended to serve” that interest.380Id. Because the Guidelines are written by an independent agency (the Sentencing Commission), Wong may support a constitutional challenge to the reentry guideline.381By contrast, the discriminatory First Step Act provisions were passed by Congress. The post-deportation enhancement seems especially vulnerable, since it (1) is not connected to Congress’s statutory maximum increase, which applies only to pre-deportation felonies, and (2) does not meaningfully deter reentry because it punishes only post-reentry conduct. Nonetheless, Wong-based challenges to the reentry guideline have yet to find success in court.382So far, such challenges have only been brought in the Eleventh Circuit. See generally United States v. Osorto, 995 F.3d 801 (11th Cir. 2021); United States v. Huerta-Carranza, No. 20-12038, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 13953 (11th Cir. May 24, 2022); but see Osorto, 995 F.3d at 824 (Martin, J., concurring) (finding Guidelines Manual § 2L1.2(b)(3) unconstitutional under Wong).

Defendants could also argue that the reentry guideline and the First Step Act discriminate by race and ethnicity. Nearly every person harmed by these rules is of Latin American ancestry.383Supra note 4 and accompanying text. And policies that discriminate by race are subjected to strict scrutiny.384See, e.g., Adarand Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, 515 U.S. 200, 202 (1995). The problem, however, is that these rules are facially neutral as to race, and the Supreme Court has foreclosed Equal Protection challenges based on disparate impact claims.385See United States v. Armstrong, 517 U.S. 456, 465 (1996); McCleskey v. Kemp, 481 U.S. 279, 292 (1987); Washington v. Davis, 426 U.S. 229, 230 (1976). A law could thus apply against only one race ninety-nine percent of the time and still be upheld in court because it is facially neutral. The Court has carved out one important exception to this rule: under the Arlington Heights test, a formally race-neutral law violates Equal Protection if it was enacted with racist purposes and has a racially disparate impact.386Vill. of Arlington Heights v. Metro. Hous. Dev. Corp., 429 U.S. 252, 253 (1977). A defendant could try to bring such a challenge to the First Step Act or the reentry guideline. In the guideline context, this would likely mean emphasizing the racist panic in Florida that gave rise to the double criminal history enhancements. In the First Step Act context, it would mean focusing on the Trump Administration’s 2018 nativism. However, Arlington Heights challenges face two significant hurdles. First is the problem of proving intent—federal courts adopt a strong presumption that government action is not racially motivated.387See, e.g., Abbott v. Perez, 585 U.S. 579, 603 (2018). Second is the problem of reenactment—if a rule is enacted for discriminatory reasons at Time One, and then reenacted for different reasons at Time Two, courts often treat Time Two as decisive. For example, many defendants have argued that the unlawful reentry statute is itself unconstitutional due to its racist history.388See, e.g., United States v. Carrillo-Lopez, 68 F.4th 1133, 1138 (9th Cir. 2023); United States v. Gonzalez-Nane, No. 23-1418, 2024 U.S. App. LEXIS 17614 at *1 (3d Cir. July 17, 2024); United States v. Sanchez-Garcia, 98 F.4th 90 (4th Cir. 2024); United States v. Amador-Bonilla, 102 F.4th 1110, 1113 (10th Cir. 2024); United States v. Viveros-Chavez, 114 F.4th 618, 618–19 (7th Cir. 2024). While federal courts have largely conceded that the law’s original enactment was racist, they have unanimously upheld the law because it was later reenacted.389See Adarand Constructors, 515 U.S. at 237..

Modern Equal Protection doctrine thus erects significant barriers to immigrants’ antidiscrimination claims. While these barriers may be surmountable in some cases, they significantly limit the potential of constitutional challenges against the First Step Act and the reentry guideline. Another option would be to appeal to district judges’ sentencing discretion. After Booker, sentencing judges do not have to follow the Guidelines.390United States v. Booker, 543 U.S. 220 (2005). They can sentence a defendant anywhere within the statutory range, subject only to deferential appellate review for reasonableness.391Id. at 260–65. Because the judge is the key decisionmaker at sentencing, rather than Congress or the executive, the deference doctrines discussed above lack purchase. A judge can use their discretion to counteract race-based and immigration-status-based discrimination built into the federal sentencing rules. And judges should do so to vindicate a constitutional equality norm that, because of those deference doctrines, goes widely underenforced.392See Lawrence Sager, Fair Measure: The Legal Status of Underenforced Constitutional Norms, 91 Harv. L. Rev. 1212, 1215–19 (1978) (observing that constitutional norms often go underenforced by federal courts because of institutional deference concerns, and arguing that such norms are enforceable by other actors). Constitutional norms can thereby have wider play in the discretionary sentencing context than they do in the judicial review context. This idea will here be called “sentencing constitutionalism.”

Administrative constitutionalism is a close analogue to sentencing constitutionalism. In numerous contexts, scholars have observed administrative agencies using their policymaking discretion to advance constitutional norms beyond the level required by courts. For example, in the 1960s both the Federal Communications Commission and the Federal Power Commission interpreted the Equal Protection Clause as requiring regulated companies to achieve racial equality in employment.393See Lee, supra note 24. In the 1940s and 1950s, the Federal Social Security Board enforced an Equal Protection norm safeguarding the welfare rights of the poor.394See Tani, Administrative Equal Protection, supra note 24. During the Obama Administration, the Department of Housing and Urban Development adopted rules requiring recipients of federal funding to affirmatively reduce racial housing disparities.395See Emerson, supra note 24. And, in the criminal justice context, contemporary federal (and some state) prosecutors have adopted a wide array of self-limiting rules that protect defendants’ constitutional rights beyond what courts require.396See Fish, supra note 24. In these examples and others, agencies go above the floor set by judicial doctrine and implement a more robust vision of constitutional rights. They do so through their own discretionary rulemaking authority. Judges, when they sentence defendants, operate in a similar context. Deference doctrines like plenary power over immigration, the prohibition on disparate impact claims, and others lack purchase because judges are themselves determining sentences. So long as they do not violate the law, judges can go above the constitutional floor just as agencies have.397Some of the examples of administrative constitutionalism, especially those involving employment-based affirmative action, might be challenged as unlawful under the Supreme Court’s recent affirmative action decisions. See, e.g., Students for Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President & Fellows of Harv. Coll., 143 S. Ct. 2141, 2148 (2023). However, sentencing constitutionalism, at least as described in this Article, is not vulnerable to such a challenge because it does not involve classification by race. Policymaking discretion thus lets them implement constitutional antidiscrimination norms to a greater degree than formal doctrine requires.

Sentencing constitutionalism is also similar to the concept of an imperfect defense.398In the homicide context, the term “imperfect self-defense” sometimes refers to a defense that defeats a murder charge but not a manslaughter charge. See, e.g., Judicial Council of Cal., Criminal Jury Instructions (CALCRIM) No. 571 (2024) (Voluntary Manslaughter: Imperfect Self-Defense or Defense of Another). Here I focus instead on the use of an imperfect defense to justify a lower sentence. In criminal trials, defenses are binary. The judge either will or will not let the defendant argue a defense, and the jury either will or will not acquit based on a defense. Because a successful defense exonerates completely, the formal elements of defenses are often written quite narrowly. The federal duress defense, for example, only applies where the defendant faces an “immediate threat of death or serious bodily injury.”399Debra Oakes, Annotation, Availability of Defense of Duress or Coercion in Prosecution for Violation of Federal Narcotics Laws, 71 A.L.R. Fed. 2d 481 (2013). The most common version of the insanity defense is limited to situations where the defendant either (1) did not know what they were doing or (2) was incapable of understanding that their action was wrongful.400See Clark v. Arizona, 548 U.S. 735, 747 (2006). And California’s entrapment defense only applies where the police conduct would cause a “normally law-abiding person” to commit the crime.401CALCRIM No. 3408 (2024). Because these and other defenses are defined narrowly, they fail to exonerate the defendant in many cases where it seems like they should apply. Take, for example, someone who committed a crime on the orders of their abusive partner, but was not in immediate peril at the time of the crime. That person will not satisfy the elements of a duress defense, even though the moral purpose underlying the defense clearly applies.402See, e.g., United States v. Willis, 38 F.3d 170, 176 (5th Cir. 1994). In cases like these, many U.S. jurisdictions lower the defendant’s sentence to account for the “imperfect” defense.403See Hessick & Berman, supra note 28, at 188–91. The Federal Sentencing Guidelines, for example, enumerate imperfect duress as a reason for downward departure.404Guidelines Manual § 5K2.12 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 2023). Several federal circuits have also recognized imperfect entrapment as a legitimate basis for downward departure.405See, e.g., United States v. Bala, 236 F.3d 87, 92 (2d Cir. 2000); United States v. Garza–Juarez, 992 F.2d 896, 912 (9th Cir. 1993); United States v. Osborne, 935 F.2d 32, 35 n. 3 (4th Cir. 1991); United States v. Barth, 990 F.2d 422, 424–25 (8th Cir. 1993); United States v. McKeever, 824 F.3d 1113 (D.C. Cir. 2016). And numerous states’ sentencing statutes specifically list imperfect defenses as mitigating factors.406See, e.g., Cal. R. of Court 4.423(a)(4) (2022); Haw. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 706-621(2)(c) (West 2025); Idaho Code Ann. § 19-2521(2)(d) (West 2020); 730 Ill. Comp. Stat. Ann. 5/5-5-3.1 (2022); Ind. Code Ann. § 35-38-1-7.1(b)(4) (West 2025); La. Code Crim. Proc. Ann. art. 894.1(B)(25) (2010); N.J. Stat. Ann. § 2C:44-1(b)(4) (2023); Ohio Rev. Code Ann. § 2929.12 (West) (2014); Tenn. Code Ann. § 40-35-113(2)-(3) (West 2022); Alaska Stat. § 12.55.155(d)(20) (2014); Hessick & Berman, supra note 28 at 188 n. 108–13 (listing state statutes). Such imperfect defenses are structurally similar to sentencing constitutionalism. Both involve situations where a defendant’s legal argument has strong moral force (e.g., a duress defense or discrimination claim). However, the argument fails in court for technical reasons (e.g. the defense is too narrowly defined, or the discrimination claim is denied out of deference and administrability concerns). In such circumstances, judges can use their sentencing discretion

to compensate for the narrowness of formal law. They can lower a defendant’s sentence to account for the injustice that otherwise goes unremedied.407Legal scholars have called for similar sentencing-based remedies in the context of Fourth Amendment suppression motions and prosecutorial misconduct. See Harry M. Caldwell & Carol A. Chase, The Unruly Exclusionary Rule: Heeding Justice Blackmun’s Call to Examine the Rule in Light of Changing Judicial Understanding About Its Effects Outside the Courtroom, 78 Marq. L. Rev. 45, 70–74 (1994); Sonja B. Starr, Sentence Reduction as a Remedy for Prosecutorial Misconduct, 97 Geo. L.J. 1509 (2009).

Sentencing constitutionalism also finds conceptual support in Justice Anthony Kennedy’s concurrence in Beckles v. United States.408Beckles v. United States, 580 U.S. 256, 270–71 (2017) (Kennedy, J., concurring). In Beckles, the Supreme Court held that defendants cannot bring constitutional vagueness challenges to the Sentencing Guidelines.409Id. at 270. The majority reasoned that because the Guidelines are purely advisory post-Booker, they do not raise the same due process concerns as a vague criminal statute.410Id. at 264–67. Justice Kennedy wrote separately to note that constitutional vagueness challenges should still have a place in discretionary sentencing decisions. However, he posited that “the realm of judicial discretion in sentencing” required “some other explication of the constitutional limitations.”411Id. at 271. He thus suggested that the Constitution should be operationalized differently at sentencing. That is also the intuition behind sentencing constitutionalism. Indeed, Kennedy’s reasoning could cover a variety of criminal procedure rights that do not normally apply at sentencing.412See Carissa Byrne Hessick & F. Andrew Hessick, Recognizing Constitutional Rights at Sentencing, 99 Calif. L. Rev. 47, 56–73 (2011) (listing sentencing factors that would violate ordinary constitutional rights if such rights applied in the sentencing context). The right to confront witnesses, the prohibition on double jeopardy, the right not to be punished for acquitted conduct, the privilege against self-incrimination, and other constitutional principles can be incorporated into the discretionary sentencing context (perhaps in a modified form with more judicial flexibility).413See id.; Shaakirrah R. Sanders, Unbranding Confrontation as Only a Trial Right, 65 Hastings L.J. 1257 (2014) (arguing that confrontation rights should apply at sentencing); Carissa Byrne Hessick & Andrew Hessick, Double Jeopardy as a Limit on Punishment, 97 Cornell L. Rev. 45 (2011) (arguing that double jeopardy should apply at sentencing to limit recidivist enhancements); see, e.g., United States v. Jordan, 256 F.3d 922, 929 (9th Cir. 2001) (imposing a “clear and convincing” standard of proof for unusually large sentencing enhancements, as opposed to the normal “preponderance” standard). This would particularly make sense in the federal system, where trials have all but disappeared and there is far more litigation at sentencing than at the guilt-or-innocence phase.414Nearly all federal convictions are the product of guilty pleas, meaning little or no litigation normally occurs prior to the conviction. See John Gramlich, Fewer Than 1% of Federal Criminal Defendants Were Acquitted in 2022, Pew Rsch. Ctr. (June 14, 2023), https://www.pewresearch.org/short-reads/2023/06/14/fewer-than-1-of-defendants-in-federal-criminal-cases-were-acquitted-in-2022 [https://perma.cc/N994-ZPP2]. But due to the guidelines system and the norm of judicial discretion over sentencing, there is often vigorous litigation over sentencing issues. Thus sentencing constitutionalism, in addition to providing an alternative remedy for Equal Protection claims, might also bring some of the Constitution’s criminal procedure architecture into the sentencing process.

B.  Sentencing Constitutionalism and The Crack/Powder Disparity

The history of federal crack cocaine sentencing provides a real-world case study of sentencing constitutionalism. The story begins in 1986, with the tragic death of a basketball player named Len Bias. Bias died after using cocaine on the night he was drafted into the NBA.415See Adam M. Acosta, Len Bias’ Death Still Haunts Crack-Cocaine Offenders After Twenty Years: Failing to Reduce Disproportionate Crack-Cocaine Sentences Under 18 U.S.C. § 3582, 53 How. L.J. 825, 826–27 (2010). Ironically, Bias died after using powder cocaine. The public reaction to his death launched a nationwide media-driven moral panic over crack cocaine.416See Sklansky, supra note 34, at 1293–97; Doris Marie Provine, Unequal Under Law: Race in the War on Drugs 105–06 (2007) (“In July, the three networks offered seventy-four evening news segments on drugs, half about crack. In the three months before the 1986 election, there were one thousand stories discussing crack. Fifteen million viewers watched a CBS documentary on crack in the fall of 1986, the highest on record for a news documentary.”). This panic had a clear racial dimension, as crack cocaine abuse was widely perceived to be an epidemic amongst African-American individuals.417See Theresa Runstedtler, Racial Bias: The Black Athlete, Reagan’s War on Drugs, and Big-Time Sports Reform, 55 Am. Stud. 85, 89–94 (2016); Sklansky, supra note 34, at 1290–95; Provine, supra note 417, at 88–100. Politicians and the wider public feared that crack use was spreading from the inner cities to suburbia.418See Sklansky, supra note 34, at 1293–94; Provine, supra note 417, at 98–99; Runstedtler, supra note 418 at 90–91. For example, Senator Lawton Chiles inserted a Florida newspaper article into the Congressional Record that reported: “Less than a block from where unsuspecting White retirees play tennis, bands of young Black men push their rocks on passing motorists, interested or not.”419132 Cong. Rec. 8292 (daily ed. 1986) (entering the article “It’s Cheap, It’s Available and It’s Ravaging Society” by Paul Blythe of the Palm Beach Post into the Congressional Record). The article also connects crack sales to Chilton’s theme of Haitian drug dealing. Id. (“Most of the dealers, as with past drug trends, are black or Hispanic, police said. Haitians also comprise a large number of those selling cocaine rocks, authorities said.”). See supra notes 58–61 & accompanying text.

Responding to this panic, Congress enacted the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986.420Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-570, 100 Stat. 3207 (codified as amended at 21 U.S.C. § 801). Senator Chiles was one of the “prime movers” behind the law.421Provine, supra note 417 at 112. It created new mandatory minimum penalties for federal drug trafficking crimes, which were triggered by a much lower quantity of crack than of powder cocaine. The law provided a ten-year mandatory minimum sentence for crimes involving five kilograms of powder cocaine, but just fifty grams of crack.42221 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(A)(ii)-(iii). Similarly, it provided a five-year mandatory minimum for 500 grams of powder but just five grams of crack.42321 U.S.C. § 841(b)(1)(B)(ii)-(iii). This 100-to-1 ratio was not the product of any systematic study of the drugs’ relative effects—Congress’s factfinding process was perfunctory.424See Vagins & McCurdy, supra note 31, at 1–2 (“[T]here was no committee report to document Congress’ intent in passing the Act or to analyze the legislation. Few hearings were held in the House on the enhanced penalties for crack offenders, and the Senate conducted only a single hearing on the 100:1 ratio, which only lasted a few hours.”); Barkow, supra note 367, at 74 (“We initially came out of committee with a 20-to-1 ratio. By the time we finished on the floor, it was 100-to-1. We didn’t really have an evidentiary basis for it.”). Rather, legislators engaged in a one-way auction, ratcheting up the crack cocaine penalties in a competition to show which party could look tougher.425See Sklansky, supra note 34, at 1296.

The higher penalties for crack had a clear disparate impact on African American defendants. In 1993, 88.3% of federal crack cocaine defendants were Black and only 4.1% were White.426U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, Special Report to Congress: Cocaine and Federal Sentencing Policy xi (1995) [1995 Report]. By comparison, powder cocaine defendants were 27.4% Black and 32% White.427Id. The average federal drug sentence for a Black defendant went from 11% higher than that of a White defendant in 1986 to 49% higher four years later.428See Vagins & McCurdy, supra note 31, at 3. Black defendants sentenced under the new law brought Equal Protection challenges, arguing that this crack/powder disparity was racially discriminatory. Such Equal Protection claims succeeded, albeit temporarily, in only two cases. Judge Clyde Cahill of the Eastern District of Missouri struck down the crack/powder disparity on Equal Protection grounds, finding that the 1986 Congress was motivated by unconscious anti-Black racism.429United States v. Clary, 846 F. Supp. 768, 797 (E.D. Mo. 1994). Judge Cahill’s ruling was then reversed by the Eighth Circuit.430United States v. Clary, 34 F.3d 709, 714 (8th Cir. 1994). The Minnesota Supreme Court also struck down a state statute creating higher penalties for crack than powder cocaine, concluding that it violated the state constitution.431State v. Russell, 477 N.W.2d 886 (Minn. 1991). The Minnesota legislature responded by increasing the penalties for powder cocaine to match those of crack.432Minn. Sent’g Guidelines Comm’n, Report to the Legislature on Drug Offender Sentencing Issues 73 (2004). Beyond those two outliers, such Equal Protection challenges failed. The federal courts of appeal unanimously upheld the disproportionate punishment of crack defendants.433See, e.g., United States v. Frazier, 981 F.2d 92 (3d Cir. 1992); United States v. D’Anjou, 16 F.3d 604 (4th Cir. 1994); United States v. Galloway, 951 F.2d 64 (5th Cir. 1992); United States v. Lawrence, 951 F.2d 751 (7th Cir. 1991); United States v. Harding, 971 F.2d 410 (9th Cir. 1992); United States v. Angulo-Lopez, 7 F.3d 1506 (10th Cir. 1993); United States v. King, 972 F.2d 1259 (11th Cir. 1992); see Jamie Fellner, Race, Drugs, and Law Enforcement in the United States, 20 Stan. L. & Pol’y Rev. 257, 279 n.90 (2009) (collecting cases); 1995 Report, supra note 427, at 118. As the Fourth Circuit explained: “[T]here is evidence that the line Congress and the Sentencing Commission have drawn has a disproportionate impact upon blacks. But this is not sufficient to make out an Equal Protection violation.”434D’Anjou, 16 F.3d at 612.

When the Sentencing Commission published the first Guidelines Manual in 1988, it based drug trafficking sentences on the mandatory minimums set by Congress.435See Carol S. Steiker, Lessons from Two Failures: Sentencing for Cocaine and Child Pornography Under the Federal Sentencing Guidelines in the United States, 76 Law & Contemp. Probs. 27, 29 (2013); Kimbrough v. United States, 552 U.S. 85, 96–97 (2007). The centerpiece of the drug trafficking guideline is a “Drug Quantity Table” that specifies the defendant’s base offense level.436Guidelines Manual § 2D1.1 (U.S. Sent’g Comm’n 1988). This Table gives the defendant an offense level between six and thirty-six depending on the type and amount of drug involved in the crime. Following Congress, the Commission set the amount of crack cocaine corresponding to each level on the Table at 1/100th the amount of powder cocaine at that same level. So, for example, a defendant would have a base offense level of 28 for 2.0–2.9 grams of crack cocaine or 200–299 grams of powder cocaine.437Id. This gave defendants with crack much higher sentences than defendants with an equivalent amount of powder. Appeals courts rejected defendants’ Equal Protection challenges to the Guidelines, using the same reasoning that they applied to the underlying statute.438See, e.g., United States v. Reece, 994 F.2d 277 (6th Cir.1993); United States v. Williams, 982 F.2d 1209 (8th Cir.1992); United States v. Turner, 928 F.2d 956 (10th Cir.); United States v. Stevens, 19 F.3d 93 (2d Cir. 1994). In 1995, the Sentencing Commission attempted to change the drug guideline in order to reduce the gap between crack and powder cocaine sentences.439See 1995 Report, supra note 427, at 198–200; Steiker, supra note 436, at 30–33. Congress, however, exercised its veto power over Guidelines amendments to keep the disparity in place.440See id. at 31. After the failed 1995 amendment, Congress retaliated against the Commission by refusing to confirm its members for several years until by 1998 there were none left. See William Sessions III, At the Crossroads of the Three Branches: The U.S. Sentencing Commission’s Attempts to Achieve Sentencing Reform in the Midst of Inter-Branch Power Struggles, 26 J.L. & Pol. 305, 319 (2011).

Then, in the 2005 case United States v. Booker, the Supreme Court made the Guidelines advisory.441United States v. Booker, 543 U.S. 220 (2005). Appropriately, Booker was a crack cocaine possession case in which the defendant was sentenced to 30 years for having 658.5 grams of crack cocaine. Id. at 227. This meant district judges could now choose to disregard the Guidelines and sentence defendants anywhere within the relevant statutory range. Federal judges soon took advantage of this new discretion to mitigate the crack/powder disparity. Citing racial discrimination concerns, numerous judges began to systematically sentence defendants below the Guidelines range in crack cocaine cases.442See, e.g., United States v. Perry, 389 F. Supp. 2d 278, 304 (D.R.I. 2005); United States v. Fisher, 451 F. Supp. 2d 553 (S.D.N.Y. 2005); United States v. Leroy, 373 F. Supp. 2d 887 (E.D. Wis. 2005); Simon v. United States, 361 F. Supp. 2d 35 (E.D.N.Y. 2005); United States v. Smith, 359 F. Supp. 2d 771 (E.D. Wis. 2005); United States v. Stukes, No. 12A04-0411-cr-605, 2005 WL 2560224 (S.D.N.Y. Oct. 12, 2005); United States v. Castillo, No. 03-cr-835, 2005 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 9780(S.D.N.Y. May 20, 2005); United States v. Beamon, 373 F.Supp.2d 878 (E.D.Wis.2005); United States v. Whigham, 754 F. Supp. 2d 239 (D. Mass. 2010); United States v. Gully, 619 F. Supp. 2d 633 (N.D. Iowa 2009); United States v. Lewis, 623 F. Supp. 2d 42 (D.D.C. 2009); see Steven L. Chanenson, Booker on Crack: Sentencing’s Latest Gordian Knot, 15 Cornell J.L. & Pub. Policy 551, 572–73 (2006) (collecting cases). One such judge noted that “[t]his Court’s conclusion that a non-Guideline sentence is called for is . . . supported by the vast majority of district courts that have evaluated the crack/powder cocaine sentencing disparity in the wake of Booker.”443Perry, 389 F. Supp. 2d at 304. The Supreme Court then confirmed judges’ power to categorically reject the crack cocaine guidelines in two decisions: Kimbrough v. United States and Spears v. United States.444Kimbrough v. United States, 552 U.S. 85 (2007); Spears v. United States, 555 U.S. 261 (2009) (per curiam). The Court also singled out the crack guideline for criticism in Kimbrough, noting that it was based solely on the mandatory minimums in the 1986 law, not on any empirical study of drug crimes or drug sentencing.445Kimbrough, 552 U.S. at 596. Since then, judges have increasingly used their discretion to lower crack cocaine sentences. The Sentencing Commission’s statistics show that the rate of below-Guideline sentences in crack cases has consistently been the highest of all major drug types.446See U.S. Sent’g Comm’n Interactive Data Analyzer, https://ida.ussc.gov/analytics/saw.dll?Dashboard [https://web.archive.org/web/20250417150512/https://ida.ussc.gov/analytics/saw.dll?Dashboard] (providing data since 2015); U.S. Sent’g Comm’n, 2023 Sourcebook of Federal Sentencing Statistics at D-14 (showing non-Guideline sentence rates for all the major drug types. Crack cocaine: 55.2%; Powder cocaine: 40.4%; Heroin: 40%; Marijuana: 33.9%; Methamphetamine: 40.8%; Fentanyl: 39.8%). The rate of downward variances has also steadily risen since Booker, and today more than half of all federal crack cocaine sentences are below the relevant Guidelines range.447Interactive Data Analyzer, supra note 447 (showing that the rate of variance in crack cases has gradually increased from 31.6% in 2015 to 55.2% in 2023).

This history is a real-world example of sentencing constitutionalism. The crack/powder sentencing disparity is clearly racially discriminatory. It was produced during a racialized moral panic over Black drug use, and it disproportionately burdens Black defendants. Due to the hollowed-out nature of Equal Protection doctrine, defendants were unable to convince judges to declare the crack/powder disparity unconstitutional. However, some judges have exercised their sentencing discretion to lessen the constitutional harm.

Judges should do the same thing in unlawful reentry cases. Indeed, there are deep parallels between crack cocaine sentencing and unlawful reentry sentencing. Both involve formally neutral guideline provisions that produce overwhelming disparate impacts according to race and ethnicity. Neither guideline provision was the product of any systematic study by the Commission. Both were essentially copied from recently enacted statutes that increased the punishment ranges. In both cases, the underlying statute was enacted during a racialized moral panic in the 1980s. Both statutes were championed by the same Senator (Lawton Chiles), indeed both were even enacted through bills with the title “Anti-Drug Abuse Act.” And constitutional Equal Protection challenges to both statutes have failed in the federal courts. The major difference is that judges have systematically used their discretion to mitigate sentencing discrimination in crack cocaine cases. They have not yet done so in unlawful reentry cases.

  Conclusion

This Article has shown that federal sentencing laws explicitly discriminate against undocumented immigrants. The Sentencing Guidelines give them duplicative recidivism enhancements that do not apply to U.S. citizens. The First Step Act denies them sentence reductions that U.S. citizens receive. This discrimination contributes to a racial and nationality-based hierarchy in the federal criminal justice system. Undocumented immigrants, nearly all of them Latin American, prosecuted for entering the United States, are treated as a legal underclass. They are punished more severely for past crimes and granted less mercy for current rehabilitation. Fortunately, federal district judges can help counteract this discrimination. Sentencing judges have the power to disregard the Guidelines’ duplicative enhancements. They also have the power to correct for immigrants’ exclusion from in-custody sentence reduction programs. For nearly twenty years, judges have mitigated a similar injustice in crack cocaine cases by systematically lowering sentences. They have done so out of recognition that the sentences for crack cocaine are racially discriminatory, and that this discrimination has gone unremedied in ordinary litigation. Judges should do the same for undocumented immigrants.


  Appendix

99 S. Cal. L. Rev. 291

Download

 *Professor of Law, University of California at Davis. For their invaluable help the author would like to thank Jessie Agatstein, Elizabeth Arford, Amber Baylor, Marcus Bourassa, Jack Chin, Haiyun Damon-Feng, Ingrid Eagly, Sheldon Evans, Jailene Gutierrez, Deborah Kang, Doug Keller, Litzy Martinez Rodriguez, Emmanuel Mauleon, Sean McGuire, Jacob Schuman, Rory Van Loo, Charles Weisselberg, Rebecca Wexler, and the participants in Crimfest, Southwest Crim, the Yale Law PhD program colloquium, and faculty workshops at the University of California Irvine and the University of California Berkeley. Thank you also to the editors of the Southern California Law Review for their excellent editorial work.

PI + 9: A Modest Proposal to Protect Americans’ Individual Rights

INTRODUCTION

Civil liberties deserve better protection than the dubious doctrine of substantive due process. Fortunately, an underappreciated, yet significant, development is ripening within the Supreme Court’s jurisprudence surrounding the incorporation of the Bill of Rights. At least two Supreme Court Justices1See Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682, 691 (2019) (Gorsuch, J., concurring) (expressing openness to revisiting the Privileges or Immunities Clause); id. (Thomas, J., concurring in the judgment) (expressing support for incorporation of the Bill of Rights via the Privileges or Immunities Clause). are willing to consider opening the Privileges or Immunities Clause door to incorporation that the Slaughter-House Cases slammed shut.2Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 74 (1873); see Don R. Willett & Aaron Gordon, Rights, Structure, and Remediation, 131 Yale L.J. 2126, 2144 (2021) (reviewing Aziz Z. Huq, The Collapse of Constitutional Remedies (2021)) (describing the Slaughter-House Cases’ construction of the Privileges or Immunities Clause as only protecting “an insignificant subset of federally created rights”). What if three more Justices changed their minds and that door swung open?

This Note provides a new methodology called the “PI + 9 Framework.” The PI + 9 Framework combines the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause (“PI”) with the Ninth Amendment (“9”) to apply the Bill of Rights to the states in a more efficient, clear, and sturdy way. This proposition is a bold, yet modest, means by which to incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states while securing unenumerated rights. The Framework is faithful to the original public meaning and original intent of the Privileges or Immunities Clause. The PI + 9 Framework focuses on the procedures by which substantive rights are secured rather than seeking untested answers that could destabilize manifold areas of law. Instead, the PI + 9 Framework seeks to ground the Bill of Rights, including unenumerated rights, in something more robust than substantive due process. The emphasis on a proper mechanism addresses justified concerns about the Privileges or Immunities Clause and the Ninth Amendment becoming a Pandora’s box.

This Note will begin by examining the only appropriate means for incorporating the Bill of Rights against the states: the Privileges or Immunities Clause. Part I conducts an in-depth textual analysis of the meaning of privileges and immunities in the context of the Privileges or Immunities Clause. Part II analyzes the case law surrounding the Clause, with a particular focus on the Slaughter-House Cases and some pertinent concurrences and dissents by Justice Black and Justice Thomas, respectively. Part III makes the case for overruling Slaughter-House based on the Supreme Court’s recent application of stare decisis factors. This Part goes factor-by-factor to argue why stare decisis should not prevent Slaughter-House from being overruled. Part IV argues for an end to substantive due process due to its poor reasoning and inability to adequately secure rights. Part V discusses how the Court should recognize unenumerated rights and considers which Ninth Amendment methodology would best identify and secure those rights. Part VI applies the PI + 9 Framework to two hypothetical fact patterns—one involving an enumerated right and the other involving an unenumerated right. A helpful chart of the Framework is included in that Part. Part VII lays out the advantages the PI + 9 Framework has over the current substantive due process regime. This Note gives the Supreme Court a guide for replacing substantive due process while preserving incorporation of the Bill of Rights and protecting the unenumerated rights that the Court is anxious about safeguarding.

I.  TEXTUAL ANALYSIS OF THE PRIVILEGES OR IMMUNITIES CLAUSE

Before analyzing the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s case law, the meaning of privileges and immunities—and the meaning of those words when used alongside one another—is worth examining.

A.  Interpreting Privileges and Immunities in Historical Context

The meaning of privileges and immunities is best explored by looking at the words’ meanings at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification—while also keeping in mind the historical usage of those words in the Anglo-American legal tradition.

  1. A Few Meanings of Privilege

The meaning of privilege at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification, 1868,3Landmark Legislation: The Fourteenth Amendment, U.S. Senate, https://www.senate.gov/about/origins-foundations/senate-and-constitution/14th-amendment.htm [https://perma.cc/24GC-EML3]. offers a guide that may be considered independently or alongside the Framers’ intent when interpreting the Privileges or Immunities Clause. A leading dictionary from around the time of ratification provided three definitions of privilege: (1) “[a] particular and peculiar benefit or advantage enjoyed by a person, company, or society, beyond the common advantages of other citizens”; (2) “[a]ny peculiar benefit or advantage, not common to others of the human race”; (3) “[a]dvantage; favor; benefit.”4Noah Webster, An American Dictionary of the English Language 780 (1867). Two additional definitions are included, but they are for privilege in its verb form. Id. Those definitions are not pertinent to the instant inquiry because the word privileges is used as a noun in the Privileges or Immunities Clause. U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. The first and second definitions are plausible, but the third is too vague to offer meaningful guidance toward understanding the Privileges or Immunities Clause in context. The first two definitions are more precise. Additionally, the third definition does not contradict the preceding definitions; thus, its interpretive value diminishes. Therefore, two definitions of privilege remain.

  1. Privilege As a Benefit Beyond Those Held by Common Citizens

The first definition of privilege does not suit the Privileges or Immunities Clause and is better understood in the mode that privilege is used in the Speech and Debate Clause found in Article I, Section 4 of the Constitution.5See U.S. Const. art. I, § 6, cl. 1. The Speech and Debate Clause guarantees that “Senators and Representatives” shall “be privileged from Arrest” during legislative sessions and when coming from and going to those sessions—except in cases of “Treason, Felony and Breach of the Peace.”6Id. (emphasis added). This fits the first definition of privilege because the privilege granted to Senators and Representatives is not granted to common American citizens, who enjoy no such privilege.

Anglo-American jurists such as William Blackstone, Matthew Hale, and James Kent all occasionally used privilege to mean a benefit beyond those held by common citizens. For example, Blackstone described the “privilege of letters”71 William Blackstone, Commentaries *323. that allowed members of parliament to send and receive letters free of postage.8Id. Hale wrote about bishops and abbots who “had special privileges granted to them to have mints.”91 Matthew Hale, The History of the Pleas of the Crown *200 (1736). Kent mentioned the privileges consuls are entitled to, “such as for safe conduct.”101 James Kent, Commentaries on American Law 22 (Lonang Inst. 2006) (1826). James Kent also referred to the Speech and Debate Clause’s guarantee that members of Congress will be privileged from arrest during their attendance of sessions of Congress, and in coming and going from the same. Id. at 118. However, interpreting privilege in that manner in the context of the Privileges or Immunities Clause creates an incongruity. Under this inappropriate definition of privilege, the Privileges or Immunities Clause would guarantee that states could not abridge the benefits that citizens of the United States enjoyed beyond the benefits enjoyed by citizens of the United States. Inserting the first definition of privilege creates a contradiction. This preposterous result proves that privilege in the Privileges or Immunities Clause should not be interpreted as an advantage enjoyed beyond those enjoyed by common citizens.

  1. Privilege As a Peculiar Benefit or Advantage Not Common to Others of the Human Race

To determine whether a “peculiar benefit or advantage not common to others of the human race”11Webster, supra note 4, at 780. is within the Clause’s scope, the Court would need to consider which benefits or advantages of citizens of the United States fall within the Clause’s scope. Americans enjoy manifold privileges as citizens of a prosperous nation. However, regarding the Privileges or Immunities Clause, the legal privileges are the most suitable for judges to ascertain.

The writings of prominent Anglo-American jurists suggest that the second definition of privilege, as a peculiar benefit or advantage, encompasses rights. Anglo-American jurists sometimes used privilege interchangeably with rights. For example, Blackstone described “those civil privileges”121 Blackstone, supra note 7, at *129. as part of what constitutes a right found in “the declaration of our rights and liberties.”13Id. Kent mentioned the “right of trial by jury”141 Kent, supra note 10, at 182. in suits at common law, which the Seventh Amendment secures.15U.S. Const. amend. VII. Elsewhere, Kent referred to the jury trial right as a privilege. For example, Kent described some of “the inherent rights and liberties of English subjects, of which the most essential were the exclusive power to tax themselves, and the privilege of trial by jury.”162 James Kent, Commentaries on American Law 3 (Lonang Inst. 2006) (1827).

Founding-era historical evidence offers additional proof that privilege’s second definition is the most appropriate one. At the time of the American Revolution, “[t]he words rights, liberties, privileges, and immunities, seem to have been used interchangeably.”17Michael Kent Curtis, No State Shall Abridge: The Fourteenth Amendment and the Bill of Rights 64–65 (1986) (emphasis omitted). Indeed, as evidenced by Blackstone’s invocation of privilege and historical examples that predate or coincide with the American Revolution, the interchangeability of privilege and right is well-founded.18Justice Thomas provided a thorough and concise summation of the historical meaning of privilege and immunity in his concurrence in McDonald v. City of Chicago. See McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 813–19 (2010) (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment) (recounting the historical usage of privileges, immunities, and rights in the Anglo-American legal tradition).

Viewing privilege as interchangeable with right, advantage, benefit, or immunity results in an interpretation aligned with privilege’s original public meaning at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification. Under that definition, the Privileges or Immunities Clause would be understood to protect “the [rights, benefits, advantages] or [I]mmunities of citizens of the United States” from state abridgment.19U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1.

  1. A Few Meanings of Immunity

Around the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification, a leading American dictionary listed three definitions for immunity: (1) “[f]reedom or exemption from obligation”; (2) “[e]xemption from any charge, duty, office, tax, or imposition; a particular privilege or prerogative”; and (3) “[f]reedom.”20Webster, supra note 4, at 517. Like the three definitions of privilege, the first two are plausible on their faces, but the third is too vague. Moreover, like the third definition of privilege,21See discussion supra Section I.A.1. the third definition of immunity does not contradict the first or second definition. Thus, two definitions are ripe for examination.

  1. The Broader Immunity Definition Is the Best Match

The first definition of immunity is an incomplete match for how immunities is used in the Privileges or Immunities Clause.22A more fitting example of this usage of immunity—as a “[f]reedom or exemption from obligation”—is included in the second volume of William Blackstone’s Commentaries on the Laws of England. Blackstone mentioned that some private subjects who had tended to the king’s land had been granted certain immunities. Among those immunities were immunity from “toll or taxes,” “be[ing] put on juries; and the like.” 2 William Blackstone, Commentaries *99. The second and more capacious definition of immunities—“[e]xemption from any charge, duty, office, tax, or imposition; a particular privilege or prerogative”23Webster, supra note 4, at 517.—fits more naturally with other constitutional protections that existed at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification. One example precedes the Bill of Rights.

Before the ratification of the Bill of Rights, Americans enjoyed an important immunity that remains in force. Article III, Section 3 of the Constitution grants Congress the power to decide how treason is punished but provides that “no Attainder of Treason shall work Corruption of Blood.”24U.S. Const. art. III, § 3. Corruption of blood was a common-law penalty that disallowed a person adjudged of a felony or treason to inherit property or bequeath property to heirs. Max Stier, Note, Corruption of Blood and Equal Protection: Why the Sins of the Parents Should Not Matter, 44 Stan. L. Rev. 727, 729 (1992). The Constitution does not define the prohibition of Corruption of Blood as punishment for treason as a right, immunity, or anything else. The punishment is simply prohibited. Any attempt by Congress to make treason punishable by Corruption of Blood would be voided due to its conflict with the Constitution.25Judicial review would dispose of such a law in short order because “an act of the legislature, repugnant to the [C]onstitution, is void.” Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 177 (1803). Thus, Article III, Section 3 of the Constitution could reasonably be interpreted as providing immunity to American citizens from Corruption of Blood as a punishment for treason.

In a similar way, several provisions in the Bill of Rights provide for exemptions against certain charges and impositions. The Fifth Amendment prohibits double jeopardy and thus exempts a person from any charge of which they were already acquitted.26U.S. Const. amend. V; see also United States v. Ball, 163 U.S. 662, 671 (1896) (“[A] verdict of acquittal, although not followed by any judgment, is a bar to a subsequent prosecution for the same offence.”). The Eighth Amendment exempts or immunizes Americans from the imposition of excessive fines.27U.S. Const. amend. VIII. Even if the word rights were not synonymous with immunities, some provisions of the Bill of Rights could reasonably be interpreted as immunities.

B.  Rights, Privileges, and Immunities

Rights, privileges, and immunities were interchangeable words at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification.28See Curtis, supra note 17, 64–65. One needs to look no further than a dictionary to see that privilege and immunity were words used to define the word right.29The tenth definition of right is a “[j]ust claim; immunity; privilege; as, the rights of citizens.” Webster, supra note 4, at 858. Justice Thomas recognized this reality in his concurrence in McDonald v. City of Chicago.30See McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 813 (2010) (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment) (explaining that privileges and immunities were both synonyms for rights). Absent a showing that the Privileges or Immunities Clause means something other than what it says, the plain meaning appears to cover at least those rights enumerated in the Constitution at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification, namely those in the Bill of Rights.31Other rights are mighty enough on their own and do not require incorporation. For example, the Thirteenth Amendment’s abolition of slavery does not distinguish between public/private action or federal/state government action. See U.S. Const. amend. XIII. The Bill of Rights originally established a baseline of rights that only applied to the federal government.32Barron v. Mayor of Baltimore, 32 U.S. (7 Pet.) 243, 250 (1833), superseded by constitutional amendment, U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. Despite the rights being limited to protection against federal government infringement, all citizens of the United States still nonetheless enjoyed those rights, albeit with application being limited to the federal government and not state governments.

The plain meaning of privileges and immunities in the Privileges or Immunities Clause is not ambiguous, but construing the Clause is trickier. Given that rights, privileges, and immunities were synonymous at the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification, one would need to determine whether the Bill of Rights is within the scope of rights enjoyed by citizens of the United States that no state shall abridge.

C.  “Citizens of the United States” Sets an Appropriate Limit on the Constitution’s Abridgment of State Power

Although several interpretations of the Privileges or Immunities Clause are reasonable,33In an article on the Privileges or Immunities Clause, John Harrison identified three general categories that one could use to understand the Privileges or Immunities Clause as a substantive provision: (1) incorporating the first eight amendments to the United States Constitution; (2) protecting some natural rights such as property and contract rights; or (3) providing for rights arising out of national citizenship, which would require additional judicial construction. See John Harrison, Reconstructing the Privileges or Immunities Clause, 101 Yale L.J. 1385, 1393–94 (1992). the Clause must answer two questions. First, Are citizens of the United States the only persons whose privileges or immunities are protected from state abridgment? Second, Are states prohibited from infringing on those privileges or immunities that citizens of the United States hold? The first question asks who gets protected by the Privileges or Immunities Clause. The second question asks which rights are protected.

Justice Thomas answered the first question satisfactorily in his concurrence in McDonald v. City of Chicago.34McDonald, 561 U.S. at 850 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment) (concluding that the Privileges or Immunities Clause “establishe[d] a minimum baseline of federal rights”). One need not search outside the same section in which one finds the Privileges or Immunities Clause to find another that operates as a more natural and efficacious anti-discrimination provision: the Fourteenth Amendment’s Equal Protection Clause.35The Equal Protection Clause guarantees that no state shall “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. The Supreme Court occasionally used the Equal Protection Clause to strike down discriminatory laws shortly after Slaughter-House was decided.36See, e.g., Strauder v. West Virginia, 100 U.S. 303, 310–12 (1880) (striking down a West Virginia law that prohibited Black people from serving on juries), abrogated by, Taylor v. Louisiana, 419 U.S. 522 (1975); Yick Wo v. Hopkins, 118 U.S. 356, 374 (1886) (holding that a law that was discriminatorily applied against Chinese people violated the Equal Protection Clause). Furthermore, suppose a state passed a law that only abridged the rights of noncitizens. Such abridgment may violate the Fourteenth Amendment’s commandment that no state shall “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.”37U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1; see, e.g., Sugarman v. Dougall, 413 U.S. 634, 646 (1973) (striking down a New York statute that prohibited noncitizens from having jobs in civil service because the law violated the Equal Protection Clause). The Privileges or Immunities Clause is read more naturally as a clause that establishes a “minimum baseline of federal rights” that states may not abridge.38McDonald, 561 U.S. at 850 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment). Such a reading answers the aforementioned second question in the affirmative.

II.  PRIVILEGES OR IMMUNITIES CLAUSE CASE LAW

Any examination of the jurisprudence surrounding the Privileges or Immunities Clause must begin with the Slaughter-House Cases.39Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36 (1873). The majority opinion and dissents illuminate Reconstruction Era views of the Clause. Since the Court decided Slaughter-House, the few Justices who have conducted extensive historical analysis of the Clause’s legislative history have arrived at a more expansive view of the Clause.40See infra Section II.B.

A.  Slaughter-House Shuts One Door for Incorporating the Bill of Rights

In 1873, the Supreme Court in Slaughter-House held that the Privileges or Immunities Clause did not incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states.41See Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 74. Since then, the Privileges or Immunities Clause has been relegated to obsolescence.42See Harrison, supra note 33, at 1387 (“[E]very student of constitutional law quickly learns that [the Privileges or Immunities Clause] was virtually read out of [the Constitution] by the Slaughter-House Cases.”). Once, in Saenz v. Roe, the Court used the Clause to recognize a right to travel43See Saenz v. Roe, 526 U.S. 489, 503 (1999). by striking down a California law44Id. at 492–95, 511. limiting welfare benefits for new California residents.45Id. at 492. In his Saenz dissent, Chief Justice Rehnquist lamented the Court’s revival of the Clause, in part because the Clause had been dormant for so long.46See id. at 511 (Rehnquist, C.J., dissenting) (explaining that the Privileges or Immunities Clause was “relied upon by this Court in only one other decision,” Colgate v. Harvey, 296 U.S. 404 (1935), “overruled five years later” by Madden v. Kentucky, 309 U.S. 83 (1940)). Eleven years after Saenz, the Court in McDonald v. City of Chicago reluctantly affirmed, or at least refused to revisit, Slaughter-House’s narrow construction of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.47A plurality of the Court “decline[d] to disturb” precedent that narrowly read the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause to cover only rights that owed their existence to the federal government. McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 758 (2010) (plurality opinion). The reluctant affirmation of a questionable precedent was unwarranted in light of the developments after Slaughter-House. Federalism concerns pervaded the majority opinion’s reasoning in Slaughter-House. The Court worried that the Constitution—and the Court expounding it—would become a “perpetual censor upon all legislation of the States, on the civil rights of their own citizens, with authority to nullify such as it did not approve as consistent with those rights, as they existed at the time of the adoption of this amendment.”48Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 78 (1873).

Nevertheless, the Supreme Court has incorporated most of the Bill of Rights against the states. The remaining unincorporated enumerated rights are the seldom-litigated Third Amendment,49“The United States Supreme Court has yet to decide a case that directly implicates the Third Amendment, and its jurisprudence includes only a few cases that even make passing reference to it.” Mark A. Fulks & Ronald S. Range, III, The Third Amendment’s Consent Clause: A Conceptual Framework for Analysis and Application, 82 Tenn. L. Rev. 647, 650 (2015). the Fifth Amendment’s Grand Jury Clause,50See Hurtado v. California, 110 U.S. 516, 538 (1884) (holding that “due process of law” in the Fourteenth Amendment does not require an indictment by a grand jury in a state prosecution for murder). and the Seventh Amendment right to a trial by jury in suits at common law.51Erwin Chemerinsky, Constitutional Law: Principles and Policies 567 (7th ed. 2023). The resultant beefing up of the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause and Equal Protection Clause has achieved an effect rivaling the censor that the Slaughter-House majority feared.52Cf. David S. Bogen, Slaughter-House Five: Views of the Case, 55 Hastings L.J. 333, 337 (2003) (explaining that a broadly interpreted Equal Protection Clause and substantive due process combine to achieve a greater effect than the Privileges or Immunities Clause could have).

Although the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s construction in Slaughter-House stands as good law today, the dissenters’ views shed some light on other views of the Privileges or Immunities Clause around the time of the Fourteenth Amendment’s ratification. Four Justices dissented in Slaughter-House.53Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 111 (Field, J., dissenting) (noting that Chief Justice Chase, Justice Swayne, and Justice Bradley concurred with his dissent). Justice Field—joined by Chief Justice Chase, Justice Swayne, and Justice Bradley—dissented and wrote that if the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause were interpreted as narrowly as the majority interpreted it, then the Privileges or Immunities Clause “was a vain and idle enactment, which accomplished nothing, and most unnecessarily excited Congress and the people on its passage.”54Id. at 96. Justice Field foresaw the superfluity of the new Clause if it were read so narrowly and wrote, “With privileges and immunities thus designated or implied no State could ever have interfered by its laws, and no new constitutional provision was required to inhibit such interference.”55Id. Justice Field’s prediction has but one blemish more than 150 years after the Court decided Slaughter-House: Saenz v. Roe.56See Stephen Menendian, The Shadow Constitution: Rescuing Our Inheritance from Neglect and Disuse, 26 U. Pa. Const. L. 339, 384 (2024) (“To date, the Supreme Court has only applied this provision a single time to invalidate a state law . . . .”). That single time was in Saenz v. Roe. Saenz v. Roe, 526 U.S. 489 (1999). Although Justice Field’s prediction proved prescient, Justice Bradley and Justice Swayne wrote broader dissents that explicitly advocated incorporating the Bill of Rights against the states via the Privileges or Immunities Clause.

Justice Bradley criticized the majority’s decision by averring that “the Constitution itself” contains “some of the most important privileges and immunities of citizens of the United States.”57Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 118 (Bradley, J., dissenting). One problem with narrowly construing the Privileges or Immunities Clause is that it denigrates the rights set forth in the Bill of Rights as not fundamental or less fundamental. A judge’s place is not to decide which rights in the Bill of Rights are essential and which are not.58Cf. McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 799–800 (2010) (Scalia, J., concurring) (criticizing Justice Stevens’s dissent for describing some Bill of Rights provisions as “critical to leading a life of autonomy, dignity, or political equality” and others as not critical to protecting the same (quoting id. at 893 (Stevens, J., dissenting))). Those who ratified the amendments comprising the Bill of Rights thought each was important enough to become part of the nation’s founding document. The people’s will, as expressed through their passage of the amendments, ought to be dispositive on the issue of whether a right in the Bill of Rights is fundamental. Justice Bradley grasped this flaw when he wrote that other rights, privileges, and immunities “of the greatest consequence were enumerated, although they were only secured, in express terms, from invasion by the Federal government.”59Slaughter-Houses Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 118 (Bradley, J., dissenting). The Fourteenth Amendment changed the equation by protecting the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States from state abridgment.60U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1.

Justice Swayne wrote a separate dissent and believed that the Reconstruction Amendments “may be said to rise to the dignity of a new Magna Charta.”61Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 125 (Swayne, J., dissenting). Justice Swayne also thought the majority’s analysis served to obfuscate rather than clarify.62See id. at 126. Justice Swayne believed the Privileges or Immunities Clause was clear and wrote, “Elaboration may obscure, but cannot make clearer, the intent and purpose sought to be carried out.”63Id. Justice Swayne believed the Privileges or Immunities Clause concerned, “among other things, the fundamental rights of life, liberty, and property, and also the rights which pertain to him by reason of his membership of the Nation.”64Id. This formulation would almost certainly cover each enumerated provision of the Bill of Rights and perhaps some rights not enumerated in the Constitution. After all, even the narrowly construed Privileges or Immunities Clause has already been held to protect at least one unenumerated right: the right to travel.65See Saenz v. Roe, 526 U.S. 489, 503 (1999). Justice Swayne acknowledged the objection that “the power conferred is novel and large.”66Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 129 (Swayne, J., dissenting). Justice Swayne had a simple answer to the objection:

The answer is that the novelty was known and the measure deliberately adopted. The power is beneficent in its nature, and cannot be abused. It is such as should exist in every well-ordered system of polity. Where could it be more appropriately lodged than in the hands to which it is confided? It is necessary to enable the government of the nation to secure to every one within its jurisdiction the rights and privileges enumerated, which, according to the plainest considerations of reason and justice and the fundamental principles of the social compact, all are entitled to enjoy. Without such authority any government claiming to be national is glaringly defective.67Id.

Justice Swayne ended his dissent by expressing hope that the consequences of the majority’s decision would be “less serious and far-reaching than the minority fear they will be.”68Id. at 130. Justice Swayne’s fear was partially realized. On the one hand, most of the Bill of Rights is now incorporated.69See Chemerinsky, supra note 51, at 565. On the other hand, incorporation of the Bill of Rights against the states proceeded tardily.70See id. at 565–66 (explaining which respective provisions of the Bill of Rights were incorporated against the states and the years in which each right was incorporated). The majority failed to create a precedent that provided a bulwark against the specter of the “perpetual censor”71Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 78. of which the majority expressed great trepidation.72The majority also wrote, “[T]hese consequences are so serious, so far-reaching and pervading, so great a departure from the structure and spirit of our institutions.” Id. But see id. at 129 (Swayne, J., dissenting) (explaining that “the novelty was known and the measure deliberately adopted”). However, the majority succeeded in crafting a precedent that dissuaded most future jurists from pursuing incorporation of the Bill of Rights via the Privileges or Immunities Clause.

B.  The Privileges or Immunities Clause’s Post-Slaughter-House Champions

Following Slaughter-House, few Justices have dared to broaden the construction of the Privileges or Immunities Clause. The two most significant proponents of such a construction are Justice Black and Justice Thomas.

  1. Justice Black’s “Eminently Reasonable” Method of Incorporating the Bill of Rights Against the States

In 1947, Justice Black, an early practitioner of constitutional originalism,73Justice Black was the first Supreme Court Justice to use originalism as an overarching theory of constitutional interpretation. Noah Feldman, Scorpions: The Battles and Triumphs of FDR’s Great Supreme Court Justices 144–45 (2010). concluded in his dissent in Adamson v. California that the Privileges or Immunities Clause was intended to apply the first eight amendments of the Bill of Rights to the states.74Adamson v. California, 332 U.S. 46, 74–75 (1947) (Black, J., dissenting). Justice Black also included an appendix documenting the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s legislative history to buttress his point. Id. at 92–123. But see Charles Fairman, Does the Fourteenth Amendment Incorporate the Bill of Rights? The Original Understanding, 2 Stan. L. Rev. 5, 139 (1949) (rejecting Justice Black’s view of incorporating the first eight amendments against the states). In 1968, Justice Black, in a concurrence joined by Justice Douglas,75Duncan v. Louisiana, 391 U.S. 145, 162 (1968) (Black, J., concurring). doubled down on his Adamson dissent. Justice Black once again concluded that the Privileges or Immunities Clause “seem[ed] to [him] an eminently reasonable way of expressing the idea that henceforth the Bill of Rights shall apply to the states.”76Id. at 166. Justice Black also dedicated part of his concurrence in Duncan to refuting Charles Fairman’s criticism of his dissent in Adamson. See id. at 165–66.

Experience as a prominent legislator guided Justice Black’s view of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.77See id. at 165. Justice Black’s historical analysis of the Privileges or Immunities Clause—and the wholesale incorporation view that resulted therefrom—has value because of his decade-long experience as a United States senator.78Justice Black served as a United States senator from Alabama from 1927 to 1937. States in the Senate: Alabama Senators, U.S. Senate, https://www.senate.gov/states/AL/senators.htm [https://perma.cc/6J9R-785Y]. Although Justice Black’s opinions regarding incorporation lack the force of law, his experience as a legislator may guide current and future Justices in evaluating the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s legislative history. Regarding the value of prior opinions, Justice Gorsuch wrote, “Precedent is a way of accumulating and passing down the learning of past generations, a font of established wisdom richer than what can be found in any single judge or panel of judges.”79Neil Gorsuch with Jane Nitze & David Feder, A Republic, If You Can Keep It 217 (2019). The wisdom of former legislators who served as Justices can only be found in the past. No current Supreme Court Justice was ever a legislator. Justice O’Connor was the most recent Justice with any legislative experience,80Justice O’Connor was the most recent Supreme Court Justice with legislative experience. Justice O’Connor served in Arizona’s state senate. Peter Charles Hoffer, Williamjames Hull Hoffer & N.E.H. Hull, The Supreme Court: An Essential History 377 (2d ed. 2018). and Justice Black was the last member of Congress to serve on the Court.81Justice Minton was the last Congressperson to be appointed on the Supreme Court. Stuart Banner, The Most Powerful Court in the World: A History of the Supreme Court of the United States 497 (2024). However, Justice Minton retired in 1956, whereas Justice Black served on the Court until 1971. Justices 1789 to Present, Sup. Ct. of the U.S., https://www.supremecourt.gov/about/members_text.aspx [https://perma.cc/6ZJD-WFJZ]. Justice Black’s perspective regarding the Privileges or Immunities Clause aids the argument that views the legislative history of the Privileges or Immunities Clause as intending a full incorporation of the Bill of Rights.

Some have lamented when a judge heavily relies on history,82“It is not the role of federal judges to be amateur historians.” McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 910 (2010) (Stevens, J., dissenting); see Richard A. Posner, Past-Dependency, Pragmatism, and Critique of History in Adjudication and Legal Scholarship, 67 U. Chi. L. Rev. 573, 595 (2000) (“Legal professionals are not competent to umpire historical disputes. Because they are not, inevitably they pick the side of the dispute that coincides with their preferences based on different grounds altogether.”). but Justice Black’s opinions offer helpful surveys of the Fourteenth Amendment’s legislative history. The lived experience of a decade as a United States senator adds weight to his opinions regarding the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s legislative history. The fact that no current Justice on the Supreme Court has any experience as a legislator would be a problem if the Court had no previous opinion from a former legislator from which to draw. This is not the case. Justice Black passed down his learning about the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s meaning through his opinions in cases such as Adamson v. California83See Adamson v. California, 332 U.S. 46, 92–123 (1947) (appendix to dissent of Black, J.) (analyzing the legislative history of the Fourteenth Amendment). and Duncan v. Louisiana.84See Duncan v. Louisiana, 391 U.S. 145, 164–67 (1968) (Black, J., concurring) (defending the view that the Fourteenth Amendment’s legislative history supports total incorporation of the Bill of Rights). No judge ought to be required to follow Justice Black’s jurisprudence on every matter that touches legislative history on account of his experience. However, his legislative experience and pioneering originalism lend a unique perspective to any jurist seeking the original meaning of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.

  1. Justice Thomas’s Revival of Privileges or Immunities in McDonald v. City of Chicago

In the past twenty years, Justice Thomas has led the charge for a potent Privileges or Immunities Clause in concurring opinions when a case arises in which the incorporation of a provision of the Bill of Rights is at issue.85See McDonald, 561 U.S. at 806 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment) (“[T]he right to keep and bear arms is a privilege of American citizenship that applies to the States through the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause.”); Timbs v. Indiana, 586 U.S. 146, 157–58 (2019) (Thomas, J., concurring in the judgment) (“I would hold that the right to be free from excessive fines is one of the ‘privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States’ protected by the Fourteenth Amendment.”). Justice Thomas’s interpretation of the Constitution centers around a search for the Constitution’s original meaning.86See Gregory E. Maggs, How Justice Thomas Determines the Original Meaning of Article II of the Constitution, 127 Yale L.J.F. 210, 211 (2017). Justice Thomas employed this interpretive method in his concurring opinion in McDonald v. City of Chicago.87“[T]he objective of this inquiry is to discern what ‘ordinary citizens’ at the time of ratification would have understood the Privileges or Immunities Clause to mean.” McDonald, 561 U.S. at 813 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment) (citation omitted). Justice Thomas had wanted to revisit the Privileges or Immunities Clause since Saenz v. Roe. See Saenz v. Roe, 526 U.S. 489, 528 (1999) (Thomas, J., dissenting) (“I would be open to reevaluating [the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s] meaning in an appropriate case.”). In McDonald, Justice Thomas concluded that the Second Amendment’s right to keep and bear arms applied to the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause.88McDonald, 561 U.S. at 806 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment). After a detailed treatment of the Fourteenth Amendment’s text and history,89Justice Thomas’s extensive analysis surveyed the historical usage of the text, in addition to pertinent legislative debates surrounding the text and the public’s understanding of the Fourteenth Amendment after ratification. See id. at 806–37. Justice Thomas wrote the following about the Privileges or Immunities Clause as it relates to incorporating the Bill of Rights:

This evidence plainly shows that the ratifying public understood the Privileges or Immunities Clause to protect constitutionally enumerated rights, including the right to keep and bear arms. As the Court demonstrates, there can be no doubt that § 1 was understood to enforce the Second Amendment against the States. In my view, this is because the right to keep and bear arms was understood to be a privilege of American citizenship guaranteed by the Privileges or Immunities Clause.90Id. at 837–38. But see id. at 859 (Stevens, J., dissenting) (“[T]he original meaning of the Clause is not as clear as [the petitioners] suggest . . . .”).

Justice Thomas recognized that the legislative history surrounding the Clause was “less than crystal clear.”91Id. at 834 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment). He also acknowledged the difficulties that interpreting the once-dormant Clause may pose. Still, he argued that interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause was “far more likely to yield discernible answers[ ]than the substantive due process questions the Court has for years created on its own, with neither textual nor historical support.”92Id. at 855.

In McDonald, Justice Thomas was alone in his interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause. The plurality opinion stated that it “saw no need to reconsider” Slaughter-House and “therefore decline[d] to disturb the Slaughter-House holding.”93Id. at 758 (plurality opinion). The phrasing in that sentence is crucial. The plurality did not reject Justice Thomas’s view on the merits or defend Slaughter-House on the merits. Instead, they saw another path to incorporation—substantive due process. Because that path remained open, the plurality believed it was merely unnecessary—though perhaps not improper—to revisit Slaughter-House.

The dissents rejected Justice Thomas’s view for similar reasons. In his dissent, Justice Stevens acknowledged the “impressive amount of historical evidence”94Id. at 859 (Stevens, J., dissenting). that the petitioners compiled in support of their position that Slaughter-House’s narrow reading of the Privileges or Immunities Clause was erroneous. Yet, Justice Stevens believed the original meaning of the Clause was “not nearly as clear as it would need to be to dislodge 137 years of precedent.”95Id. at 859–60. In a separate dissent joined by Justice Ginsburg and Justice Sotomayor, Justice Breyer declined to defend Slaughter-House on the merits and instead wrote only that “the plurality today properly declines to revisit our interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.”96Id. at 934 (Breyer, J., dissenting). The refusal to substantively engage with Justice Thomas’s opinion or to defend Slaughter-House on the merits is at least some evidence of the weak footing on which opposition to Justice Thomas’s conclusion rests. A maxim from Chief Justice Marshall is enough to support Justice Thomas’s conclusion and defeat Slaughter-House’s construction of the Privileges or Immunities Clause, such that the only justification for upholding Slaughter-House is stare decisis. In Marbury v. Madison, Chief Justice Marshall wrote, “It cannot be presumed that any clause in the constitution is intended to be without effect; and therefore such a construction is inadmissible, unless the words require it.”97Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 174 (1803). The words of the Privileges or Immunities Clause do not require such a narrow construction. Slaughter-House ought to be overruled unless stare decisis justifies upholding the precedent.

  1. The Post-McDonald Future of the Privileges or Immunities Clause

Although Justice Thomas was unsuccessful in reviving the Privileges or Immunities Clause in McDonald, he has continued to defend his interpretation of the Clause. In Timbs v. Indiana, Justice Thomas would have applied the Eighth Amendment’s prohibition of excessive fines to the states via the Privileges or Immunities Clause—not the Due Process Clause.98Timbs v. Indiana, 586 U.S. 146, 157–58 (2019) (Thomas, J., concurring in the judgment). In Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, Justice Thomas argued for reconsidering every substantive due process precedent and deciding whether the rights protected by those precedents are protected by the Privileges or Immunities Clause.99See Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2300–02 (2022) (Thomas, J., concurring). Since McDonald, Justice Thomas has found one potential ally to support his view of the Privileges or Immunities Clause. In 2019, Justice Gorsuch has emerged as a possible proponent of incorporation via the Privileges or Immunities Clause, a position he contemplated in Timbs.100“As an original matter, I acknowledge, the appropriate vehicle for incorporation may well be the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause, rather than, as this Court has long assumed, the Due Process Clause.” Timbs, 586 U.S. at 157 (Gorsuch, J., concurring).

III.  STARE DECISIS FACTORS POINT TO OVERRULING SLAUGHTER-HOUSE

Stare decisis is not an “inexorable command.”101Payne v. Tennessee, 501 U.S. 808, 828 (1991). However, the rule of law rests on a measure of stability. Justice Brandeis was prudent to say, “Stare decisis is usually the wise policy, because in most matters it is more important that the applicable rule of law be settled than that it be settled right.”102Burnet v. Coronado Oil & Gas Co., 285 U.S. 393, 406 (1932) (Brandeis, J., dissenting). Nevertheless, the oft-wise policy is weakest when the Supreme Court interprets the Constitution because changing a constitutional precedent can only be accomplished via constitutional amendment—an arduous process—or by overruling the precedent.103Agostini v. Felton, 521 U.S. 203, 235 (1997).

The Slaughter-House majority’s interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause is wrong and should be overruled. To overrule it, the Court would need to find that stare decisis factors weigh in favor of overruling the case. The Court tends to rely on six stare decisis factors: (1) nature of the error; (2) quality of the reasoning; (3) workability of the rule established; (4) disruptive effect on other areas of law; (5) developments since the case was decided; and (6) reliance interests.104See Janus v. Am. Fed’n of State, Cnty. & Mun. Emps., Council 31, 138 S. Ct. 2448, 2478–79 (2018); Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2265. All but one particular factor is either neutral or weighs in favor of overruling Slaughter-House. The factors as a whole weigh strongly in favor of overruling Slaughter-House and interpreting the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause as fully incorporating the Bill of Rights.

A.  The Nature of the Slaughter-House Majority’s Error

The first factor focuses on the degree of wrongness and the damaging effects of the decision rather than the reasoning itself.105See Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2265 (describing Roe v. Wade, 410 U.S. 113 (1973), as “egregiously wrong and deeply damaging” in the first factor analysis).

The Slaughter-House majority’s opinion constituted the type of egregious and deleterious error106“A garden-variety error or disagreement does not suffice to overrule. In the view of the Court that is considering whether to overrule, the precedent must be egregiously wrong as a matter of law in order for the Court to overrule it.” Ramos v. Louisiana, 140 S. Ct. 1390, 1414 (2020) (Kavanaugh, J., concurring in part). that makes the first stare decisis factor weigh in favor of overruling Slaughter-House. Suppose that each provision of the Constitution were interpreted as narrowly as the Privileges or Immunities Clause. If each constitutional provision were interpreted so narrowly as to be famous for having little or no effect,107See supra note 42 and accompanying text. what purpose would the Constitution serve? The judicial nullification of the Privileges or Immunities Clause is repugnant to a democratic people and disrespects the ratifiers of the Fourteenth Amendment. The majority’s decision in Slaughter-House was nothing more than the “exercise of raw judicial power,”108Doe v. Bolton, 410 U.S. 179, 222 (1973) (White, J., dissenting). which in effect nullified part of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Decisions that invent “principles or values that cannot fairly be read into [the Constitution] usurp the people’s authority.”109Thornburgh v. Am. Coll. of Obstetricians & Gynecologists, 476 U.S. 747, 787 (1986) (White, J., dissenting). Here, the Slaughter-House majority did the inverse of what the Dobbs majority criticized Roe v. Wade110Roe, 410 U.S. 113. and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pennsylvania v. Casey111Planned Parenthood of Se. Pa. v. Casey, 505 U.S. 833 (1992). for doing. The Dobbs majority believed that Roe and Casey improvidently took a decision not yet made by the American people and made it for them via judicial pronouncement;112See Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2265 (2022) (criticizing Roe and Casey for damming the democratic process from reaching the issue of abortion). the Slaughter-House majority took a decision already made by the American people, through the ratification of the Fourteenth Amendment, and revoked it via an impermissibly narrow interpretation113See Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 77–78 (1873) (explaining the Court’s holding that the Privileges or Immunities Clause does not incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states). of the Privileges or Immunities Clause that sapped the Clause of all might.

B.  The Quality of the Slaughter-House Majority’s Reasoning

Silence and evasion cry out for criticism. When nobody stands to defend a precedent’s reasoning, the quality of the reasoning is weaker.114Cf. Citizens United v. FEC, 558 U.S. 310, 363 (2010) (explaining that a precedent is weaker when “neither party defends the reasoning of a precedent”). In 2020, a plurality of the Court in Ramos v. Louisiana found the quality of the reasoning factor to weigh in favor of overruling a precedent, partly because “no Member of the Court today defend[ed] [the precedent] as rightly decided.”115Ramos v. Louisiana, 140 S. Ct. 1390, 1405 (2020) (plurality opinion). Justices from across the spectrum have attacked the Slaughter-House majority’s reasoning by refusing to defend the merits of Slaughter-House’s interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.116Compare McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 758 (2010) (plurality opinion) (“For many decades, the question of the rights protected by the Fourteenth Amendment against state infringement has been analyzed under the Due Process Clause of that Amendment and not under the Privileges or Immunities Clause. We therefore decline to disturb the Slaughter-House holding.”), with id. at 934 (Breyer, J., dissenting) (“[T]he plurality today properly declines to revisit our interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.”). The Justices were right to refuse to defend the opinion on the merits because doing so is almost impossible. The consensus of constitutional scholars is that the Slaughter-House majority’s interpretation of the Privileges or Immunities Clause was wrong.117See, e.g., Randy E. Barnett & Evan D. Bernick, The Original Meaning of the Fourteenth Amendment: Its Letter and Spirit 22 (2021); Charles L. Black, Jr., A New Birth of Freedom: Human Rights, Named and Unnamed 74–75 (1997).

The reasoning in Slaughter-House was “exceptionally weak.”118Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2266 (2022) (criticizing the quality of the reasoning in Roe v. Wade, 410 U.S. 113 (1973)). The reasons for the narrow construction were (1) a bald, results-based conclusion and (2) an absurd reading that ignores text and legislative history.

  1. A Bald, Results-Based Conclusion

Beginning with the bald conclusion, the Court stated, “There can be little question that the purpose of both [Article IV’s Privileges and Immunities Clause and the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause] is the same, and that the privileges and immunities intended are the same in each.”119Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 75 (1873). In clear language, the Court admitted its result-oriented construction was “not always the most conclusive” argument.120Id. at 78. Nevertheless, the Court made its choice out of fear of a theory that “radically change[d]” the relationship between state and federal governments and about concerns that the Court would become a “perpetual censor” over state legislatures.121Id. The Court’s reasoning depended on avoiding a purportedly undesirable outcome, but that feared result has already been achieved.122See Chemerinsky, supra note 51, at 565–66 (listing the provisions in the Bill of Rights that have already been incorporated against the states). The reasoning undergirding Slaughter-House’s results-based conclusion has crumbled as substantive due process has grown.123See infra Section III.E.

To overcome its concerns about a radical change to the constitutional order, the Court asked for “language which expresse[d] such a purpose too clearly to admit of doubt.”124Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 78. The Court adopted something akin to a beyond-reasonable-doubt standard for interpretation that had no basis in constitutional interpretation. The total concoction of a novel standard for constitutional interpretation is further evidence of an egregiously wrong opinion.

  1. An Absurd Reading That Ignores Text and Legislative History

In the majority opinion, Justice Miller set forth an anti-textual reading of the Fourteenth Amendment that distinguished between the privileges or immunities of citizens of a state and the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States.125Curtis, supra note 17, at 175. According to Justice Miller, the privileges and immunities of the citizen of a state “embrace[] nearly every civil right for the establishment and protection of which organized government is instituted.”126Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 76. Conversely, the privileges and immunities of the citizen of the United States were limited to things like the right to travel to and from the seat of government and access to seaports.127Id. at 79. The dichotomy between state citizens’ rights and United States citizens’ rights is difficult to square with Justice Miller’s belief that the purpose and effect of the Fourteenth Amendment should be to protect Black Americans.128See Curtis, supra note 17, at 176. The plain language of the Privileges or Immunities Clause seems to desire some nationwide baseline for individual rights. If that baseline was as paltry as Justice Miller suggested, then the enactment truly was “vain and idle.”129Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) at 96 (Field, J., dissenting).

Regarding legislative intent, Justice Miller did not believe that a broad Privileges or Immunities Clause was intended. Justice Miller summarily concluded that he was “convinced that no such results were intended by the Congress which proposed these amendments, nor by the legislatures of the States which ratified them.”130Id. at 78 (majority opinion). Justice Miller failed to conduct even a cursory survey of the legislative history. If he had done so, he would have found that leading Republicans in the Congress that passed the Fourteenth Amendment believed the capacious definition of privileges and immunities was appropriate for the federal government to prevent state infringement of the same.131See Curtis, supra note 17, at 176. Adding to the case against Justice Miller’s reading of the legislative history is the fact that Representative John Bingham, the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s primary draftsman, stated in a speech in Congress that the purpose of the Clause was to apply the Bill of Rights to the states.132McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 829 (2010) (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment). The quality of the Slaughter-House majority’s reasoning was abysmal because it failed to heed the Privileges or Immunities Clause’s plain text or legislative history.

For the above reasons and many more, “[v]irtually no serious modern scholar—left, right, and center—thinks that [the majority’s reading] is a plausible reading of the Amendment.”133Akhil Reed Amar, Substance and Method in the Year 2000, 28 Pepp. L. Rev. 601, 631 n.178 (2001). The quality of the majority’s reasoning surpasses an excusable “garden-variety error”134Ramos v. Louisiana, 140 S. Ct. 1390, 1414 (2020) (Kavanaugh, J., concurring in part). and makes the quality of the reasoning factor weigh strongly in favor of overruling the precedent.

C.  The Workability of the Rules Imposed on the Country

The workability factor asks whether the rule “can be understood and applied in a consistent and predictable manner.”135Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2272 (2022). To laud Slaughter-House for creating a workable rule would be a mistake. The opinion created a bright-line rule that refused to incorporate any provision of the Bill of Rights.136Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 78 (1873). This rule is easy for lower courts to apply in the same way that the following absurd, bright-line interpretation would be easy to apply: Suppose the Court held that “Speech” in the First Amendment137U.S. Const. amend. I. context must be construed in the same manner as “Speech” described in Article I’s Speech and Debate Clause.138U.S. Const. art. I, § 6. That construction would be easy for lower courts to apply due to the narrow circumstances in which Speech and Debate Clause issues arise. However, workability through absurdity should not suffice.139Cf. Ramos, 140 S. Ct. at 1417 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring in part) (admitting a precedent was workable but overruling it due to its disastrous consequences).

D.  The Disruptive Effect on Other Areas of Law

A precedent that has distorted other legal doctrines is more suitable for overruling.140See Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2275. Although achieving substantially similar results, the closing off of incorporation via the Privileges or Immunities Clause caused jurists who did not want to overrule Slaughter-House to distort the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause in order to incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states.141Cf. Bogen, supra note 52, at 337 (explaining that the Due Process Clause, rather than the Privileges or Immunities Clause, has incorporated much of the Bill of Rights against the states). Due Process Clause distortion caused two nasty ailments.

First, the incrementalist incorporation route required Justices to inquire whether a provision of the Bill of Rights was “fundamental to our scheme of ordered liberty” with “dee[p] root[s] in [our] history and tradition.”142Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682, 686–87 (2019) (citation omitted). Part of the rationale for Constitution-related precedent being weaker is the high bar for amending the Constitution.143Agostini v. Felton, 521 U.S. 203, 235 (1997); see U.S. Const. art. V (describing the process for amending the Constitution). When a provision of the Constitution enumerates a right, it is self-evident that a great majority of American voters considered the provision sufficiently fundamental to make it part of the nation’s foundational legal document. Judicial inquiry into whether a provision is important enough to be elevated to fundamental status is improper. The entire Bill of Rights is fundamental to liberty. The Anti-Federalists who pressed for a bill of rights in the Constitution did so partly because they believed some liberties were so fundamental that their inclusion in the nation’s founding document was necessary.144See, e.g., Pennsylvania Minority, The Address and Reasons of Dissent of the Minority of the Convention of Pennsylvania to Their Constituents, in The Anti-Federalist Papers and the Constitutional Convention Debates 237, 247 (Ralph Ketcham ed., 1986) (describing a bill of rights as “ascertaining and fundamentally establishing those unalienable and personal rights of men, without the full, free, and secure enjoyment of which there can be no liberty”). “There are certain unalienable and fundamental rights, which in forming the social compact, ought to be explicitly ascertained and fixed . . . .” The Federal Farmer, Letters from the Federal Farmer, in The Anti-Federalist Papers and the Constitutional Convention Debates 256, 266 (Ralph Ketcham ed., 1986).

Second, the absorption of unenumerated-rights analysis into substantive due process145The current substantive due process analysis for unenumerated rights is the same as the analysis for enumerated rights. The inquiry has two prongs: (1) whether the right is “objectively, deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition”; and (2) whether the right is “implicit in the concept of ordered liberty, such that neither liberty nor justice would exist if [it] were sacrificed.” Washington v. Glucksberg, 521 U.S. 702, 720–21 (1997) (citation modified) (citations omitted). let the Ninth Amendment wither on the vine. Justices rarely refer to the Amendment. In Griswold v. Connecticut, Justice Goldberg penned a concurrence that examined the Ninth Amendment at length.146See Griswold v. Connecticut, 381 U.S. 479, 486–99 (1965) (Goldberg, J., concurring) (analyzing the Ninth Amendment’s text, history, and meaning). But aside from this single concurrence and occasional fleeting references,147See, e.g., Planned Parenthood of Se. Pa. v. Casey, 505 U.S. 833, 848 (1992) (plurality opinion) (citing the Ninth Amendment). the Court has ignored a provision of the Constitution that is no less deserving of interpretation and application than any other.148Cf. Randy E. Barnett, Restoring the Lost Constitution: The Presumption of Liberty 225 (2014) (claiming the Court has treated the Ninth Amendment as “lost”). The absence of the Ninth Amendment in the Court’s unenumerated-rights jurisprudence is a consequence of the growth of substantive due process and neglect of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.149See Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2259–60 (2022) (analyzing unenumerated rights under substantive due process instead of the Ninth Amendment); cf. Confirmation Hearing on the Nomination of Hon. Brett M. Kavanaugh to Be an Associate Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States: Hearing Before the S. Comm. on the Judiciary, 115th Cong. 213 (2018) (statement of Judge Brett M. Kavanaugh) (describing the Ninth Amendment, the Privileges or Immunities Clause, and substantive due process as three ways of achieving similar results).

In sum, Slaughter-House has had the disruptive effect of implicitly disparaging some provisions of the Bill of Rights as nonfundamental while stunting the growth of Ninth Amendment jurisprudence. Those two consequences have damaged the Constitution and counsel in favor of overruling Slaughter-House.

E.  Developments Since the Case Was Decided

A precedent is significantly weakened when the grounds for the decision have been “eroded” by the Court’s subsequent decisions.150United States v. Gaudin, 515 U.S. 506, 521 (1995). A crucial aspect of the reasoning in Slaughter-House was its result-oriented approach that did not want incorporation to transform the Constitution into a “perpetual censor”151Slaughter-House Cases, 83 U.S. (16 Wall.) 36, 78 (1873). of state legislatures.152See supra Section III.B.1. However, the majority’s fear has already been realized due to substantive due process’s subsequent metastasis. The vast majority of the Bill of Rights is already incorporated against the states.153See Chemerinsky, supra note 51, at 565–66. At the 2018 oral argument for Timbs, Justice Gorsuch and Justice Kavanaugh were incredulous that Indiana’s solicitor general was contesting incorporation of any part of the Bill of Rights.154During oral arguments, Justice Gorsuch said to Indiana’s solicitor general, “[M]ost of these incorporation cases took place in like the 1940s . . . . And here we are in 2018 . . . still litigating incorporation of the Bill of Rights. Really? Come on, General.” Transcript of Oral Argument at 32–33, Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682 (2019) (No. 17-1091). Shortly after, Justice Kavanaugh added, “Isn’t it just too late in the day to argue that any of the Bill of Rights is not incorporated?” Id. at 33. The subsequent legal developments of near-total incorporation have obliterated the result-oriented reasoning that grounded the Slaughter-House majority opinion. The ensuing legal developments counsel strongly in favor of overruling Slaughter-House.

F.  The Absence of Concrete Reliance

People have concrete reliance on the rights that substantive due process preserves, but this reliance is separate from reliance on the procedural mechanism itself. Their reliance would only be concrete if abrogating substantive due process would also mean that the Bill of Rights was not incorporated against the states. Adoption of the PI + 9 Framework would avoid such issues.

The primary concrete reliance interests that would be upset by Slaughter-House being overruled would be those that rely on the unincorporated parts of the Bill of Rights remaining unincorporated. Today, the Third Amendment, the Fifth Amendment’s Grand Jury Clause, and the Seventh Amendment are the only enumerated rights that remain unincorporated.155See Chemerinsky, supra note 51, at 567.

The Third and Seventh Amendment present inconsequential reliance interests. The Third Amendment’s incorporation would be the least substantial because situations that lead to Third Amendment litigation are exceedingly rare.156The Supreme Court has yet to decide a case based on the Third Amendment, and there is only one significant federal court decision about the Amendment. Scott D. Gerber, An Unavoidably Brief Historiography of the Third Amendment, 82 Tenn. L. Rev. 627, 627–28 (2015). The one case involved tenants who sued on Third Amendment grounds after National Guard troops evicted them to use the tenants’ residences for housing. Engblom v. Carey, 677 F.2d 957, 958–61 (2d Cir. 1982) (holding that national guardsmen are “Soldiers” for Third Amendment purposes and that the Third Amendment is applied to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment). Similarly, the Seventh Amendment’s incorporation would change little. Only three states lack a right to a civil jury trial in their state constitutions: Colorado, Louisiana, and Wyoming.157See Colo Const.; La. Const.; Wyo. Const. However, the right to a civil jury trial can be found elsewhere in those three states. The rules of civil procedure for Colorado,158Colo. R. Civ. P. 38(b) (2025). Louisiana,159La. Code Civ. Proc. Ann. art. 1731 (2025). and Wyoming160Wyo. R. Civ. P. 38(b) (2025). allow a party to demand a jury trial. Accordingly, incorporating the Third and Seventh Amendment would change little for states or private parties.

Incorporating the Fifth Amendment’s Grand Jury Clause presents the greatest reliance-interest issues of the amendments that prescribe enumerated rights. States without a grand jury requirement have reliance interests in preserving the finality of criminal judgments and avoiding the costs associated with implementing an institution for criminal prosecutions—the grand jury.161See Robert W. Frey, Note, Incorporation, Fundamental Rights, and the Grand Jury: Hurtado v. California Reconsidered, 108 Va. L. Rev. 1613, 1654 (2022).

The finality of criminal judgments in state courts would likely remain intact despite incorporation of the Grand Jury Clause. In Edwards v. Vannoy, the Supreme Court refused to retroactively apply the Ramos jury-unanimity rule on federal collateral review.162Edwards v. Vannoy, 141 S. Ct. 1547, 1559 (2021). Given the refusal in Edwards to retroactively apply the unanimous jury verdict requirement from Ramos on federal collateral review,163Id. at 1552. it seems unlikely that the Court would rule differently if the Grand Jury Clause were incorporated. To apply the requirement retroactively, the Court would need to apply a rare exception that it described as “moribund” in 2021.164Id. at 1560.

A state’s reliance interest in avoiding the costs associated with grand juries is the most significant reliance interest jeopardized by total incorporation of the Bill of Rights. However, reliance-interests analysis usually concerns the costs borne by private parties, not the government.165Frey, supra note 161, at 1654. All but two states, Pennsylvania and Connecticut, still have grand jury indictment as part of their criminal procedure scheme—even if twenty-eight states do not require a grand jury indictment.166See id. at 1654–55. The familiarity with the grand jury as an institution and the existence of the institution in all but two states limit the extent to which incorporating the Grand Jury Clause would upset reliance interests. Moreover, the Court has repeatedly incorporated procedural protections against states despite the attendant costs.167See id. at 1655. Such decisions evince a belief in the relative unimportance of a state’s reliance interest in maintaining criminal laws and procedures that are inconsistent with the Constitution. As Justice Gorsuch wrote in Ramos, the most essential reliance interests are “the reliance interests of the American people.”168Ramos v. Louisiana, 140 S. Ct. 1390, 1408 (2020) (plurality opinion). Given the relatively meager reliance interests that would be affected by overruling Slaughter-House, the reliance interests factor weighs only slightly against overruling the precedent.

Weighing the stare decisis factors as a whole in a manner consistent with the Court’s recent application of those factors, Slaughter-House should be overruled. Accordingly, the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause should incorporate every right in the Bill of Rights against the states.

IV.  SUBSTANTIVE DUE PROCESS MUST END

Substantive due process is a doctrine with severe flaws. As will be explained below, the doctrine cannot justify itself with anything but a result-oriented conclusion. However, even that justification is unsatisfying because substantive due process is not the best means to protect individual liberties against state infringement—the Privileges or Immunities Clause is. The result is a disjointed Fourteenth Amendment and an ineffectual Ninth Amendment.

A.  Substantive Due Process Fails to Justify Itself with Reason and Impedes a Harmonious Fourteenth Amendment

The Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause seems, on its text’s face,169“[N]or shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.” U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. to be an inapt mechanism to incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states. After all, the Due Process Clause describes process, not substance.170John Hart Ely famously quipped that “substantive due process is a contradiction in terms—sort of like green pastel redness.” John Hart Ely, Democracy and Distrust: A Theory of Judicial Review 18 (1980) (citation modified). Over the years, several Supreme Court Justices have recognized the contradiction in terms for the folly that it is.171See, e.g., Moore v. City of East Cleveland, 431 U.S. 494, 544 (1977) (White, J., dissenting) (warning against continued expansion of substantive due process to strike down a city ordinance); City of Chicago v. Morales, 527 U.S. 41, 85 (1999) (Scalia, J., dissenting) (describing incorporation of the Bill of Rights via the Due Process Clause as “judicial usurpation”); Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682, 692 (2019) (Thomas, J., concurring in the judgment) (explaining that the Due Process Clause involves only process, not substance). Other Supreme Court Justices have employed substantive due process without defending the mechanism itself.172See, e.g., Timbs, 139 S. Ct. at 687 (majority opinion) (explaining the two-pronged test for substantive due process without defending substantive due process itself); McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 759–66 (2010) (offering an overview of substantive due process precedents without defending the doctrine directly). Stranger yet, however, is when Justices who have openly expressed their distaste for substantive due process have nonetheless approved its use in applying the Bill of Rights to the states.173Compare Morales, 527 U.S. at 85 (Scalia, J., dissenting) (describing substantive due process as “judicial usurpation”), with McDonald, 561 U.S. at 791 (Scalia, J., concurring) (defending the application of substantive due process with respect to the Second Amendment).

Despite substantive due process’s status as the favored means to incorporate the Bill of Rights against the states, the method has failed to justify itself by any means other than a result-oriented approach. This approach would be more understandable if a more apt provision of the Constitution could not accomplish the same objectives. The Privileges or Immunities Clause can achieve those objectives and would do so with greater force, clarity, and efficiency.

Furthermore, revitalizing the Privileges or Immunities Clause while curtailing substantive due process would harmonize the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause, Equal Protection Clause, and Privileges or Immunities Clause. The Due Process Clause would consider only “procedural fairness.”174Ely, supra note 170, at 24. The Equal Protection Clause would address equality alone.175See id. The Privileges or Immunities Clause would set a baseline of substantive rights that no state may abridge.176See id. The failure to harmonize the three above-mentioned Fourteenth Amendment clauses puts rights on weaker footing.

B.  Substantive Due Process Shortchanges the Ninth Amendment

Any construction that renders a constitutional provision superfluous is “inadmissible, unless the words require it.”177Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 174 (1803). Chief Justice Marshall’s proscription against superfluous constructions was farsighted, and its logic extends to the wounds substantive due process has inflicted on the Ninth Amendment. The established doctrine the Court employs to evaluate whether the Constitution protects an unenumerated right is substantive due process.178See Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2259–60 (2022) (describing the current doctrinal framework for unenumerated rights). The repeated179Prior Supreme Court opinions have repeatedly used the Due Process Clause to protect unenumerated rights instead of using the Ninth Amendment. See, e.g., Griswold v. Connecticut, 381 U.S. 479, 481–86 (1965) (using the Due Process Clause to protect a right to contraceptives for married couples); Loving v. Virginia, 388 U.S. 1, 12 (1967) (using the Due Process Clause to protect a right to interracial marriage); Lawrence v. Texas, 539 U.S. 558, 578–79 (2003) (using the Due Process Clause to protect a right to private sexual acts between consenting adults); Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644, 681 (2015) (using the Due Process Clause to protect right to same-sex marriage). resort to the Due Process Clause to achieve purposes for which it was never intended,180See supra Section IV.A. and to which it is ill-suited, shortchanges the Ninth Amendment and renders it superfluous.181The Amendment has become so superfluous that the mere suggestion of employing it has become risible. See Ely, supra note 170, at 34 (“In sophisticated legal circles mentioning the Ninth Amendment is a surefire way to get a laugh.”). Furthermore, to render the Ninth Amendment superfluous does more than flout one of Chief Justice Marshall’s memorable axioms. The failure to ground unenumerated-rights jurisprudence in the constitutional provision most suited to that purpose puts jealously guarded individual liberties at risk.

The Ninth Amendment offers the protection that unenumerated rights deserve. Regarding one such precious unenumerated right, Chief Justice Warren wrote for a unanimous Court that, “[u]nder our Constitution, the freedom to marry, or not marry, a person of another race resides with the individual and cannot be infringed by the state.”182Loving, 388 U.S. at 12. The right to interracial marriage is one of many precious unenumerated rights that deserves better protection than what a procedural clause can offer. The Ninth Amendment can secure those rights better than substantive due process. Any defense of substantive due process to defend an unenumerated right disserves the very rights the doctrine purports to protect. Substantive due process must be abrogated so that Ninth Amendment jurisprudence can become the sentinel of unenumerated rights.

V.  UNENUMERATED RIGHTS: THE ELEPHANT IN THE ROOM

The biggest challenge to adopting an expansive construction of the Privileges or Immunities Clause may be getting Justices to agree on a test for whether the Constitution protects a particular unenumerated right. Fortunately, there is a consensus about protecting some unenumerated rights.183See infra Section V.A. This Part argues that the Ninth Amendment should protect unenumerated rights and considers which test is appropriate for accomplishing that objective.

A.  Justices Across the Spectrum Want to Protect Unenumerated Rights

The Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization majority was quick to emphasize that its elimination of an unenumerated constitutional right to abortion should not “be understood to cast doubt on precedents that do not concern abortion.”184Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2277–78 (2022). In his concurring opinion in Dobbs, Justice Kavanaugh expressed support for Supreme Court precedents concerning marriage and contraception.185See id. at 2309 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring) (reiterating that overruling Roe v. Wade, 410 U.S. 113 (1973), did not weaken or threaten other precedents that protected unenumerated rights that did not concern abortion). The Dobbs dissenters believed that it was not possible to decouple the precedents concerning marriage and contraception from the precedents concerning abortion.186See id. at 2319 (Breyer, Sotomayor & Kagan, JJ., dissenting). The fact that both sides agreed in Dobbs that at least some unenumerated rights were protected by the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause is some evidence of the broad support for constitutional recognition of some unenumerated rights.

B.  The Ninth Amendment Is the Best Means to Protect Unenumerated Rights

The Ninth Amendment shares at least two things in common with the Privileges or Immunities Clause. First, both have been mostly read out of the Constitution.187Curtis, supra note 17, at 173 (explaining that the Privileges or Immunities Clause had essentially been “read out of the Constitution” by the Supreme Court); see Barnett, supra note 148, at 236–37 (explaining that “courts have rarely been willing to rely upon [the Ninth Amendment] when assessing the constitutionality of statutes”). Second, substantive due process has haphazardly achieved some of each’s overarching goals.188Substantive due process has achieved, perhaps, more than the Privileges or Immunities Clause could have by itself. See Bogen, supra note 52 and accompanying text. The Supreme Court’s unenumerated-rights jurisprudence has taken shape almost exclusively within the confines of the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause. Cf. Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644, 663 (2015) (explaining that the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause also protects liberties pertaining to “personal choices central to individual dignity and autonomy”).

There is a broad consensus that the Constitution protects some unenumerated rights.189See supra Section V.A. And if the Constitution protects unenumerated rights, those rights ought to be safeguarded by a framework sturdier than the flimsy, contradictory substantive due process approach. Substantive due process’s embrace of unenumerated-rights jurisprudence would be more understandable if no part of the Constitution dealt explicitly with the issue of unenumerated rights. Fortunately, this is not the case. A provision that discusses unenumerated rights exists, and that provision is the Ninth Amendment, which states, “The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.”190U.S. Const. amend. IX.

The decision to craft a jurisprudence about unenumerated substantive rights in a procedural clause is confounding in light of the Ninth Amendment. The Supreme Court has traditionally declined to hold that the Ninth Amendment is the source of substantive rights.191“The Court does not use the Ninth Amendment as a tool for incorporating independent unenumerated rights or as an independent source of rights . . . .” Christopher J. Schmidt, Revitalizing the Quiet Ninth Amendment: Determining Unenumerated Rights and Eliminating Substantive Due Process, 32 U. Balt. L. Rev. 169, 188 (2003). Indeed, the Ninth Amendment does not specify which rights were retained by the people. The only body with the power and qualifications necessary to decide which rights are retained by the people is the federal judiciary. The “province and duty of the judicial department to say what the law is”192Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 177 (1803). extends to expounding and interpreting which rights are “retained by the people”193U.S. Const. amend. IX. under the Ninth Amendment.

C.  Finding the Right Test for Identifying Protected Unenumerated Rights

The Supreme Court must choose a proper, workable rule of law for lower courts to apply when deciding Ninth Amendment cases if the Court were to adopt the PI + 9 Framework. The Ninth Amendment seems so open to interpretation that it could create Pandora’s box concerns that may produce workability problems.194See Ely, supra note 170, at 34. Indeed, the Court has recently cited unworkability in both constitutional195See, e.g., Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2272 (2022) (criticizing Planned Parenthood of Se. Pa. v. Casey, 505 U.S. 833 (1992), for the poor workability of the “undue burden” standard). and statutory196See, e.g., Loper Bright Enters. v. Raimondo, 144 S. Ct. 2244, 2270 (2024) (criticizing and overruling Chevron U.S.A. Inc. v. Nat. Res. Def. Council, Inc., 467 U.S. 837 (1984) for the unworkability of the “ambiguity” standard). cases as a key reason for overruling precedents. However, substantive due process raises the same Pandora’s box predicaments,197See Ely, supra note 170, at 34. yet the Court has had little trouble applying substantive due process in recent years.198See, e.g., Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2245–46 (analyzing whether there is a right to abortion under substantive due process); Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682, 687–89 (2019) (using substantive due process to analyze whether the Eighth Amendment’s Excessive Fines Clause is incorporated). Indeed, when the Court overruled Roe and Casey, the Court insisted on being guided by “history and tradition” in order to avoid the “freewheeling judicial policymaking that characterized discredited decisions such as Lochner v. New York.”199Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2248; see Lochner v. New York, 198 U.S. 45, 64 (1905).

However, if the Court were to hand down a landmark Ninth Amendment decision, it would have ultimate authority to say what the law is and could choose any test it desired. The Court ought not to be frozen by a fear of political backlash or public outcry when deciding the cases and controversies that it has the power to decide under Article III.200See U.S. Const. art. III. In 2022, the Court acknowledged the importance of deciding cases based on principles, “not social and political pressures.”201Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2278 (quoting Planned Parenthood of Se. Pa. v. Casey, 505 U.S. 833, 865 (1992)). A wise Justice once said of the Court, “We are not final because we are infallible, but we are infallible only because we are final.”202Brown v. Allen, 344 U.S. 443, 540 (1953) (Jackson, J., concurring in the result). The Court ought to trust itself enough to exercise the power vested in it by the Constitution to interpret and construe the Ninth Amendment. Several options abound—ranging from ignoring the Ninth Amendment to presuming liberty—for the Court if it adopts the PI + 9 Framework.

  1. The Ink Blot Approach: Disregarding the Ninth Amendment

Judge Robert H. Bork infamously compared the Ninth Amendment to an “ink blot” that the Court should not interpret.203Nomination of Robert H. Bork to Be an Associate Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States: Hearings Before the S. Comm. on the Judiciary, 100th Cong. 249 (1987) (statement of Judge Robert H. Bork). Judge Bork’s conception should be rejected because it underestimates the judiciary’s abilities, ignores history, and is impractical.

Judge Bork’s interpretation should be rejected because it ignores a provision of the Constitution due to its potential for being difficult to interpret. Judge Bork underestimated the Court. The “task of translating the majestic generalities of the Bill of Rights” is daunting.204W. Va. State Bd. of Educ. v. Barnette, 319 U.S. 624, 639 (1943). However, this task is the province and duty of the judges who comprise the federal judiciary.205See Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 177 (1803). There is no exception to this province and duty in cases that raise complex and profound questions.

Furthermore, Judge Bork’s conception is not historically defensible from any conceivable originalist perspective.206For a pithy primer on the Ninth Amendment’s origin, see Barnett, supra note 148, at 236–44. For more expansive reading on the Ninth Amendment’s history, see generally Lochlan F. Shelfer, How the Constitution Shall Not Be Construed, 2017 BYU L. Rev. 331 (2017) (explaining the Clause’s Anti-Federalist side and its application to procedural, positive, and natural rights); Russell L. Caplan, The History and Meaning of the Ninth Amendment, 69 Va. L. Rev. 223 (1983) (detailing the historical evidence of the Ninth Amendment’s meaning for unenumerated federal rights). For Anti-Federalists, enumerating any rights was dangerous because doing so could be construed to imply the nonexistence of other rights.207See Randy E. Barnett, The Ninth Amendment: It Means What It Says, 85 Tex. L. Rev. 1, 8 (2006). James Madison acknowledged this criticism when he defended the Constitution’s ratification and offered a provision, which became the Ninth Amendment, that expressly guaranteed protection for unenumerated rights.2085 James Madison, Amendments to the Constitution, in The Writings of James Madison 384–85 (Gaillard Hunt ed., 1904). Although Ninth Amendment scholars have come to vastly different conclusions—from natural-rights readings209See generally Barnett, supra note 207 (arguing that the Ninth Amendment at enactment meant to say that unenumerated natural rights should be treated in the same manner as enumerated natural rights in the Bill of Rights). to readings emphasizing control for local governance210See generally Kurt T. Lash, The Lost Original Meaning of the Ninth Amendment, 83 Tex. L. Rev. 331 (2004) (bringing to light previously missed or unrecognized evidence regarding the original meaning of the Ninth Amendment).—it appears there was more underneath the ink blot than Judge Bork thought.

Finally, Judge Bork’s conception is impractical. Some unenumerated-rights protections, including those for contraception and same-sex marriage, enjoy support from Justices across the ideological spectrum. The differences are in degree, not kind. For example, the Dobbs majority opinion, a concurring opinion, and the joint dissenting opinion all claimed to stand for unenumerated rights other than abortion.211Compare Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2280 (2022) (“[W]e have stated unequivocally that [n]othing in this opinion should be understood to cast doubt on precedents that do not concern abortion.” (citation modified) (alteration in original) (citation omitted)), and id. at 2309 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring) (“I emphasize what the Court today states: Overruling Roe does not mean the overruling of [precedents involving contraception or marriage], and does not threaten or cast doubt on those precedents.”), with id. at 2319 (Breyer, Sotomayor & Kagan, JJ., dissenting) (criticizing the majority for undermining unenumerated rights to same-sex intimacy, marriage, and contraception). The idea of stripping all unenumerated rights of constitutional protection is simply unthinkable. For example, the right to interracial marriage is unenumerated.212The word marriage is not explicitly mentioned anywhere in the Constitution. See U.S. Const. However, any prominent person who suggests that it is not a right protected by the Constitution is instantly and vociferously rebuked.213In 2022, Senator Mike Braun (who is now Indiana’s governor) said interracial marriage ought to be left to the states, but he walked back his comments almost immediately after uttering them. Indiana Sen. Braun Walks Back Interracial Marriage Comments, Associated Press (Mar. 23, 2022, at 11:48 AM PST), https://apnews.com/article/ketanji-brown-jackson-us-supreme-court-race-and-ethnicity-racial-injustice-lifestyle-091656750d8685dbe19d3d5493785595 [https://perma.cc/9XLF-SHLF]. Aside from its indefensibility as a matter of history and principle, the idea that all unenumerated rights would be summarily stripped of constitutional protection is beyond the realm of realistic possibilities.

  1. The Presumption of Liberty Approach: Ninth Amendment Maximalism

Randy E. Barnett has written extensively on the Ninth Amendment214See Barnett, supra note 148, at 236–44 (explaining how the Ninth Amendment paired with the Privileges or Immunities Clause justifies a “[p]resumption of [l]iberty” for individuals to act freely unless the government can justify a restriction); Barnett, supra note 207, at 3 (arguing that the Ninth Amendment should be interpreted to presume liberty); Randy E. Barnett, Kurt Lash’s Majoritarian Difficulty: A Response to a Textual-Historical Theory of the Ninth Amendment, 60 Stan. L. Rev. 937, 939–40 (2008) (criticizing Kurt Lash’s “[t]extual-[h]istorical” interpretation of the Ninth Amendment). and has his own grand Ninth Amendment theory. Under Barnett’s theory of unenumerated rights, one could first conduct an originalist analysis to determine which unenumerated rights get constitutional recognition.215See Barnett, supra note 148, at 257. However, Barnett conceded that originalist materials would be insufficient to recognize all the rights worthy of Ninth Amendment protection, so the sphere of unenumerated rights would be even more expansive than originalism could contemplate.216See id. at 261. Barnett advocated a framework that presumes liberty for unenumerated rights.217See id. at 262. Presuming liberty would place the burden on the government to establish why any government infringement on individual freedom is both necessary and proper, rather than assuming constitutionality when possible.218Id. In determining when liberty should be presumed, Barnett’s dividing line is a rightful/wrongful conduct distinction.219See id. at 264–68.

Barnett’s contributions to Ninth Amendment scholarship are admirable, but his solutions are quixotic. First, to presume liberty would be to undo fundamental canons of construction. Established canons of constitutional construction dating back to the early nineteenth century demand that “[n]o court ought, unless the terms of an act rendered it unavoidable, to give a construction to [a statute] which should involve a violation, however unintentional, of the constitution.”220Parsons v. Bedford, 28 U.S. (3 Pet.) 433, 448–49 (1830). To reverse the paradigm to one in which the federal judiciary seeks to strike down laws that touch so-called “rightful activity”221Barnett, supra note 148, at 264. would be catastrophic. The current Court’s desire to take more issues out of constitutional law and insert them into the democratic process is at odds with Barnett’s framework.222Cf. Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2265 (2022) (criticizing prior decisions for removing the issue of abortion from the democratic process).

Aside from the current Court’s probable unwillingness to adopt the kind of radical shift that Barnett supports, workability concerns are sufficient to reject Barnett’s framework. In recent years, the Court expressed frustration with unworkable rules of law and overruled precedents on that basis.223See, e.g., id. at 2272–74; Loper Bright Enters. v. Raimondo, 144 S. Ct. 2244, 2270–71 (2024). The idea that the Court would adopt a rightful/wrongful conduct test for trial and appellate courts to apply to every piece of legislation is fantasy.

To be sure, Barnett’s theory is far from the only Ninth Amendment framework. Many theories abound.224Lochlan F. Shelfer provided a thoughtful and expansive survey of Ninth Amendment scholarship that is better to cite than to imitate. See Shelfer, supra note 206, at 337–43. For example, Kurt T. Lash’s theory considers the Ninth Amendment through a federalism prism that emphasizes retained powers in addition to retained rights.225See Kurt T. Lash, On Federalism, Freedom, and the Founders’ View of Retained Rights: A Reply to Randy Barnett, 60 Stan. L. Rev. 969, 976–77 (2008). In any event, Barnett’s presumption-of-liberty theory represents the opposite of Judge Bork’s ink-blot theory. Between Barnett’s Ninth Amendment maximalism and Judge Bork’s Ninth Amendment ignorance lie too many possibilities to ponder in this Note.

An ideal rule for the Court to adopt in inaugurating its Ninth Amendment jurisprudence would be one that is workable, in line with current precedents, and moored by “respect for the teachings of history.”226Griswold v. Connecticut, 381 U.S. 479, 501 (1965) (Harlan, J., concurring in the judgment). A workable rule of law would promote consistency and predictability to a constitutional provision that many may fear due to its unpredictability.227See supra note 194 and accompanying text. A rule of law in line with current precedents regarding unenumerated rights would prevent the instability that a brand-new rule might invite. A rule of law grounded in respect for history and tradition would avoid the open-ended judicial activism of the Lochner era.228See Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2248.

  1. Glucksberg’s Goldilocks Test

Fortunately, there is an established test that is workable and guided by history. Further, this test is more than merely consistent with current precedents—it is current precedent.

The Court adopted a sensible unenumerated-rights framework in Washington v. Glucksberg.229Washington v. Glucksberg, 521 U.S. 702, 720–21 (1997). The framework requires a “careful description” of the asserted liberty interest.230Id. at 721 (citation omitted). The careful description provides a buffer against broad assertions of a liberty interest that could mean anything and everything. Additionally, adopting an approach that describes a liberty interest rather than a retained right231The Ninth Amendment mentions “rights” but not liberties. U.S. Const. amend. IX. The Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause speaks of “liberty” but not rights. U.S. Const. amend. XIV. is appropriate because liberty and right have been used interchangeably since the American Revolution.232See Curtis, supra note 17 and accompanying text. Then, there is a two-pronged test for deciding whether the Due Process Clause protects a right, and this framework applies to evaluating unenumerated rights.

First, we have regularly observed that the Due Process Clause specially protects those fundamental rights and liberties which are, objectively, deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition (“so rooted in the traditions and conscience of our people as to be ranked as fundamental”), and “implicit in the concept of ordered liberty,” such that “neither liberty nor justice would exist if they were sacrificed.”233Glucksberg, 521 U.S. at 720–21 (citations omitted) (citing another source).

The above framework gets at the heart of the Ninth Amendment, even though it brands itself as a Due Process Clause analysis. The language about a right needing to be “objectively, deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition”234Id. (emphasis added) (citation modified) (citations omitted). is appropriate for evaluating which rights have been “retained by the people.”235U.S. Const. amend. IX. For a right to be retained, the right could not have recently come into existence—thus the deeply rooted phrasing. This approach shows proper respect for history’s teachings, prefers judicial restraint and caution,236Richard S. Myers, Pope John Paul II, Freedom, and Constitutional Law, 6 Ave Maria L. Rev. 61, 66 (2007). and averts the unrestrained judicial activism of the Lochner era.237See Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2248 (2022). The history-and-tradition prong also ensures that the Ninth Amendment would preserve an existing right. Any analysis that claims the Ninth Amendment is not the source of substantive rights238See Schmidt, supra note 191 and accompanying text. is telling a lawyerly half-truth. The nation’s history and tradition are the source of the rights retained by the people in the Ninth Amendment.

The Glucksberg test also scores high in workability when lower courts have applied the test to purported unenumerated rights in various contexts.239For a broader survey of federal courts applying Glucksberg’s two-pronged test to unenumerated rights, see Alexander E. Hartzell, Comment, Implied Fundamental Rights and the Right to Travel with Arms for Self-Defense: An Application of Glucksberg to Anglo-American History and Tradition, 69 Am. U. L. Rev. F. 69, 83–87 (2020). For example, not long after the Court decided Glucksberg, the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals applied the two-pronged test to reject a petitioner’s asserted unenumerated right to be free from unjust or arbitrary incarceration.240See Hawkins v. Freeman, 195 F.3d 732, 747–50 (4th Cir. 1999) (applying Glucksberg’s two-pronged analysis). In another case, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals had no difficulty applying Glucksberg to uphold an Iowa statute limiting where sex offenders could reside.241See Doe v. Miller, 405 F.3d 700, 713–14 (8th Cir. 2005) (applying Glucksberg’s two-pronged analysis to reject petitioner’s argument that the right “to live where you want” is a protected unenumerated right). In 2024, a federal district court judge in Murphey v. United States had little issue applying Glucksberg’s two-pronged test to reject a plaintiff’s asserted right to grow, possess, and use psychedelic and other drugs.242See Murphey v. United States, 726 F. Supp. 3d 1039, 1053–54 (D. Ariz. 2024). Additionally, in the district court’s application of the test in Murphey, the court looked to Supreme Court decisions that counseled against recognizing additional rights because “guideposts for responsible decisionmaking in this unchartered area [were] scarce and open-ended.”243Id. at 1052 (citing Collins v. City of Harker Heights, 503 U.S. 115, 125 (1992)). Lower courts have proven Glucksberg to be workable.

The second prong allows judges to ensure that sordid practices do not get constitutional protection merely for existing long enough to be deeply rooted in the nation’s history and tradition. As Justice Stevens observed in Bowers v. Hardwick, “neither history nor tradition could save a law prohibiting miscegenation from constitutional attack.”244Bowers v. Hardwick, 478 U.S. 186, 216 (1986) (Stevens, J., dissenting). However, the right to interracial marriage is beyond doubt implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.245See Loving v. Virginia, 388 U.S. 1, 12 (1967). Moreover, there may be “room for play in the joints”246Walz v. Tax. Comm’n of N.Y., 397 U.S. 664, 669 (1970). between the first prong and second prong.247Chief Justice Burger described the tension between the Free Exercise Clause and Establishment Clause in this manner, and the tension between Glucksberg’s first and second prongs is somewhat analogous. Id. at 669–70. The first prong may act as a nonabsolute constraint on the second prong. Regarding the relationship between the prongs, Justice Kennedy wrote, “History and tradition guide and discipline [the second prong] but do not set its outer boundaries.”248Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644, 664 (2015) (citation omitted).

To be sure, the second prong requires courts to “exercise reasoned judgment.”249Id. But the exercise of reasoned judgment is inherent to the judicial power. It is “emphatically the province and duty of the judicial department to say what the law is.”250Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 177 (1803). Neither political branch has the power to identify constitutional rights.251See City of Boerne v. Flores, 521 U.S. 507, 535–36 (1997) (ruling that Congress has no power to interpret the Constitution or declare rights). Thus, the proper body for identifying rights in the context of the Ninth Amendment is the judicial branch.252See Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U.S. 1, 18 (1958) (“[T]he federal judiciary is supreme in the exposition of the law of the Constitution . . . .”). Through its substantive-due-process jurisprudence, the Court has already

recognized a number of unenumerated rights deemed to be fundamental.253See, e.g., Loving v. Virginia, 388 U.S. 1, 12 (1967) (protecting the right to interracial marriage); Lawrence v. Texas, 539 U.S. 558, 578–79 (2003) (protecting the right to private sexual acts between consenting adults). If it continues to do so, it ought to do so through the proper means: the Ninth Amendment. Doing so gives unenumerated rights a place in law that is more secure than substantive due process.

VI.  THE FRAMEWORK APPLIED

The PI + 9 Framework would apply amendments one through nine to the states through the Privileges or Immunities Clause and conduct its unenumerated-rights inquiry under the Ninth Amendment by using the two-pronged Glucksberg test. Figure 1 shows how amendments one through nine would apply to state governments under the PI + 9 Framework.

Figure 1.  The PI + 9 Framework

A.  The Framework for Enumerated Rights

The PI + 9 framework has the benefit of simplicity, especially as the framework applies to enumerated constitutional rights, such as the right to bear arms.254U.S. Const. amend. II. Under the PI + 9 Framework, the Second Amendment would apply to the states via the Privileges or Immunities Clause. There would be no need to consider whether the Second Amendment is implicit in the concept of ordered liberty because it would automatically be incorporated via the Privileges or Immunities Clause. A judge would only consider whether the state law violates the Second Amendment, which would get to the heart of the issue more quickly than a gratuitous rehashing about the wisdom or foolishness of substantive due process. Under the PI + 9 Framework, the state law would be analyzed in accordance with pertinent Second Amendment precedents, such as New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen255N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022). and District of Columbia v. Heller.256District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570 (2008).

In any opinion concerning a state law’s alleged abridgment of the Second Amendment, the Court would quickly state what is clear from the text, legislative history, and original intent,257See supra Section II.B. which is that the Privileges or Immunities Clause applies every right in the Bill of Rights to the states. Then, the Court would decide whether the state law at issue violates the Second Amendment. In the Second Amendment context, the prevailing test remains the test from Bruen.258“When the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct, the Constitution presumptively protects that conduct. The government must then justify its regulation by demonstrating that it is consistent with the Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation.” Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2129–30. Any difficulties arising from applying Bruen259“Courts have struggled with this use of history in the wake of Bruen. One difficulty is a level of generality problem.” United States v. Rahimi, 144 S. Ct. 1889, 1925 (2024) (Barrett, J., concurring). could be hashed out purely within the confines of the Second Amendment. Full incorporation takes distracting debates about substantive due process off the table and decreases judicial discretion as it relates to incorporation. The focus would be more on the right itself rather than the procedure by which the right in question is incorporated.

  1. PI + 9 Applied to a Hypothetical About an Enumerated Right

Assume the following hypothetical factual scenario:

After increasing pressure from the public, Iowa enacts Statute One,260Statute One is modeled after Iowa Code § 724.4B (2025). which criminalizes the “carrying, transportation, or possession of any firearm on the grounds of any public school in the state of Iowa.” After Statute One’s enactment, Tina attends a parent-teacher conference at a public school in Marion, Iowa, with a loaded Glock 17 pistol in a holster on her hip. After seeing the holstered pistol, a student at the school calls the police, and the police arrive at the school and arrest Tina. Tina is charged with violating Statute One, and a jury convicts her in Linn County District Court. The Iowa Court of Appeals affirms the conviction. Tina petitions for a writ of certiorari to the Supreme Court of the United States, challenging her conviction and alleging that Statute One violates the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution. The Supreme Court of the United States grants certiorari.

Under these facts, a Court using the PI + 9 Framework would state that the Second Amendment applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause.261See U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. No inquiry would occur into whether the Second Amendment right is deeply rooted or implicit in the concept of ordered liberty. Once incorporated, the Second Amendment would operate “identically to both the Federal Government and the States.”262Timbs v. Indiana, 139 S. Ct. 682, 689 (2019) (citation omitted). Given that, the Court would apply the pertinent Second Amendment precedents.

The Court would apply Bruen’s inquiry and make the government “demonstrate that the regulation is consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation.”263Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2126. Here, the Court could look to a precedent like Heller, which held that forbidding firearms in “sensitive places such as schools” was permissible and consistent with historical restrictions.264District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 626 (2008). The Court could also conduct a historical analysis to confirm or reject the view set forth in Heller about the presumptively lawful nature of prohibitions against guns in schools.265Id. at 627 n.26. Under the hypothetical set of facts, the Privileges or Immunities Clause would mandate that the Second Amendment be applied to the Iowa government. The Supreme Court’s precedents on the Second Amendment would control, and the petitioner’s conviction would likely be upheld.

  1. The Framework for Unenumerated Rights

The PI + 9 Framework for unenumerated rights requires just a few more steps than the PI + 9 Framework for enumerated rights. First, the Court would incorporate the Ninth Amendment against the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges or Immunities Clause.266U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. Then, the Court would carefully describe the liberty interest at stake in accordance with Glucksberg’s “careful description” mandate.267Washington v. Glucksberg, 521 U.S. 702, 721 (1997) (citation omitted). After formulating a careful description of the asserted unenumerated right at issue, the Court would analyze under the Ninth Amendment268See supra Figure 1. whether (1) the right is “deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition”;269Glucksberg, 521 U.S. at 720–21 (citation omitted). and (2) whether the right is “implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.”270Id. at 721 (citation omitted). If the Court answered yes to those two questions, the Ninth Amendment would protect the right from infringement by the federal government and state governments.

  1. PI + 9 Applied to a Hypothetical About an Unenumerated Right

Assume the following hypothetical factual scenario:

After a public campaign against homeschooling, California enacts Statute Two, which mandates, “No parent may homeschool their child, and all children must attend an accredited private or public school. Parents who violate this statute are guilty of a felony.” Tom is a parent in Los Angeles, California who homeschools his son. After Statute Two’s enactment, Tom continues homeschooling his child because he believes he can provide a better education for his son than any nearby public or private school. After a neighbor reports Tom to the police for homeschooling, Tom is arrested and charged with violating Statute Two. Tom is convicted of violating Statute Two in the Los Angeles County Superior Court and appeals to the California Second District Court of Appeal, which affirms his sentence. Tom petitions for a writ of certiorari to the Supreme Court of the United States, challenging his conviction and alleging a violation of his Ninth Amendment right to homeschool his child. The Supreme Court of the United States grants certiorari.

Under these facts, a Court using the PI + 9 Framework would first note that the right at issue here is not enumerated in the Constitution. Thus, a Ninth Amendment inquiry is apt. The Court would quickly explain that the Privileges or Immunities Clause applies the Ninth Amendment to the states. Then, the Court would carefully describe the right at issue in the instant case, which is the right to homeschool one’s child. After carefully describing the right, the Court would answer each Glucksberg prong: (1) whether the right is deeply rooted in the nation’s history and tradition; and (2) whether the right is implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.

Under the first prong, the Court would be free to conduct an independent historical analysis. Homeschooling in America predates the American Revolution.271See Tanya K. Dumas, Sean Gates & Deborah R. Schwarzer, Evidence for Homeschooling: Constitutional Analysis in Light of Social Science Research, 16 Widener L. Rev. 63, 68 (2010). Many colonies passed laws in the seventeenth century that required parents to educate their children.272Milton Gaither, Homeschool: An American History 6 (2d ed. 2017). Colonial fathers were expected to teach their children reading and religion.273Id. at 11. Abigail Adams homeschooled her children, and the Adams family was not unique among New Englanders in this respect.274See id. at 25–26. Before the Civil War, enslaved people used home education as a means to defy racist anti-literacy laws.275Id. at 46. Today, homeschooling is legal in all fifty states,276Dumas et al., supra note 271, at 68. except for the fictitious California in the hypothetical.

Additionally, early-twentieth-century Supreme Court cases decided issues related to the right of parents to make decisions about their child’s education. If the Court decided that the early twentieth century was early enough to inform the history-and-tradition inquiry, the Court could cite Pierce v. Society of Sisters277Pierce v. Soc’y of Sisters, 268 U.S. 510 (1925). and reaffirm Pierce’s proposition that parents have a right “to direct the upbringing and education of children under their control.”278Id. at 534–35. The Court could also rely on Meyer v. Nebraska, which held that “[c]orresponding to the right of control, it is the natural duty of the parent to give his children education suitable to their station in life.”279Meyer v. Nebraska, 262 U.S. 390, 400 (1923). The cases recognizing a right of parents to control the upbringing of their children are more than one hundred years old. Those cases, in addition to historical evidence, buttress the proposition that the right to homeschool one’s children is deeply rooted. The Court would answer (1) in the affirmative and move on to answering whether the right to homeschool one’s children is implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.

The Court would likely also answer (2) in the affirmative and hold that the right to homeschool one’s child is implicit in the concept of ordered liberty. In Meyer, the Court held that the right to “establish a home and bring up children” was protected by the Constitution.280Id. at 399. Additionally, the right to homeschool one’s child could be drawn within the sphere of “related rights of childrearing, procreation, and education” that the Court has recognized.281Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644, 667 (2015). Under sufficiently analogous precedents and the exercise of reasoned judgment, the Court would hold that the right to homeschool one’s children is implicit in the concept of ordered liberty. After carefully describing the right at issue and satisfying Glucksberg’s two prongs, the Court would hold that the Ninth Amendment protects the right to homeschool one’s children and would void Statute Two.

VII.  ADVANTAGES OF THE PI + 9 FRAMEWORK

The PI + 9 Framework has three main advantages: (1) it provides a stronger mechanism for protecting individual rights; (2) it is a more efficient, clear, and appropriate means by which to incorporate the Bill of Rights; and (3) it could lead to the development of Ninth Amendment jurisprudence.

A.  Putting Individual Rights on Stronger Footing

The primary advantage of the PI + 9 Framework is that it puts the precious civil liberties enshrined in the Constitution on stronger footing. Every single right recognized by substantive due process is always somewhat in doubt because of the dubious, wobbly nature of the doctrine. Why risk it? Those alarmed by Justice Thomas’s concurrence in Dobbs,282Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228, 2301–02 (2022) (Thomas, J., concurring). which suggested that all substantive due process precedents ought to be reconsidered, have nobody to blame but themselves if they previously championed a flawed doctrine like substantive due process. Individual substantive rights are too important to leave behind the unlocked door of a process-related clause. The PI + 9 Framework gives substantive rights the defense they deserve by providing power to the text, history, and intent of the Privileges or Immunities Clause.

B.  Efficiency, Clarity, and Respect for the People’s Amendments

The PI + 9 Framework offers a better approach to incorporation than substantive due process. Glucksberg’s application to enumerated rights is inappropriate, inefficient, and unclear. It is inappropriate because a judge should not answer whether an amendment to the Constitution is sufficiently important to qualify as a sort of “super right” to be incorporated against the states. Each provision of the Bill of Rights was important enough for two-thirds of Congress and three-fourths of the states283See U.S. Const. art. V. to add the provision to the nation’s founding document. Furthermore, it is inefficient because it requires a two-pronged analysis for provisions that were clearly fundamental enough to liberty to be included in the Constitution and are part of the nation’s history and tradition since 1791. Finally, there is a lack of clarity as to why some amendments in the Bill of Rights are more vital to liberty than others. As Justice Thomas wrote in McDonald, a Privileges or Immunities Clause analysis is “far more likely to yield discernible answers” than substantive due process.284McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 855 (2010) (Thomas, J., concurring in part and concurring in the judgment). If the Court were to adopt the PI + 9 Framework, there would be no more ink spilled or time wasted defending substantive due process. The Court could instead get to the business of interpreting what each provision of the Bill of Rights means and how it ought to be construed and applied to the facts of a case.

C.  Development of Ninth Amendment Jurisprudence

Another benefit of the PI + 9 Framework is the development of Ninth Amendment jurisprudence. In carrying out its duty to “say what the law is,”285Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) 137, 177 (1803). the judicial branch ought to tell the American people what the Ninth Amendment means. Scholars may argue about the proper interpretation and construction of the Ninth Amendment, and this Note advocates Glucksberg’s two-pronged approach. Such words are wind. Only the judiciary can give meaning to the Constitution’s text. Perhaps this will mean freezing the American people’s rights as of 1791 or 1868.286Contra Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2306 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring) (“[T]he Constitution does not freeze the American people’s rights as of 1791 or 1868.”). Perhaps this will mean a presumption of liberty that would drastically curtail the role of government in Americans’ lives.287See supra Section V.C.2. Perhaps this will mean adopting Glucksberg’s two-pronged approach. However, the first Court opinion that grounds itself in the Ninth Amendment could give birth to a new age of Ninth Amendment scholarship and jurisprudence aimed at discovering the proper meaning and construction of the Ninth Amendment. Each time the Court is tempted to defer interpretation of the Ninth Amendment and choose the more well-trodden path of substantive due process, the Court instead ought to heed the words of Chief Justice Marshall: “It cannot be presumed that any clause in the [C]onstitution is intended to be without effect; and therefore such a construction is inadmissible, unless the words require it.”288Marbury, 5 U.S. (1 Cranch) at 174.

CONCLUSION

The PI + 9 Framework secures rights in a more robust, efficient, and clear manner than substantive due process does. Substantive due process is worse than a mere contradiction in terms. The ever-expanding reach of substantive due process has robbed two provisions of the Constitution—the Privileges or Immunities Clause and the Ninth Amendment—of the importance they deserve. Any stare decisis issues would be more well-founded if most of the Bill of Rights had not already been incorporated. Moreover, the substantive changes that replacing substantive due process with the PI + 9 Framework would cause are the incorporation of the Third Amendment, the Fifth Amendment’s Grand Jury Clause, and the Seventh Amendment, and using the current controlling framework for unenumerated rights. Thus, adopting the Framework would not cause a significant expansion or diminution in substantive rights. Far from an expansion or diminution, the PI + 9 Framework offers enumerated and unenumerated rights the durable, efficient, and clear protection that American privileges and immunities deserve.

99 S. Cal. L. Rev. 359

Download

*Articles Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 99; J.D. Candidate 2026, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.S. 2023, Boston University. I thank my supervisor, Professor Rebecca Brown, for providing me with careful suggestions and guidance as I wrote this Note. I am grateful to the editors of the Southern California Law Review for their diligence in improving this Note. All errors are my own. 

Pants on Fire: How the Brinkmann Majority Forgot About the Takings Clause in a Takings Clause Case

INTRODUCTION

In 2016, Ben and Hank Brinkmann (the “Brinkmanns”) embarked on a journey of building a hardware store on an empty, commercially zoned lot in the Town of Southold, New York (“the Town”).1Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief at 6–7, Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, No. 2:21-cv-02468, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 180199 (E.D.N.Y. Sept. 30, 2022).

In 2017 and early 2018, the Brinkmanns met with the Town Planning Department to “create and revise site plan applications” for the hardware store.2Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari at 5, Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, No. 23-1301 (2d Cir. June 11, 2024). At the beginning of 2018, the Brinkmanns filed their first permit application.3Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 8–9. This application contained a site plan, which allegedly underwent two rounds of revisions while implementing the Planning Department’s requests.4Id. The Town denied the permit three months later. The Brinkmanns claimed that the Town informed them that “no site plan had been approved by the Planning Department.”5Id. at 9. In May 2018, the Brinkmanns again applied for site plan approval.6Id. In July 2018, the Town allegedly demanded that the Brinkmanns pay for a $30,000 Market and Municipal Impact Study.7Id. at 10–11. According to the Town, such a market study was required because the Brinkmanns wanted to “construct a big box hardware store in a small, semi-rural hamlet on eastern Long Island,”8Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 11, at i. which was not in the best interest of the Town.

There are two sides to every story, and this is where the stories begin to significantly diverge. For their part, the Brinkmanns allege that the Town never conducted the $30,000 study they paid for, despite being legally required to do so.9Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 15–16. Yet the Town asserted that it had “complied procedurally and substantively with New York eminent domain law.”10Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 11, at 1.

The Brinkmanns argue that the Town chose to acquire their parcel despite the availability of an adjacent undeveloped plot of land, which the Town “never [even] considered acquiring.”11Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 13–14. The Brinkmanns further allege that in October 2018, the Town took even more “drastic measures,” “pressur[ing]” the bank to breach its own “purchase contract [with the Brinkmanns] for the vacant lot” and demanding that the bank enter into a purchase contract with the Town of Southold instead.12Id. at 14. The Brinkmanns were “[u]ndeterred” by the Town’s intimidation tactics.13Memorandum and Order at 5, Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, No. 2:21-cv-02468, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 180199 (E.D.N.Y. Sept. 30, 2022).

In February 2019, the Town enacted a six-month moratorium on new building permits.14Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 15. The Brinkmanns argue that the moratorium was limited to a “one-mile stretch of road,” essentially targeting their lot.15Id. The Town claims, however, the six-month moratorium was on “any new building permits along one mile of Route 25, which included the Brinkmanns’ proposed site, among several other businesses.”16Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 11, at 5 (emphasis added).

The Town then twice extended the moratorium—first in August 2019 and then again in July 2020.17Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 16. The Brinkmanns allege that the Town extended the moratorium contrary to Suffolk County’s disapproval and despite lacking any evidentiary support for these moratoriums.18Id. at 16–17. The Town also generously gave out moratorium waivers, but not to the Brinkmanns.19Id. at 17–18. The Town emphasizes the Brinkmanns never applied for such a waiver in the first place—an application which the Brinkmanns “believed [would be] futile, as the moratorium was clearly target[ing them].”20Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 11, at 5; Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 18. In May 2019, the

Brinkmanns sued the Town to end the moratorium.21Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 16. In June 2020, “[t]he state trial court denied the Town’s motion to dismiss.”22Petition for Writ of Certiorari at 5, Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, No. 23-1301 (June 11, 2024).

In August 2020, the Planning Board “held a public hearing on the proposed project to build a public park” on the Brinkmanns’ lot.23Brief in Opposition, On Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 11, at 6. In September 2020, the Town issued a “Findings and Determination” in which it concluded that the “acquisition [of the Brinkmanns’ lot would] benefit the public” because a public park would allow “the residents of Mattituck and Southold . . . the opportunity to create . . . [a] community gathering place.”24Id. at 6–7. In May 2021, the Town “initiat[ed] condemnation proceedings on the [Brinkmanns’ lot].”25Id. at 7. The Brinkmanns note that the Town’s September 2020 announcement of the acquisition of their lot via eminent domain conveniently occurred shortly after the state trial court allowed the Brinkmanns to proceed with their moratorium claim against the Town.26Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 31, at 5. The Brinkmanns argue that with the Town of Southold’s “moratorium gambit on the rocks, the Town suddenly decided that it needed a new park.” The Brinkmanns also emphasize that the park the Town decided to build was a passive use park that lacks “any improvements” or facilities.27Id.

Moreover, a September 2020 article published in The Suffolk Times by Southold Town Board Member Sarah Nappa drew attention to the Brinkmanns. In the article, Nappa hints at there being good probability that the Town exercised its eminent domain power because it disliked the Brinkmann family.28Sarah Nappa, Guest Column: Eminent Domain Decision Sets a Dangerous Precedent, The Suffolk Times (Sept. 19, 2020), https://suffolktimes.timesreview.com/2020/09/guest-column-eminent-domain-decision-sets-a-dangerous-precedent [https://perma.cc/7YD2-XQ4X]. Nappa wrote: “I can’t help but wonder, if this application had been filed by anyone but an outsider, if this business was owned and operated by a member of the ‘old boys club,’ would the town still be seizing their private property? The use of eminent domain by Southold Town to take private property from an owner because it doesn’t like the family or their business model is a dangerous precedent to set.” Id. Nappa opined that the Brinkmanns’ fate would have likely been different had they been members of the Town of Southold’s “old boys club,” as opposed to being community “outsider[s].”29Id.

In a 2-1 decision in 2024, the Second Circuit’s Brinkmann majority affirmed the lower court’s ruling in favor of the Town.30Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 210 (2d Cir. 2024). Even though the panel agreed that the Brinkmanns’ complaint alleged “facts sufficient to support a finding that the [Town’s] decision to create the park was a pretext for defeating the Brinkmanns’ commercial use”31Id. at 210 (emphasis added). and conceded that the Town exercised its eminent domain power only after the failure of its various “regulatory hurdles,”32Id. the Brinkmanns still lost. So, what went wrong for the Brinkmanns?

Apart from examining the Brinkmann majority’s reasoning to answer this question, this Note proposes a heightened scrutiny analysis for bad-faith takings via the tripartite burden-shifting framework. Although this evidentiary framework was put forth in McDonnell Douglas Corporation v. Green,33McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green, 411 U.S. 792 (1973). an employment discrimination case, the application of the framework has not stopped there. The framework has also been applied by Daniel B. Kelly in the context of takings driven by “impermissible favoritism”: when a “favored private entit[y]” or person has a “benefit[]” conferred on them, “with only incidental . . . public benefits.”34Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 491 (2005) (Kennedy, J., concurring).

What happened to the Brinkmanns, however, is arguably the exact opposite of favoritism. Thus, this Note extrapolates the tripartite burden-shifting framework to takings arising out of disfavor, from reasons ranging from discrimination and animosity to outright bias. Such an inquiry has largely gone unexplored due to the common assumptions that (1) strict deference to the legislature should somehow justify or excuse bad-faith takings or (2) the Equal Protection Clause is sufficient to address discriminatory takings. This Note will address both of these arguments and also illustrate what is at stake if bad-faith takings continue to slip consequence-free through the cracks of American jurisprudence.

Section I briefly provides an overview of takings in general, largely focusing on the history of the rapid expansion of “public use.” Section II explores Brinkmann’s reasoning, highlighting its many legal conclusions, each of which exhibits flaws. Section III focuses on the Ninth and Seventh Circuits to discuss the federal circuit split. Finally, Section IV examines the tension between rational basis review and some unspecified form of heightened scrutiny proposed by Justice Kennedy’s concurrence in Kelo v. City of New London.35Id. Section IV then uses Justice Kennedy’s heightened scrutiny suggestion as an entry point to examining the tripartite burden-shifting framework and its application to takings motivated by discrimination and bias. After extrapolating Kelly’s scholarship to bad-faith takings, Section IV examines the perils of adopting rational basis review instead. Section IV further underscores why the Equal Protection Clause and the doctrine of unconstitutional animus, while attractive solutions at first glance, are actually inadequate to the task in this context. Section IV concludes with an assessment of Brinkmann’s societal impact.

I.  HISTORY AND BACKGROUND: THE RAPID EXPANSION OF “PUBLIC USE”

The Takings Clause of the Fifth Amendment provides: “[N]or shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.” This clause applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment.36U.S. Const. amend. V. What the Takings Clause prohibits is governmental takings of private property without just compensation, not takings altogether.

So, what does “public use” encompass? Perhaps the more salient question, though, is what does “public use” exclude? Traditionally, the Takings Clause was used by governmental entities to “condemn and acquire property to be used by the public” in innocent, even useful, ways: for example, “building public roads or providing for utilities infrastructure” like electric transmission lines.37Kevin J. Lynch, Forced Pooling: The Unconstitutional Taking of Private Property, 75 U.C. L.J. 1335, 1342 (2024). Most people acknowledged, understood, and even “appreciate[d]” this eminent domain power to condemn private property for conversion into public use, provided there was just compensation.38Id. at 1352. Without this inherent power to appropriate land, the public would not have highways, courthouses, post offices, and railroads (the so-called clear instances of public use).39United States v. Carmack, 329 U.S. 230, 236 (1946). And without these amenities and structures, society would probably cease to function. The public was relatively content with this interpretation of public use because everyone got their share: all members of the public had access to these public uses and “benefit from the system” that provided the “basics of modern life.”40Lynch, supra note 46, at 1352. But then something happened—an expansion of the concept of public use beyond highway-building.

Public use became an “amorphous concept, resistant to precise definition”41Lynda J. Oswald, Public Uses and Non-Uses: Sinister Schemes, Improper Motives, and Bad Faith in Eminent Domain Law, 35 B.C. Env’t Aff. L. Rev. 45, 53 (2008). and—conveniently for the government—began to be defined broadly.42Id. From its humble beginnings as a non-contentious issue, eminent domain erupted into a “hotly contested” area of law.43Lynch, supra note 46, at 1344. In 1908, the Supreme Court held in Hairston v. Danville & Western Railway Company “that it is beyond the legislative power to take . . . the property of one and give it to another for what the court deems private uses,” despite “full compensation.”44Hairston v. Danville & W. R. Co., 208 U.S. 598, 606 (1908). This was likely comforting to hear; members of the public probably understood this statement as the Court saying that taking private party A’s property to give it to private party B was off-limits. But then, private corporations began to seek the “power to condemn property for their own objectives.”45Daniel B. Kelly, The Public Use Requirement in Eminent Domain Law: A Rationale Based on Secret Purchases and Private Influence, 92 Cornell L. Rev. 1, 10 (2006). There had been a shift in takings jurisprudence.

In its 1925 Old Dominion Land Corporation v. United States decision, the Supreme Court emphasized that the legislative branch, as it pertains to public use, is “entitled to deference until it is shown to involve an impossibility.”46Old Dominion Land Co. v. United States, 269 U.S. 55, 66 (1925). But the legislative branch’s limitless power to deem any non-impossible undertaking a public use was hardly the only facet of takings doctrine abused by both private and governmental entities.

In 1954, the Supreme Court decided Berman v. Parker.47Berman v. Parker, 348 U.S. 26 (1954). In Berman, the Court allowed an administrative agency to take a non-blighted department store and redevelop it “so as to . . . prevent slum . . . housing conditions.”48Id. at 26. The department store was also to be transferred to a “private development corporation for the purpose of curing blight.”49U.S. Comm’n on Civ. Rts, The Civil Rights Implications of Eminent Domain Abuse iii (2014), https://www.usccr.gov/files/pubs/docs/FINAL_FY14_Eminent-Domain-Report.pdf [https://perma.cc/2FWM-5P6D]. Petitioners argued that this would make it a “taking from one business [person] for the benefit of another.”50Berman, 348 U.S. at 33. The Court ruled, however, that the so-called “means” of “executing [a] project are for Congress and Congress alone to determine”51Id. and that the “public end may be as well or better served through an agency of private enterprise . . . or so the Congress might conclude.”52Id. at 33–34.

So long as Congress believes that an act of conferring a private benefit from party A to party B “may” or “might” serve the public, such a taking is Berman-blessed. Thus, Berman found constitutional the District of Columbia Redevelopment Act of 1945—which, among other things, authorized sales of “condemned [private] lands to [other] private interests.”53Hawaii Housing Authority v. Midkiff, 467 U.S. 229, 239 (1984) (discussing Berman). Under Berman, public use essentially became synonymous with everything under the sun, just as long as the taking was justified by some nominal argument citing “public health, safety, morals, [or] welfare.”54Berman, 348 U.S. at 28 (quoting § 2 of the District of Columbia Redevelopment Act of 1945). But this Berman reiteration was hardly surprising in the context of Old Dominion. If anything, Berman was a case that truly legitimized hostility to private property owners, reinforcing public use as a broad concept that works to benefit governmental interests. Berman further underscored the irony that “public use” also serves to benefit private corporations that profit from such projects. This Note will return to Berman in Section IV.D to examine its catastrophic fallout.

In 1984, the Supreme Court decided Hawaii Housing Authority v. Midkiff, examining the validity of the Land Reform Act of 1967.55Midkiff, 467 U.S. 229. The Act authorized a transfer of titles from lessors to lessees, so as “to reduce the concentration of land ownership.”56Id. at 231–32. This blunt conveyance of private property from party A to party B (a private beneficiary) neither raised concern nor constituted a taking “as having only a private purpose.”57Id. at 230. So, although the Midkiff Court acknowledged that there was obviously some type of private purpose here (i.e., person B receiving person A’s private property), the Court emphasized that “[i]t is not essential that the entire community, nor even any considerable portion [of the community], . . . directly enjoy or participate in any improvement in order . . . to constitute a public use.”58Id. at 244 (quoting Rindge Co. v. Cnty. Of Los Angeles, 262 U.S. 700, 707 (1923)).

Thus, under Midkiff the public use definition was even further expanded; a taking no longer even had to benefit a considerable portion of the community. This begs the question: how many members of the community would need to benefit for a taking to constitute a valid public use? Perhaps zero—if one subscribes totally to Berman-esque legislative deference where Congress might “conclude” that the public may be served in some way via a taking.

A basic overview of takings law cannot be complete without consideration of Kelo v. City of New London, a highly divisive 5-4 decision of the Supreme Court from 2005.59Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469 (2005); Oswald, supra note 50, at 54. Kelo plays a major role in the Brinkmann decision, the unfortunate North Star of this Note. The Kelo majority authorized the taking of Susette Kelo’s “non-blighted”60Oswald, supra note 50, at 55. little pink house in the name of a “speculative” economic development rationale.61Gregory S. Knapp, Maintaining Government Accountability: Calls for a “Public Use” Beyond Eminent Domain, 83 Ind. L.J. 1098, 1100 (2008) (“Another line of criticism focuses . . . on the speculative nature of economic development takings.”). The little pink house and several others like it were to be torn down so Pfizer Inc., a private pharmaceutical company, could erect a $300 million research facility in their place.62Kelo, 545 U.S. at 473. The New London Development Corporation (“NLDC”) wanted to erect this $300 million Pfizer facility so as to attract new commerce, create jobs, generate tax revenue, and help to “build momentum for the revitalization of downtown New London.”63Id. at 474. This “momentum” also apparently included making New London more “attractive.”64Id.

Kelo’s most egregious overstep is that none of these public uses were actually reasonably expected to occur or even had to occur. They were merely alleged, and indeed, were “speculative” because neither Pfizer nor NLDC would be required to use the condemned property “in a way that [actually] bolsters the local economy.”65Knapp, supra note 70, at 1100. Viewed differently, not only is the conveyance of private benefit to a private party permissible under Kelo if there is embedded therein some whiff of public use, but this whiff of public use no longer even need be actualized. Instead, it can simply be hypothetical. And this line of criticism tracks with the Kelo majority, who emphasized the sufficiency of NLDC merely “believ[ing]” the development plan would benefit the community.66Kelo, 545 U.S. at 483. The Kelo majority further disagreed with Susette Kelo that there needs to be “reasonable certainty” that the “expected public benefit[]” will actually “accrue.”67Id. at 487.

Where did this absolute faith in what NLDC was alleging come from? One can cite federalism, as did the majority in virtually every federal decision upholding a taking. Sure, the Kelo majority said that the “amount and character of land to be taken” and the “need” for specific land “rests in the discretion of the legislative branch.”68Id. at 489. Sure, to negate these consequences of lack of oversight, checks and balances, and even de minimis accountability, states can impose public use requirements that are “stricter than the federal baseline.”69Id. But if states are the only ones who care about not “wash[ing] out” all distinctions between public and private uses, this will lead to a drastic discrepancy.70Id. at 494 (O’Connor, J., dissenting). Justice Sandra Day O’Connor warns that, thanks to the Kelo majority, some states now might as well replace all “Motel 6[s] with . . . Ritz-Carlton[s],” or other little pink houses with shopping malls, or farms with factories, simply because they might revitalize or possibly beautify a city.71Id. at 503. Justice O’Connor further posits that if the legislative branch is the “sole arbiter[] of the public-private [use] distinction, the Public Use Clause [will] amount to little more than hortatory fluff.”72Id. at 497. Judicial checks on interpretation of public use are necessary if the Public Use Clause, as a “constraint on government power[,] is to retain any meaning.”73Id.

Moreover, as Justice O’Connor further points out, the true impact of such radical deference to the legislative branch will, of course, be disparate.74Id. at 505 (“Any property may now be taken for the benefit of another private party, but the fallout from this decision will not be random.”). What happens when the government can take “private property currently put to ordinary private use,” such as homes and small family businesses, and “give it over” for new private use—a use that can, but does not have to, “generate some secondary benefit for the public”?75Id. at 501. The “beneficiaries” will likely be large entities, development firms, and people with “disproportionate influence and power in the political process” at the expense of those with less resources.76Id. at 505.

After Kelo was decided, newly discovered evidence revealed that NLDC “blocked” a competitive bidding process for the site to guarantee that Pfizer would get it.77Daniel S. Hafetz, Ferreting Out Favoritism: Bringing Pretext Claims After Kelo, 77 Fordham L. Rev. 3095, 3112 (2009). NLDC used eminent domain to “appease” Pfizer.78Id. So much so that the President of NLDC wrote a letter to Pfizer before Pfizer announced its plans, promising to “meet Pfizer’s requirements.”79Id. To this end, NLDC promised to “buy up all the[] properties [in Susette Kelo’s neighborhood], clearing the way for redevelopment in line with Pfizer’s wishes.”80Id. And NLDC ultimately did everything to “entice[] Pfizer to join the project by letting Pfizer dictate the contours of the [redevelopment], including the decision to condemn the properties in [Susette] Kelo’s neighborhood.”81Id. None of this was known at trial, and one could certainly speculate that the Kelo decision may have been different had the Kelo Court

known about the driving force behind these vague promises of economic revitalization—or perhaps not.

Although these are seminal cases in takings jurisprudence, they focus solely on the act of conferring a private benefit on another private party through the transference of property rights. They do not discuss takings which are inherently driven by discrimination, racism, homophobia, or animosity toward condemnees. That is, they do not tackle the issue of what happens when a governmental entity simply decides to condemn party A’s property out of hostility toward party A’s family, for instance. Although Brinkmann ostensibly seeks to address this question, the Brinkmann majority relied heavily on Kelo to show that Kelo imposes no requirement that the “government’s stated objective” be “genuine” and free from “pretext for some other, illegitimate purpose.”82Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 211 (2d Cir. 2024). Hence the importance of discussing Kelo at length before this Note could delve into an explanation of how the Brinkmann majority likely misinterpreted Kelo. This discussion will take place in Section II(C). Another crucial takeaway from Kelo resides in Justice Kennedy’s concurrence, specifically Justice Kennedy’s reference to the possibility of some unknown form of demanding scrutiny and when it should be invoked.83Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 493 (2005)(Kennedy, J., concurring).

II.  THE BRINKMANN CASE

The purpose of this Section is to examine some of the Brinkmann majority’s arguments in support of their decision to dismiss the Brinkmanns’ bad-faith takings claim. This Section demonstrates why the Brinkmann majority’s reasoning is, in many ways, flawed and therefore does not support its holding.

A.  The Impossible Inquiry That Is (Actually) Possible

According to the Brinkmann majority, looking beyond the Town’s stated purpose behind a taking is an exercise “fraught with conceptual and practical difficulties.”84Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 213. Such inquiry, holds the Brinkmann majority, is too demanding and would require courts to look into the “subjective motivation of every official who supported the [taking]”; this task is too demanding because motives are “rarely, if ever, pure.”85Id. at 213–14. True, examining the intentions of every single official involved in the condemnation process would indeed be an exercise that is, at best, impracticable. Nonetheless, the logical assumption underpinning the Brinkmann rationale—namely, that scrutiny of every official’s underlying motive is necessary to determine the presence of bad faith—is, to put it mildly, a bit flawed.

But the Brinkmann majority took it a step further: government officials can be outright “hostile,” and the Brinkmann majority would still deem the taking valid as long as there is merely an asserted valid public use.86Id. As openly admitted by the Town, even if the Town condemns homes of “disfavored minorities” purely “out of animus toward those minorities and a desire to drive them out of  [Town],” this, too, would constitute a valid taking if the park excuse is presented to disguise that animosity.87Id. at 233 (Menashi, J., dissenting) (“During oral argument in this appeal, the Town frankly acknowledged that, under its view of the public use requirement, the Town could seize the homes of disfavored minorities—out of animus toward those minorities and a desire to drive them out of Southold—as long as the Town said it would build parks where the minorities’ homes once stood.”).

By prioritizing judicial efficiency and simple-to-apply bright-line rules over ones that actually protect rights, the legal landscape in the wake of the Brinkmann decision is not merely grimly unfair; it verges on dystopian because bad faith slips through the cracks in the name of judicial efficiency.

Simple-to-apply, bright-line rules are not without their charms, however: they are easy to comprehend, produce consistent results, and are hard to misapply. But what happens when said consistency renders unfair outcomes? What happens when a condemnee has fistfuls of objective evidence that they have been wronged, but the court refuses to even consider any of it because doing so would apparently be too demanding an undertaking?

These simple-to-apply rules produce blatant injustices: as precedent, Brinkmann authorizes courts to deem a taking valid as long as there is any asserted public use, even if the condemnees could prove that the condemnation process was initiated and executed in bad faith.

Critically, none of these examples of conduct tackle the incentives or motives of any official. Instead, they come down to objective evidence. One need not delve into why the town officials enacted a moratorium over the protest of the county planning commission. One need not know why the town officials refused to send the county any evidentiary support concerning the supposed need for a moratorium. Similarly, one need not know the reason why the town never conducted an expensive market study that the condemnees had paid for, thereby expressly violating its own city code.88The Brinkmanns argued that the Town violated City Code § 280-45(B)(10)(b) (2025). See Town of Southold, N.Y., Town § 280-45(B)(10)(b) (2025) (“[T]he Planning Board shall conduct or hire a consultant to conduct a Market and Municipal Impact Study, at the expense of the applicant. The study shall be completed within 90 days of receipt of all requested materials . . . . ”). None of this evidence demands discernment of inscrutable motivations. This impossible inquiry is possible because it need not address the motivations of every official involved.

What is truly egregious in Brinkmann is the objective evidence provided. Hence why the Brinkmann majority had no difficulty in finding that the Town’s taking was pretextual.89Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 219 (Menashi, J., dissenting) (“The court acknowledges that the complaint in this case ‘alleges facts sufficient to support a finding that the decision to create the park was a pretext for defeating the Brinkmanns’ commercial use’ of their own property and that the Town decided to seize the Brinkmanns’ property for a park only ‘after varied objections and regulatory hurdles that the Town interposed and that the Brinkmanns did or could surmount.’ ”). The Brinkmann majority reached their conclusion via factual inquiry and managed to parse the evidentiary record. Other courts would similarly have no problem in conducting such inquiries on a routine basis.

B.  The Brinkmann Majority’s Disregard of Their Own Precedent, Goldstein v. Pataki

If the plaintiff fails to provide sufficient evidence of a taking that is a pretext for private purpose or instead animus, dislike, or spite, courts can absolutely reject their claims and have done so in the past. But this ability to screen out plaintiffs who lack sufficient evidence is actually a good thing because it greatly streamlines the judicial process. No case better exemplifies this than Goldstein v. Pataki, a 2008 Second Circuit case that the Brinkmann majority, ironically, cites extensively.90See Goldstein v. Pataki, 516 F.3d 50 (2d Cir. 2008). Why ironically? Because Goldstein in no way supports the Brinkmann majority’s position.

  1.  Significance of Objective Evidence

The Goldstein plaintiffs claimed that “the [alleged] public uses were pretexts for a private taking” because Mr. Ratner, the owner of the New Jersey Nets and the Project’s primary developer, was the project’s “sole beneficiary,” while all the invoked public uses were mere “pretexts advanced by corrupt . . . state officials.”91Id. at 54–55. The plaintiffs did not prevail for various reasons—each of which would likely be sufficiently dispositive when taken individually.

The plaintiffs failed to provide objective evidence of the corruption they alleged, or of any bad faith for that matter. Thus, beyond “far-reaching allegation[s]” the plaintiffs had nothing to offer the court.92Id. at 54 (“The heart of the complaint . . . and the centerpiece of the instant appeal, is its far-reaching allegation that the Project, from its very inception, has not been driven by legitimate concern for the public benefit on the part of the relevant government officials.”). The biggest error committed by the Goldstein plaintiffs was that they failed to allege “any specific examples of illegality . . . by which the Project was approved” or any “specific illustration of improper dealings between Mr. Ratner and . . . government officials.”93Id. at 64. Noteworthy here, however, is the fact that the Goldstein court was open to hearing such evidence in the first place. And, unlike the Brinkmann majority, the Goldstein court would not have considered the process of evaluating said evidence to be “fraught with conceptual and practical difficulties.”94Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 213 (2d Cir. 2024). Instead, the Goldstein court actively sought such evidence. The Goldstein court wanted the plaintiffs to provide them with evidence of bad faith, so they could actually assess and analyze the bad faith that the plaintiffs alleged. Yet the plaintiffs provided the Goldstein court with essentially nothing beyond “mere suspicion[s].”95Goldstein, 516 F.3d at 62. It is unsurprising, then, that the Goldstein court dismissed the plaintiffs’ claim.

Further, as emphasized by Judge Menashi, the dissenting judge in Brinkmann, the Goldstein court dismissed the plaintiffs’ claim “not because pretextual takings are permissible” but only because the allegations of pretext lacked specificity.96Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 228 (Menashi, J., dissenting). The Goldstein court’s concern was that a “reasonable juror” would simply not be able to conclude that the asserted laundry list of traditional public uses was mere pretext.97Id. (Menashi, J., dissenting). Now, contrast this with Brinkmann: The Brinkmann majority expressly admitted that the Brinkmanns’ “complaint . . . allege[d] facts sufficient to support a finding that the decision to create the park was a pretext.” Thus, evidence of pretext was definitely not lacking in Brinkmann.98Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 210.

  1. Possibility of Closer Objective Scrutiny

The Goldstein court also stated that they wished to “preserv[e] the possibility that a fact pattern may one day arise in which the circumstances” would so align that “a closer objective scrutiny” would be “required” in the context of pretextual takings.99Goldstein, 516 F.3d at 63. To justify this closer objective scrutiny, the so-called “circumstances of the [condemnation’s] approval process” would have to “greatly undermine the basic legitimacy of the outcome reached.”100Id. Naturally, the Goldstein plaintiffs’ utter failure to provide facts supporting their allegations of bad faith, pretext, and illegality did not trigger that closer

objective scrutiny to which the Goldstein court alluded as a possibility in some pretextual takings cases.

The Goldstein fact pattern, however, is not present in all cases, and there are cases in which the plaintiffs can and do provide the court with ample evidence concerning pretext, thus triggering a closer objective scrutiny. Brinkmann presented precisely such a fact pattern. In Brinkmann, the “circumstances” surrounding the process of a passive park approval ranged from the Town’s alleged lawbreaking arising out of the Town’s refusal to conduct the $30,000 market study for which the Brinkmanns had paid to the allegedly baseless moratoriums. Such accusations must have, at a minimum, been supported by objective evidence that the Brinkmanns provided, as the Brinkmann majority even noted that the Brinkmanns’ complaint alleged “facts sufficient to support a finding that the [Town’s] decision to create the park was a pretext for defeating the Brinkmanns’ commercial use.”101Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 210.

But returning to the Goldstein rule, here the “approval” consisted of the Town authorizing the condemnation of the Brinkmanns’ parcel. And as to the “outcome” reached: one could plausibly argue that a regulation-abiding family business was shut down, and the parcel was condemned simply so others could enjoy a park without any amenities. The rule that Goldstein sets out, calling for a closer objective scrutiny, can therefore be applied to the Brinkmann facts. On its face, Brinkmann checks off all three elements of the Goldstein rule: circumstances, approval, and outcome. Of course, counterarguments could be made here, such as (1) building a hardware store in this specific location might further “increas[e] traffic in an area that is already dangerous” and (2) residents of the Town of Southold have numerous “concerns” about this hardware store and do not want the Brinkmanns to build it.102Nappa, supra note 37. But all of these accusations and counterarguments would likely require closer objective scrutiny—as opposed to automatically blessing a bad-faith taking because the condemner asserted some public use.

  1. Pretextual Taking: A Claim of Dubious Jurisprudential Pedigree?

One last aspect of Goldstein worth addressing is how the Brinkmann majority emphasized that, apparently, pursuant to Goldstein, “a pretext-based challenge to a taking has a ‘dubious jurisprudential pedigree.’ ”103Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 213. This is largely taken out of context and is an inappropriate generalization. The Goldstein court said that the “particular kind of ‘pretext’ claim the plaintiffs [raised] in this case . . . bears an especially dubious jurisprudential pedigree.”104Goldstein, 516 F.3d at 62. What has a dubious jurisprudential pedigree is the evidentiary underpinning of the Goldstein plaintiffs’ pretext claim, not all other pretext-based claims outside of the Goldstein realm; Mr. Ratner offered an extensive list of “well-established” public uses to counter the Goldstein plaintiffs’ claim.105Id. at 55. Contrast Goldstein’s “creation of affordable housing units,” “mass-transit improvements,” and “redress of blight” with Brinkmann’s 1.7-acre empty park.106Id. at 52–59. The difference is as starkly evident as it is profound, indicating that the Brinkmanns’ assertion of a pretextual taking was not of dubious jurisprudential pedigree.

C.  The Possibly Fatal Mistake of Kelo Misinterpretation

Before this Note addresses the Brinkmann majority’s possible misinterpretation of Kelo—or at least, its failure to consider alternative interpretations and dispose of them appropriately—an important question should be addressed: Why does it matter how the Brinkmann majority interpreted Kelo? The answer is simple: the Kelo misinterpretation alone likely cost the Brinkmanns their property.

The Brinkmann majority helped themselves to generous portions of Kelo—or, more specifically, the following Kelo passage—which is the key in this analysis: “[T]he [C]ity would no doubt be forbidden from taking petitioners’ land for the purpose of conferring a private benefit on a particular private party . . . Nor would the [City] be allowed to take property under the mere pretext of a public purpose, when its actual purpose was to bestow a private benefit.”107Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 212 (quoting Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 477–78 (2005)) (emphasis added).

  1. An Unwarranted Inference Drawn by the Kelo Majority

The Brinkmann majority confidently asserted that the “mere pretext of a public purpose” language is not an “overarching prohibition against any and all purposes alleged to be ‘illegitimate.’ ”108Id. at 211; id. at 212 (quoting Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 477–78 (2005)). Per the Brinkmann majority, Kelo imposed no requirement that the “government’s stated objective . . . be genuine, and not a pretext for some other, illegitimate purpose,” unless that purpose concerns bestowal of private benefit.109Id. at 211 (quoting Appellants’ Brief at 19). The Brinkmann majority concluded that, under Kelo, “the only impermissible pretext is bestowing a private benefit.”110Id. at 226 (Menashi, J., dissenting) (emphasis added). So only when there is an alleged private purpose (e.g., private party A conferring a private benefit on B, another private party) does the Brinkmann majority actually care to delve into whether the government’s stated objective is genuine. Other kinds of pretext such as prevention of a legal land use (think a family-owned hardware store), spite, and discrimination are permissible under Brinkmann—as long as there is an asserted valid public use.111Id. (Menashi, J., dissenting).

And in Brinkmann, bestowal of private benefit was not alleged, so the Brinkmanns were simply out of luck.112Id. at 213 (Per the Brinkmann majority, the Brinkmanns did not prevail because they did “not allege that the Town meant to confer [a] . . . private benefit,” and thus did “not point[] to any Town purpose that violate[d] the Takings Clause”). In Brinkmann, the issue was not that the government bestowed a private benefit upon some private party at the Brinkmanns’ expense. Nor was there some other permutation of the “private benefit” concern. Instead, at issue was a municipality taking private land for a pretextual public use (i.e., a passive use park)—not for purposes of giving the land to some other private party.

But here an interesting wrinkle emerges in the Brinkmann majority’s logic: when did Kelo say that the sole impermissible takings are those in which the government’s actual motive is to bestow a private benefit upon some private party? Similarly, when did Kelo say that takings driven by spite, discrimination, or animus are allowed and require no inquiry into both purpose and mechanics? These are trick questions because Kelo never said either, and yet the Brinkmann majority inferred that it did.

It would seem that the likely reason why Kelo’s “mere pretext of a public purpose” language is immediately followed by a bestowal of private benefit qualifier is because Kelo, as a case, focused exclusively on private use. At issue in Kelo was whether the city could seize private property from one private party in order to confer a benefit on another private party, all for the ostensible purpose of economic development. Accordingly, by what logic can the Brinkmann majority confidently decree which other pretextual takings are permissible or impermissible when the only issue before the Kelo court involved private use and nothing else? Or are we supposed to assume that because private benefit was the only kind of pretext mentioned by Kelo, this now suddenly means that all other kinds of pretext are excluded from this status of impermissibility, therefore making them permissible under all circumstances—even the most egregious?

  1. Two Ways of Interpretation: Examining New England Estates LLC v. Town of Branford

The Brinkmann majority interpreted “mere pretext of a public purpose” as stating that the only impermissible takings are those in which there is a conveyance of private benefit.113Id. at 226 (Menashi, J., dissenting) (“Today’s decision interprets [Kelo] . . . to mean that the only impermissible pretext is bestowing a private benefit.”). The same language, however, can also be interpreted thusly: takings that convey a private benefit, along with other forms of pretextual takings (e.g., those arising out of spite, discrimination, or unfair prohibition of running a regulation-abiding family business) are all impermissible. This Kelo language does not necessarily close all doors to other claims stemming from other forms of pretext, as claimed by the Brinkmann majority. One can just as well argue that Kelo merely provided a single, non-exclusive example of pretext (i.e., conveyance of private benefit) and the reason why this example pertained to conveyance of private benefit and not something else is because Kelo is a case that narrowly addresses the private benefit issue. But this act of providing a single example of pretext does not deny protection to all other kinds of pretextual takings. The “mere pretext of a public purpose” language does not delineate what is excluded from the so-called “pretext.” Nor does Kelo place any restrictions or limits upon potential plaintiffs raising other types of pretextual takings claims, such as those involving discrimination or spite.

This idea of varying interpretation of the Kelo language was also examined in New England Estates, LLC v. Town of Branford, a 2010 Connecticut Supreme Court decision which is in direct opposition to Brinkmann.114See New England Estates, 988 A.2d 229. Notably, the Second Circuit (where Brinkmann was decided) includes Connecticut in its footprint.115Besides New York and Vermont, the Second Circuit of the United States Court of Appeals, where Brinkmann was decided, also includes Connecticut. In New England Estates, New England Estates wanted to build an affordable housing development near the landfill.116New England Estates, 988 A.2d at 236–37. The Town committee then abruptly decided that the town had an urgent need for playing fields precisely where the affordable housing development was to be built.117Id. at 238.

Apart from the dire need to build a playing field, the town in New England Estates also decided to bolster its tenuous position via an alternative justification for the taking by citing environmental concerns surrounding the proposed development’s proximity to the landfill.118Id. at 236. And this justification would have probably worked had there been no evidence to the contrary: (1) an internal memorandum outlining which strategies had already been implemented by the town for the sole purpose of “protecting the town against affordable housing appeals” and (2) “internal communications” among town officials revealing just how much they did not want an affordable housing development.119Id. at 237.

To justify its environmental concerns, the town relied on a one-page sketch of the playing fields and a five-page letter, which outlined “generic” concerns regarding building residential developments near landfills.120Id. at 238. Beyond alluding to “possibilities” of such contamination, the letter said nothing substantive in regard to the specific landfill at issue.121Id. The incriminating internal communications, coupled with the town officials’ sudden environmental concerns at a time very convenient for them, followed swiftly by the exercise of eminent domain power to stop the affordable housing project, made it rather easy for the New England Estates court to properly halt the town’s bad faith actions.122Id. at 252–53.

The town argued that it did not violate the Takings Clause by being “dishonest” about its reasons for taking the land because the Takings Clause only prohibits takings for private use, not other kinds of pretextual takings.123Id. at 252 (The Town in New England Estates “argue[d] that the public use clause prohibits only a taking of private property for a use that is not a public use and does not provide a remedy for a taking that is undertaken in bad faith . . . . ”). If this argument sounds familiar, it is because this is precisely what the Brinkmann majority emphasized: the “[Brinkmanns’] complaint does not allege that the Town meant to confer [a] private benefit” and because an “unimproved” public park still constitutes public use, this makes the condemnation valid.124Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 213 (2d Cir. 2024). Unlike the Brinkmann majority, however, which praised this reasoning, the New England Estates court rejected the town’s assertion that takings become violations solely when the government seizes private property for a private use.125New England Estates, 988 A.2d at 252. This assertion made by the town in New England Estates is identical to that of the Brinkmann majority126Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 217 (Per the Brinkmann majority, Kelo’s “current pronouncement on ‘pretext’ concerns only the pretext of non-public (that is, private) use.”). and also has its roots in a possible misinterpretation of Kelo, as examined in this Section.

The New England Estates court emphasized that the town’s reliance on Kelo “for the proposition that only a taking for the purpose of conferring a benefit on a private party constitutes a violation of the [Takings Clause]” is incorrect.127New England Estates, 988 A.2d at 253 n.27. Such a reading of Kelo’s “mere pretext of a public purpose” language interprets the Takings Clause in an unjustifiably “overbroad[]” manner.128Id. That is, it takes Kelo’s prohibition against bestowals of private benefits and extends it to say that the sole impermissible takings are those in which there is a bestowal of private benefit. Further, because the “issue of whether a bad-faith taking would violate the [Takings Clause]” was never before the Kelo court to begin with,129Id. (“Kelo did not involve any allegations that the city of New London acted in bad faith in taking private property.”). the inference that bad-faith takings should go unchecked cannot be made. Thus, the Connecticut Supreme Court would disagree with the Brinkmann majority concerning the interpretation of the pretext language in Kelo.

It is the current reality of the takings landscape that whether a Connecticut resident loses or prevails on their pretextual taking claim now largely depends on choice of venue.130Petition for Writ of Certiorari, supra note 31, at 12. In Connecticut state court, someone with a Brinkmann-esque fact pattern would likely prevail on the merits.131Id. Yet that same hypothetical person marching into federal court would summarily lose for lack of an alleged bestowal of private benefit.132Id.

III.  THE NINTH & SEVENTH CIRCUITS

This Section examines the reasoning of the Ninth and Seventh Circuits in cases that resemble Brinkmann and tackle bad-faith takings analysis. Both circuits, to varying degrees, stand in contrast to the Brinkmann majority which conducted no such analysis.

A.  Analysis of the Ninth Circuit

In the 1966 Ninth Circuit decision, Southern Pacific Land Company v. United States, the Ninth Circuit stated that when administrative agencies engage in takings for an “authorized public purpose,” such takings are “not subject to judicial review,” with one crucial exception.133S. Pac. Land Co. v. United States, 367 F.2d 161,162 (9th Cir. 1966) (“[T]he Supreme Court itself has declined to rule out the possibility of judicial review where the administrative decision to condemn a particular property or property interest is alleged to be arbitrary, capricious, or in bad faith. And various courts of appeal, including this one, have said that an exception to judicial non-reviewability exists in such circumstances.”) (citations omitted). Takings for an authorized public purpose can be subject to judicial review if the administrative agency’s decision to condemn a property is “alleged to be arbitrary, capricious, or in bad faith.”134Id. While easy enough to allege, this standard is deferential to administrative agencies, resulting in a low likelihood of success for plaintiffs. In fact, the Ninth Circuit even stressed how unlikely it is for plaintiffs in such cases to succeed: “in each instance in which a lower court set aside a federal agency’s determination that it was necessary to take [a] particular property . . . the lower court’s ruling was reversed on appeal.”135Id. There are many ways of challenging an arbitrary administrative action. For instance, a plaintiff can demonstrate that the agency has “relied on factors which Congress has not intended it to consider [for purposes of executing an administrative action],” failed to consider “relevant factors” or an “important aspect of the problem” before engaging an administrative action, or failed to examine potential policy alternatives of “achieving the objectives.” Motor Vehicle Mfrs. Ass’n of U.S. v. State Farm Mut. Auto. Ins. Co., 463 U.S. 29 (1983). Because this Note focuses on the Takings Clause, a comprehensive discussion of administrative law and arbitrary administrative actions is beyond its scope. The principle nevertheless stands: there are instances when the Ninth Circuit will examine alleged bad faith in takings claims, even though these allegedly bad-faith takings all bear expressly stated ostensible public uses.

A natural inquiry in this line of analysis is to examine what is required to clear the Ninth Circuit’s high bar for challenging administrative agencies’ “arbitrary” takings. The Ninth Circuit instead provides multiple examples of how not to satisfy it, which all come down to the quality of bad faith evidence. If the evidence of bad faith is insubstantial or nonexistent—especially coupled with very big, almost scandalous, but largely unsupported assertions—the Ninth Circuit will not invalidate the administrative agency’s taking.

In Southern Pacific, the Southern Pacific Land Company (“SPLC”) owned 4,600 acres of land, including the mineral rights.136Id. at 161. The U.S. Government wanted to condemn the land and the mineral rights for purposes of constructing a naval air station.137Id. SPLC thought it advantageous to essentially imply that the U.S. Government decided to profit off SPLC’s land and engage in an “outside land speculation.”138Id. at 163 (quoting Brown v. United States, 263 U.S. 78, 84 (1923)). When deposed, the Assistant Secretary of the Navy testified to the exact opposite of this assertion, stating that mineral extraction was actually “inconsistent with the establishment of the naval air station, and was not [even] contemplated when the declaration of taking was filed.”139Id. at 162–63. In fact, the primary reason for condemnation was so that the land and the associated mineral rights would be utilized to produce oil only “in the case of emergency.”140Id. at 163. And just like that, with absolutely no evidence to refute any of the U.S. Government’s aforementioned points, the plaintiffs did not prevail on their bad-faith taking claim.141Id.

A subsequent 1968 Ninth Circuit decision, Scott Lumber Company v. United States, is largely identical to Southern Pacific’s reasoning and, unfortunately, its outcome too.142Scott Lumber Co. v. United States, 390 F.2d 388 (9th Cir. 1968). Here, the United States (on behalf of the United States Forest Service) sought to condemn appellant’s estate in timber land “for the construction, maintenance and permanent use of highways . . . and for the use, conservation and protection . . . of [the] forests [on appellant’s land].”143Id. at 390. Similar to SPLC in Southern Pacific, the Scott Lumber appellant claimed that the “taking was not for a public purpose” but instead for the “purpose of benefitting certain competitors of appellant pursuant to an illegal agreement.”144Id. As in Southern Pacific, the assertion was as unsupported as it was bold.145Id. at 391–92. Moreover, the deposition of the Acting Secretary of the Department of Agriculture also revealed nothing suspicious.146Id. at 391. Accordingly, the Scott Lumber court ruled that it was “completely satisfied” that the government’s taking was for public use—given that the “facts alleged by [the appellant], [even] taken in the light most favorable to [the appellant]” still did not “show that the action of the officials ha[d] such an arbitrary, capricious or bad faith quality as to justify [judicial] interference.”147Id. Crucially, however, the Scott Lumber court did contemplate judicial interference and was even willing to possibly invalidate a bad-faith taking had the appellant actually produced sufficient evidence of bad faith, beyond claims that were as baseless as they were audacious.148Id. (“[A] limited power of review of an administrative decision exists where it is contended that the administrative decision was arbitrary, capricious, or made in bad faith . . . . ”).

The Scott Lumber court even agreed with the lower court’s declaration that “[t]his Court need not, and will not, stand idly by and allow administrative officials to take private property arbitrarily, capriciously, [or] in bad faith,” something that cannot be said about the Brinkmann majority.149Id. If anything, this “idle” manner is emblematic of Brinkmann’s reasoning: even when there is blatant evidence of bad faith coupled with some suspect public use, the Brinkmann majority would decline to look into any “alleged pretexts and motives.”150Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 211 (2d Cir. 2024). The Scott Lumber court was not only eager to conduct itself in a non-idle manner but also examined the facts in the light most favorable to the appellant. Yet, even with the Scott Lumber court largely cheering the appellant on and giving the appellant all the necessary tools to prevail, the appellant simply failed to provide evidence of bad faith.

Would a similar evidentiary framework, as employed by the Southern Pacific and Scott Lumber courts (specifically in the context of arbitrary takings by administrative agencies) make sense in the Takings Clause context? This is a ready-to-go framework that can be easily applied beyond cases where administrative agencies (such as Scott Lumber’s United States Forest Service) are accused of engaging in bad-faith takings.

Although it offers a potential solution, this framework has its pitfalls. One, it is similar to rational basis review, so much so that it even uses rational basis review’s “arbitrary” language. Such language is called for in rational basis review only because higher levels of scrutiny require something more than the regulatory action not being arbitrary. At the end of the day, it is a pretty low bar, offering little protection for condemnees’ interests; any legitimate interest (e.g., a passive use park) would suffice. Two, it is hard to define just what constitutes “good” evidence in a manner sufficient to demonstrate bad faith. And three, even if condemnees provide satisfactory evidence, the government can simply argue the following:

  • That only one or two members of the agency (or a municipality like in Brinkmann) had bad-faith intent in condemning the land (while the rest did not);
  • That it is not the province of the judicial system to disrupt a democratic process; and
  • That it is not bad faith but mere incidental disparate impact that was not actually intended.

B.  The Seventh Circuit & Question of Legislative Deference

The Seventh Circuit takes a similar approach to the Ninth Circuit: although some deference may be given to administrative agencies, evidence of arbitrariness and bad faith matters when a court evaluates whether an administrative agency’s taking was indeed for a public use. That is, the Seventh Circuit holds that there is no valid or legitimate public use if such public use stems from bad faith or pretext. So even if there is an alleged unimpeachable public use (such as a public park), the administrative agency’s taking is declared invalid if the plaintiff can prove bad faith or pretext associated with said public use.151See United States v. 58.16 Acres of Land, 478 F.2d 1055 (7th Cir. 1973). This is a stronger iteration of what the Ninth Circuit decided in Scott Lumber and Southern Pacific. The Ninth Circuit provided the condemnees with an opportunity to present evidence that could, in theory, demonstrate bad faith or arbitrariness by the administrative agency. But again, realistically, because the evidentiary bar is high and administrative agencies are (automatically) given much deference, such efforts will likely fail. The Seventh Circuit, on the other hand, made “public use” determinations conditional on there being no bad faith and reserved the judicial right to dig deeper to see if legislative deference is warranted.

In United States v. 58.16 Acres of Land—a 1971 Seventh Circuit decision—a husband and wife owned a 58.16-acre tract which primarily contained farmland on which the landowners’ home stood.152Id. at 1057. The United States wanted to take this farmland for purposes of flood control and reduction of flood crests.153Id. at 1056. The landowners then argued that the United States’ action was “arbitrary, discriminatory, capricious, vindicative, and in bad faith,” thus warranting a “valid defense to the condemnation proceeding.”154Id. at 1057. Or, in short, landowners contended that the asserted public use (to prevent flood control and reduce flood crests) was a pretext. To prove this, they cited their repeated complaints to the government regarding erosion and the government’s “failure to maintain proper water levels” from 1968 through 1970.155Id. The landowners went on to stress that “no [government] action had [ever] been taken to repair the damage or to prevent further erosion.”156Id. After three years of refusing to fix the issue and not responding to any of the landowners’ complaints, the government responded to the complaints in 1971, informing the landowners that condemning their property would be much cheaper than protecting it from erosion or floods.157Id.

It was unclear to the Seventh Circuit why the district court judge denied without merit the motion to vacate the order for possession.158Id. at 1058. The Seventh Circuit surmised that perhaps the reason the motion had been denied without merit (i.e., the motion was basically deemed frivolous) was that the district judge found against the landowners’ bad faith claim.159Id. Or, as the Seventh Circuit further posited, perhaps the district court ruled that way because the court thought that the administrative decision to condemn the land “was [simply] not judicially reviewable”—given that there was an alleged public use, regardless of the substantial pretext evidence.160Id.

The Brinkmann majority also greatly relied on a “longstanding policy of deference to legislative judgments” to rationalize inaction.161Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 213 (2d Cir. 2024). Brinkmann is actually far from being the only court that emphasizes legislative deference in the takings context; it is neither a novel argument nor dispositive. For instance, even in 58.16 Acres of Land, the Seventh Circuit emphasized that “once the question of the public purpose has been decided, the amount and character of land to be taken . . . rests in the discretion of the legislative branch.”16258.16 Acres of Land, 478 F.2d at 1058. But the Seventh Circuit does not use this discretion to justify its own inertia. To the contrary, while the Seventh Circuit acknowledges and even embraces legislative deference, it nevertheless considers it proper for the judicial branch to “materially . . . aid[]” public use analysis “by exploring the good faith and rationality of the governmental body in exercising its power of eminent domain.”163Id. Therefore, the two—that is, a substantive bad-faith takings analysis and deference to the legislative branch—are not mutually exclusive. According to the Seventh Circuit, the “determination of the extent, amount or title of property to be taken . . . rests wholly in legislative discretion,” assuming there is (1) an “absence of bad faith” and (2) the “determination” to condemn was “made in good faith.”164Id. (quoting United States v. Meyer, 113 F.2d 387, 392 (7th Cir. 1940)). These “restraints” that the Seventh Circuit cleverly placed serve as evidence of how bad-faith takings analysis can peacefully co-exist with legislative deference.165Id.

The main takeaway here is that the Seventh Circuit emphasized that the district court was “required to resolve . . . questions” of “bad faith, arbitrariness, and capriciousness,” all of which bore upon the “determination of public use.”166Id. at 1059 (“In sum, questions of bad faith, arbitrariness, and capriciousness, all bearing upon the determination of public use, having been raised by the [landowners], the district court was required to resolve those questions.”). The Seventh Circuit is firm that there is no valid public use without an absence of bad faith and a presence of “good faith and rationality of the governmental body in exercising its power of eminent domain,”167Id. at 1058. and this assertion runs directly counter to the Brinkmann majority.

While the Ninth Circuit was, in theory, willing to look at evidence of bad faith, which would potentially invalidate the taking, the Seventh Circuit made a pronouncement with which the Brinkmann majority would certainly disagree. Specifically, if there is strong evidence of bad faith or arbitrariness (and the Brinkmann majority acknowledged that there had been), there can be no legitimate public use, making the taking invalid. Unlike the Seventh Circuit, the Ninth Circuit does not make a valid public use expressly dependent upon a lack of bad faith. Regardless, both circuits prioritize and actively consider evidence of bad faith, so they can draw an inference of a taking’s validity.

IV.  WHAT NOW?

The purpose of Part IV is to examine the Brinkmann fallout, while remaining solution-oriented with an eye toward the future. This Note examines which standard of review could be used to evaluate bad-faith takings on a federal level, focusing on the tripartite burden-shifting framework and also discussing the downsides of the Equal Protection Clause and the doctrine of unconstitutional animus in the context of bad-faith takings. This Section continues to imagine what could be, with the intention to move forward jurisprudentially from Brinkmann to a more fair, uniform, and dignified approach to bad-faith takings.

A.  The Dangers of Rational Basis Review

In the context of bad-faith takings, there is a conflict between rational basis review and the various forms of heightened review. While there exist various permutations of what heightened review can and should look like—and of course, much disagreement too—this Note will only closely examine the tripartite burden-shifting framework. But first, rational basis review.

One cannot talk about rational basis review in the context of property law without, yet again, mentioning Kelo. The Kelo majority “declared that a taking should be upheld as consistent with the Public Use Clause,” just as long as it is “ ‘rationally related to a conceivable public purpose.’ ”168Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 490 (2005) (Kennedy, J., concurring) (analyzing the Kelo majority’s reasoning). This “deferential standard of review echoes the rational-basis test.”169Id. And rational basis review is extremely deferential to the legislative process—so much so that a “challenged law will be upheld if it could be rationally interpreted as advancing any conceivable legitimate public purpose.”170Hafetz, supra note 86, at 3103. In fact, “even the ‘flimsiest’ of reasons will survive [said] scrutiny.”171Id. at 3114. Courts are known to grant this legislative deference “even if there is nothing other than judicial speculation” to imply that the government was trying to advance a public purpose when enacting the law.172Id. at 3103. This is precisely what happened in Kelo.

Under Kelo, a mere prediction (or judicial speculation) that some public use will generate some secondary public benefit is enough.173Kelo, 545 U.S. at 501 (O’Connor, J., dissenting). Even the Kelo majority itself, likely sensing a risk for the potential abuse of eminent domain under rational review, suggested that states can and should place “further restrictions” upon the takings power.174Id. at 489. A large concern with this standard is that the embedded presumption of permissibility within the rational basis of review may “motivate[] trial judges to see no evil, hear no evil, and speak no evil” even in takings cases which “fail the smell test”175Gideon Kanner, The Public Use Clause: Constitutional Mandate or “Hortatory Fluff”?, 33 Pepp. L. Rev. 2, 335, 362 (2006).—chief among them the Brinkmann case.

In the takings context, rational basis review can invalidate two types of condemnations: (1) when the “asserted purpose is not a cognizable public purpose” and (2) when there is a “clear intention to benefit a private party.”176Hafetz, supra note 86, at 3115. Takings driven by bad faith (such as discrimination or arbitrarily forbidding a property owner from running a regulation-abiding family business) do not fall into either category. Why? Because an asserted public purpose such as a park is a cognizable public purpose, and discrimination would likely not involve a conveyance of private benefit upon a private party. This is why Justice Kennedy’s concurrence in Kelo suggested that “a more stringent standard of review” might be suitable for a “more narrowly drawn category of takings,” though largely referring to takings marked with “impermissible favoritism.”177Kelo, 545 U.S. at 493 (Kennedy, J., concurring).

To clarify, favoritism alludes to the governmental entity’s inherent reason “for favoring a certain party”; these reasons range from corruption to “a complex web of social and business relations.”178Hafetz, supra note 86, at 3108. One could arguably view favoritism as a particular form or sub-category of bad-faith taking, one that punishes a property owner to benefit someone else. Favoritism is prohibited “out of concerns for basic fairness.”179Id. The same exact logic, however, applies to takings which are marked by other kinds of bad faith, manifested in things like discrimination, racism, or animosity toward specific individuals—this, too, violates our inherent sense of fairness. Although Justice Kennedy’s concurrence speaks to issues of favoritism in the takings context, the reasoning outlined in the concurrence can be extrapolated further to other kinds of bad faith.

Justice Kennedy made reference to a more heightened standard of review, but he did not actually delve into the logistics of this more “stringent” standard.180Kelo, 545 U.S. at 493 (Kennedy, J., concurring). For instance, it remains unclear as to which situations warrant a “meaningful rational-basis review that in [Justice Kennedy’s] view is [always] required under the Public Use Clause” versus those meriting a “demanding level of scrutiny” which in some cases even justifies a “rebuttable” “presumption of [a taking’s] invalidity” if the “risk of undetected impermissible favoritism of private parties is [] acute.”181Id. at 492–93 (Kennedy, J., concurring). Would Justice Kennedy’s “demanding level of scrutiny” be akin to strict scrutiny? Rational basis plus? Justice Kennedy’s Kelo concurrence is vague on these questions. Justice Kennedy also failed to identify what evidence would trigger these standards or what exactly the court is supposed to do with said evidence of favoritism,182Id. at 502 (O’Connor, J., dissenting) (Not only do the “details” of Justice Kennedy’s remain “undisclosed,” but Justice Kennedy also failed to “specify[] what courts should look for in a case with different facts, how they will know if they have found it, and what to do if they do not.”). an omission for which he received much criticism.183Richard A. Posner, Foreword: A Political Court, 119 Harv. L. Rev. 32, 95 (2005) (Justice Kennedy “casting the essential fifth vote for the [Kelo] ‘majority’ opinion while also writing a separate opinion qualifying the Court’s opinion is bad practice because it leaves the reader uncertain whether the majority opinion or the concurring opinion should be regarded as the best predictor of how the Court would decide a similar case in the future. Justice Kennedy’s action is a further example of the Court’s tendency . . . to disregard the consequences of its decisions for the lower courts that have to apply them. If Kennedy had reservations concerning the majority opinion that he was not willing to swallow, he should have concurred in the judgment only; then the lower court judges and future litigants would know where they stood.”) (footnote omitted).

This Note disagrees with the assertion that Justice Kennedy exclusively referred to “rational basis plus” review.184Cameron P. Hellerman, Misusing Eminent Domain: Pretextual Takings for a Traditional Public Use, 93 Fordham L. Rev. 2229, 2243 (2025) (“Accordingly, Justice Kennedy suggested that courts employ a rational basis plus standard of review . . .”). Justice Kennedy referred to multiple standards. And yes, while Justice Kennedy’s Kelo concurrence creates much unnecessary confusion, that is the nature of the contemplated standards. Thus, the extra layer of complexity should not be swept under the rug. In fact, certain scholars even argue that the criteria185Kelo, 545 U.S. at 491–93 (Kennedy, J., concurring) (criteria such as “testimony from government officials,” “documentary evidence of communications between these parties,” and presence of a “comprehensive development plan”). Justice Kennedy considers (which supposedly triggers some form of heightened scrutiny) directly “collid[e]” with the Kelo majority’s assertion that there should be no “intrusive scrutiny”186Hafetz, supra note 86, at 3118 (“It is thus difficult to meet Justice Kennedy’s criteria without ‘colliding with the no-heightened-level-of-review standard laid down by the [Kelo] majority.’ ”); Kelo, 545 U.S. at 483.—suggesting that Justice Kennedy indeed took it a step further than rational-basis-plus review. Accordingly, this Note posits that in addition to rational-basis-plus review, Justice Kennedy was also hinting at something even more demanding.

Furthermore, although not a focus of this Note, prudence demands a discussion, albeit brief, of rational-basis-plus review. Although Justice O’Connor characterizes it as a “more searching form of rational basis review,”187Thomas B. Nachbar, Rational Basis “Plus,” 32 Const. Comment. 449, 450 (2017). the Supreme Court “has never acknowledged its existence” and Justice Scalia downright denied it.188Id. Previous inquiries into this doctrine (such as the “justification” of its presence or the “underlying theory”) were “the equivalent of a constitutional snipe hunt, and about as productive.”189Id. Overall, there certainly exists the notion that the doctrine is “suspicious” and “problematic,” given that it “lack[s] an articulated basis in principle” and “is impossible to either apply or constrain in a principled way.”190Id. at 450–51. Also, on a more practical level, it is often difficult to identify which level of scrutiny the court actually applied (i.e., rational basis versus rational-basis-plus) and most of the time this distinction is rooted in mere speculation.

Contrast the rational-basis-plus review doctrine with the burden-shifting evidentiary framework first put forth in McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green, a 1973 Supreme Court case.191McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green, 411 U.S. 792, 802 (1973). This framework has frequently been used to analyze claims of discriminatory treatment such as discrimination claims under the Americans with Disabilities Act and Title IX gender discrimination claims.192Kelly, supra note 9, at 215–16.

Thus, this Note will next explore the McDonnell Douglas burden-shifting evidentiary framework for purposes of steering bad-faith takings analysis in a more uniform and fair direction.

B.  Heightened Review: The Tripartite Burden-Shifting Standard

In the context of takings, this standard was originally proposed by Daniel Kelly to examine takings which are rooted in favoritism only.193See Kelly, supra note 9. The goal of this Note is to see how this framework would operate in the context of takings driven by discrimination and bias.

  1. Direct Versus Indirect Evidence

In part one of the analysis, an allegedly wronged employee can either produce direct or indirect evidence of discrimination.194Id. at 217. Similarly, a condemnee would be required to demonstrate that a taking is tainted with favoritism via either producing direct or indirect evidence.195Id. Direct evidence could essentially act as a “smoking gun.”196Id. And in the context of favoritism, for example, direct evidence could be satisfied by an email exchange between some private developer and a municipal official in which it is clear that the “actual purpose of the taking [was] to benefit the [private] developer.”197Id. This is a high burden to satisfy, so the indirect evidence would be more practical. The condemnee (again, in the favoritism context) would need to prove two elements: (1) that the “project involves a private party” and (2) said private party “might obtain a distinct benefit” (given that “favoritism is only possible in a project in which a private party expects to obtain an advantage”).198Id.

In the context of other kinds of bad faith, the analysis would look something like this: If the condemnee who (allegedly) was on the receiving end of bad faith decides to take the direct evidence route, they would be required to demonstrate some form of smoking gun. For example, a documented exchange in which municipal officials exhibit disdain for the condemnee—whether it be discrimination, racism, homophobia, or something else. There are a few issues with the direct evidence route, however. For instance, how likely is it that a condemnee will obtain records of these discriminatory written exchanges from multiple municipal officials, and not just one? If the animosity toward the condemnee stems from just one municipal official, should this suffice as conclusive evidence of bad faith? For instance, other municipal officials on the same board may have voted for condemnation under a genuine belief that condemnation would promote an actual public interest. Another issue with direct evidence is that most conduct is simply not marked with blunt evidence of discrimination. Further, municipal officials can easily argue that something they said was taken out of context—which may raise evidentiary issues—or was misinterpreted. So, it is therefore unlikely that a condemnee would easily satisfy the direct evidence threshold.

As to indirect evidence, Brinkmann supplies a great example. In a nutshell, the Brinkmanns could argue that the Town of Southold engaged in multiple machinations to prevent construction of the Brinkmanns’ hardware store (allegedly ranging from pressuring the bank to breach its contract with the Brinkmanns199Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 14 (“Scott Russell, the Southold Town Supervisor, called the president of Bridgehampton National Bank, Kevin O’Connor. Russell pressured O’Connor not to sell the property to the Brinkmanns . . . Russell [then also] called the president of Bridgehampton National Bank to demand that the bank breach its real-estate contract with the Brinkmanns and not close on the Property.”). to inventing moratoriums).200Id. at 17 (“When the Town sought a second extension of its moratorium . . . [from] to the Suffolk County Planning Commission, the County produced a report noting that the Town of Southold never provided the County with the supporting evidence it requested for the Town’s first extension. Thus, for this second extension, Suffolk County staff again recommended that the moratorium be ‘disapproved.’ ”). So what kind of evidence would the Brinkmanns need to show to satisfy this indirect evidence standard and establish a prima facie case of bad faith, thus satisfying the first element of the tripartite burden-shifting framework and thereby shifting the burden onto the Town to prove that the taking was not driven by bad faith? Largely mirroring the requirements of a Title VII claim, the Brinkmanns would be required to show that:201See McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green, 411 U.S. 792, 802 (1973) (“The complainant in a Title VII trial must carry the initial burden under the statute of establishing a prima facie case of racial discrimination. This may be done by showing (i) that [they] belong[] to a racial minority; (ii) that [they] applied and w[ere] qualified for a job for which the employer was seeking applicants; (iii) that, despite [their] qualifications, [they] w[ere] rejected; and (iv) that, after [their] rejection, the position remained open and the employer continued to seek applicants from persons of complainant’s qualifications.”).

  • Either 
    • They are members of a protected group (think religion, race, pregnancy, sex, gender, sexual orientation, national origin, etc.) or
    • Their fundamental right was infringed upon (although the right to own and use property has not been deemed a fundamental right, certain scholars have argued that such rights “need to be protected with nothing less than the judiciary’s strictest level of scrutiny.”202Daniel William Russo, Protecting Property Rights with Strict Scrutiny: An Argument for the “Specifically and Uniquely Attributable” Standard, 25 Fordham Urb. L.J. 575, 595 (1998). This is certainly an

expansion of the framework, but an argument worth considering)

(2) That they have applied and complied with all requirements in their permit application;

(3) That, although the Brinkmanns complied with all regulatory requirements,

  • The Brinkmanns’ permit application was rejected and
  • The municipality decided to seize the Brinkmanns’ land via eminent domain; and

(4) That, after the rejection,

  • The municipality continued to grant permit applications to similarly situated individuals and
  • Did not seize property of similarly situated individuals (such as adjacent lots with virtually identical characteristics, for instance).

If the Brinkmanns successfully demonstrate indirect evidence, then the burden would shift to the governmental entity to articulate some “legitimate, nondiscriminatory” reason for the permit’s rejection and subsequent taking.203Kelly, supra note 9, at 218.

  1. Beyond a Merely Cognizable Reason for Condemnation

As to the second element of the test, the burden would then be on the municipality to articulate a legitimate, non-bad faith driven reason as to why it rejected the Brinkmanns’ numerous permit applications and decided to take their land.204Id. (By analogy, in the favoritism context, assuming the “condemnee is able to satisfy step one [of this test], the burden would [then] shift to the condemner . . . [T]he condemner [would then be required] to articulate a legitimate justification for private involvement in the taking.”). In analyzing favoritism-motivated takings, Kelly emphasizes that a condemner’s mere articulation of some cognizable public purpose (such as “preserving open space” or “generating new jobs”) would be insufficient to satisfy this element.205Kelly, supra note 9, at 218. A condemner would instead be required to show why a specific kind of private involvement is required for the project to take place.206Id. at 219. For instance, perhaps said private party possesses some crucial information or expertise that other similarly situated experts do not.207Id.

The Town of Southold would satisfy this element by showing that their reason for rejecting the Brinkmanns’ permit and taking their land was not driven by bad faith. What would be that “reasonable basis” for taking the Brinkmanns’ land?208McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green, 411 U.S. 792, 803 (1973). This could be a wide array of things. Perhaps the Brinkmanns’ business was not compliant with regulations, or their proposed business constituted a hazard, a nuisance, or a danger to others, compelling the municipality to act to protect the safety of its residents. But such claims would require actual empirical evidence (e.g., studies done by civil engineers who hold proper qualifications) suggesting that the construction of a hardware store in that specific location would lead to a significant increase in traffic and thus present a real danger to residents. Further, these experts should be subject to cross-examination.

  1. Elevated Risk of Pretext/Bad Faith

If the condemner (in this case, a municipality) meets the burden outlined in the previous element, the “presumption” of intentional bad faith would disappear.209Kelly, supra note 9, at 219. The condemnee can nevertheless prove “disparate treatment” by showing that a condemner’s explanation is pretextual.210Id. In the context of favorability, a condemnee would satisfy this element by demonstrating a heightened risk of impermissible favoritism.211Id. at 220. For instance, a condemnee could show that a municipality was “capable of selecting a private party through a competitive process but decide[d] not to do so.”212Id.

 By analogy, for purposes of demonstrating a heightened risk of pretext, the Brinkmanns could demonstrate any of the following (this list is non-exhaustive):

(1) An overwhelming majority of Town residents did not want a passive use park213Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 231 (2d Cir. 2024) (Menashi, J., dissenting) (Judge Menashi emphasizing how Sarah Nappa, “a member of the Southold Town Board . . . never even suggest[ed] anyone wanted a park at the location [where the Brinkmanns’ empty lot was].”). or actively advocated for the Brinkmanns’ hardware store;

(2) The Town had not considered any other alternatives before condemning Brinkmanns’ land and ignored the empty adjacent lot;214Id. (Judge Menashi stating that the Town was not “proposing the purchase [of the Brinkmanns’ lot] for the purpose of constructing a park because at that time the Town had not . . . [even] evaluated any alternative location for a new public park somewhere other than the property (including, for example, the possibility of purchasing the undeveloped land for sale next to the [Brinkmanns’] property) . . . . ”).

(3) The Town decided to condemn the Brinkmanns’ land only after the Brinkmanns announced their plans to build a regulation-abiding, family-owned hardware store;215Id. (Judge Menashi further pointing out that the “Town expressed no interest in acquiring the property for a park in 2011 when the property was up for sale or during the five years that the property sat vacant under the [b]ank’s ownership. [Further,] [t]hroughout the Brinkmanns’ discussions with the Town, no one communicated to the Brinkmanns any interest in placing a park on the property. No one mentioned such an interest during the meeting with the Civic Association, in communications with the Town Building Department, or when the Town required the Brinkmanns to pay $30,000 for the Market and Municipal Impact Study.”).

(4) The Town became interested in acquiring the Brinkmanns’ empty lot only after the court allowed the Brinkmanns to proceed with their claim against the Town’s moratorium;216Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief, supra note 10, at 18–19 (“On June 22, 2020, the trial court in the Brinkmanns’ state court lawsuit denied the Town’s motion to dismiss, allowing their challenge to the moratorium to proceed . . . In September 2020, the Town authorized the acquisition of the Brinkmanns’ [p]roperty via eminent domain . . . . ”).

(5) The Town never hired any professionals to evaluate whether the Brinkmanns’ property was suitable for a park;217Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 231 (Menashi, J., dissenting) (Judge Menashi highlighting how the Town “had not retained any outside consultants to evaluate the [Brinkmanns’] property as a location for a new public park.”).

(6) The “projected . . . benefits” of a passive use park were and remain de minimis and “trivial.”218Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 493 (2005) (Kennedy, J., concurring).

Now, the Town could argue that because a park is an established public use, it was allowed to take the Brinkmanns’ land, given that there is a presumptive benefit to the public.219Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 212 (“There can be no dispute that a public park, even an unimproved one, is a public use. Public parks have been recognized as a ‘public use’ for more than a century.”). This line of argumentation should not be allowed (just as it is not allowed in the second element of this test) because that would make this test regress back into rational basis review. Furthermore, because this test largely centers around the risk of ill motive, the condemnees (like the Brinkmanns) should not be required to establish actual ill motive. All they would be required to show is an elevated or substantial risk of bad faith conduct. So for purposes of this last element, it should be sufficient for the Brinkmanns to demonstrate that there is a heightened risk that the municipality’s taking is not justified; this can be achieved via a showing of 1-6, or some robust combination thereof.

C.  So What About the Equal Protection Clause?

The Brinkmann majority cited the Equal Protection Clause as an example of a hypothetical potential avenue available to those afflicted by governmental takings instead of the Takings Clause.220Id. at 217 (“Of course, courts may intercede if an exercise of eminent domain runs afoul of some other constitutional or statutory . . . provision which does permit an examination of motives, such as . . . the Equal Protection Clause.”). But the Equal Protection Clause is a trap because it largely falters at the level of rational basis review, despite the existence of two other standards for Equal Protection Clause analysis (intermediate scrutiny and strict scrutiny). Under rational basis review, most condemnees will simply never meet the burden of proving that there is an absence of any legitimate municipal interest in condemnation. A cheap park or an empty playing field will satisfy that legitimate municipal interest just fine, or so rational basis review will typically find.

  1. The Three-Tier Framework

The Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment states that no state shall “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.”221U.S. Const. amend. XIV, § 1. When someone wants to argue that their equal protection rights were violated (in the context of challenging eminent domain takings), they are required to initiate suit under 42 U.S.C. § 1983.222Josh Blackman, Equal Protection from Eminent Domain: Protecting the Home of Olech’s Class of One, 55 Loy. U. Chi. L.J. 697, 713 (2009). To prevail on a § 1983 claim, the condemnee must successfully demonstrate two elements: (1) that their federal right was violated (that is, their right to “equal protection under the law as guaranteed by the Fourteenth Amendment”) and (2) the defendant “who violated [their] right did so under the color of state law.”223Id. The defendant who is alleged to have violated the condemnee’s equal protection rights can be a person or entity “who effectuated the condemnation proceeding.”224Id. Thus, “local governing bodies” and “local officials” can be sued under § 1983 when their alleged unconstitutional action essentially violated the condemnee’s equal protection rights.225Monell v. Dept. of Soc. Servs., 436 U.S. 658, 660 (1978).

 Equal protection jurisprudence is analyzed under three tiers: strict scrutiny, intermediate scrutiny, and rational basis scrutiny.226Blackman, supra note 231, at 709. Rational basis review is the “default standard” and is the “lowest level of judicial scrutiny.”227Susannah W. Pollvogt, Unconstitutional Animus, 81 Fordham L. Rev. 887, 896 (2013). Under rational basis review, the burden would be on the condemnee to show the absence of any legitimate municipal interest served by the condemnation.228Id. (“Under [rational basis review], the burden is on the plaintiff to prove the absence of any legitimate governmental interest served by the law.”). An overwhelming majority of equal protection cases are assessed under this very deferential standard.229Id. at 897. This means that plaintiffs overwhelmingly lose under rational basis review.230Id. at 898. In fact, the “number of rational basis cases in which plaintiffs have prevailed is so small that these cases have become an object of study in and of themselves.”231Id. For example, between 1971 and 1996, the Supreme Court “considered one hundred ten rational basis equal protection cases” and “of these cases the plaintiffs won only ten times,” rendering a nine percent success rate.232Blackman, supra note 231, at 716. The Brinkmanns, for instance, would never prevail under this standard: A park is a recognized public use and even a park that is devoid of any facilities could rationally be said to benefit Town residents. The Town residents could still hold picnics there or let their kids run around. So, under rational basis review, the Town would be viewed as having had some conceivable or possible interest in condemning the Brinkmanns’ land.233Id. at 710–11 (Rational basis review standard is “supremely deferential to the legislature, as courts employing this method almost always uphold actions as long as some possible, conceivable basis can justify it.”).

As to strict scrutiny, courts may depart from rational basis review in two instances: (1) when there is either a suspect or quasi-suspect classification or (2) a fundamental right at issue.234Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 895–96. A fundamental right at issue could trigger both a due process and an equal protection claim. See, e.g., Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644 (2015). These two are jurisprudential rabbit holes and thus beyond the scope of this Note, but the following are deemed examples of suspect classifications (thereby triggering strict scrutiny): race and national origin.235Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 895; Blackman, supra note 231, at 709. Please note that this is a non-exhaustive list of suspect classifications on the federal level. Further, some states such as California, recognize many other suspect classifications under the state constitution specifically. Age, disability, and economic disadvantage—among many others—do not qualify as suspect classifications and would only be subject to rational basis review.236See Henry Rose, The Poor as a Suspect Class Under the Equal Protection Clause: An Open Constitutional Question, 34 Nova L. Rev. 407 (2010). In the takings context, the “suspicion” comes from the very fact that a government or municipality may have relied on one of these classifications when making the condemnation decision (in the takings context).237Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 895. Such reliance would indicate “prejudice or antipathy toward the named group rather than a basis for sound [decision].”238Id.

A fundamental right, on the other hand, has a much more confusing roadmap, or lack thereof: despite the fact that strict scrutiny “presupposes” so-called fundamental rights, the strict scrutiny formula gives absolutely “no guidance concerning how the identification [of rights violations] should occur.”239Richard H. Fallon, Jr., Strict Judicial Scrutiny, 54 UCLA L. Rev. 1267, 1321 (2007). Some of the recognized fundamental rights are the right to vote,240Dunn v. Blumstein, 405 U.S. 330 (1972). the right to have children,241Skinner v. Oklahoma ex rel. Williamson, 316 U.S. 535 (1942). and the right to travel interstate.242Shapiro v. Thompson, 394 U.S. 618 (1969).

Categories of suspect class and fundamental right are now considered to be “seemingly closed,” making strict scrutiny, therefore, “virtually inaccessible” unless there is an already recognized suspect classification or a fundamental right at play.243Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 898. The Supreme Court has not “conferred suspect status on any [new] group since the 1970s,” even for “groups widely acknowledged to have suffered invidious treatment.”244Blackman, supra note 231, at 710.

And the Brinkmanns, along with most other condemnees, would most likely not even make it to strict scrutiny analysis under the Equal Protection Clause in the first place. For instance, in Brinkmann, there was no alleged or potential suspect classification. And a property right is not a fundamental right in the eyes of substantive due process.

If a governmental action imposes a facially neutral classification (i.e., the law does not, on its face, single anyone out in particular, thereby implicating no suspect classification), condemnees could still argue that:

(1) The governmental action has a disparate impact (i.e., disadvantages a certain group of people) AND

(2) The governmental action was taken purposefully to harm this particular group of people (e.g., on the basis of race).

Although this would be an alternate pathway to strict scrutiny, most condemnees’ claims will likely fail prong #2’s discriminatory intent test and be given the short shrift of rational basis review instead.245William D. Araiza, Flunking the Class-of-One/Failing Equal Protection, 55 Wm. & Mary L. Rev. 435, 453–54 (2013). To demonstrate prong #2, condemnees (such as the Brinkmanns) would need to prove that a decision to condemn was because the government wanted to harm a certain group of people, not “in spite of” their decision to condemn having a disparate effect on a certain group of people.246Personnel Adm’r of Mass. v. Feeney, 442 U.S. 256, 279 (1979); see also Araiza, supra note 254, at 454. That is, the Brinkmanns would need to prove that the Town initiated this bad faith condemnation action precisely because of the Town’s intent to cause “adverse effects” upon the Brinkmanns as members of an “identifiable group” (assuming that the Brinkmanns had been members of an identifiable group).247Feeney, 442 U.S. at 279. Proving such discriminatory intent is widely acknowledged as being “exceptionally difficult” to do,248Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 897. and this is another reason why most claims are subject only to rational basis review.

  1. Doctrine of Unconstitutional Animus

This Note also acknowledges the doctrine of unconstitutional animus, which is based largely on the Equal Protection Clause.249Daniel O. Conkle, Animus and Its Alternatives: Constitutional Principle and Judicial Prudence, 48 Stetson L. Rev. 195, 195 (2019). At first glance, it presents an attractive solution: If a municipality’s condemnation is motivated by animus, why can’t the court just strike it down? Why is the Takings Clause even necessary? But unconstitutional animus has some glaring problems.

Unconstitutional animus is basically a loophole that allows an equal protection claimant to possibly prevail under rational basis review.250Pollvogt, supra note 236, at 889 (“Proving that a law is based on unconstitutional animus is virtually the only way an equal protection plaintiff can prevail under this deferential and increasingly common standard.”). While that would be good news for the Brinkmanns, the bad news is that it is, at best, unclear what constitutes forbidden animus.251Conkle, supra note 258, at 201 n.38. A law (or a decision to condemn, for instance) is animus-based if it is “based on nothing more than bias, hatred, or dislike.”252Id. at 204–05 (emphasis added). The Supreme Court has defined animus as “a bare . . . desire to harm” a person, which is a high burden to meet.253United States Dep’t of Agric. v. Moreno, 413 U.S. 528, 534 (1973) (emphasis added). For one, what if a condemnation is based on both animus and some animus-free “public-regarding objective”?254Conkle, supra note 258, at 202. For instance, in Brinkmann, both the Town residents and even the dissenting judge (pursuant to the Brinkmann majority’s snarky suggestion) could come to the park, “breathe its air” and

“spread [a] picnic.”255Brinkmann v. Town of Southold, 96 F.4th 209, 219 (2d Cir. 2024). A public park is, by definition, for the public to enjoy, and would thus constitute a public-regarding objective.

The definition of “animus” poses further issues. To illustrate, neither “religious belief[s]” nor “personal morality” are necessarily equated with animus.256Conkle, supra note 258, at 201. Take the 2015 Supreme Court decision, Obergefell v. Hodges, for instance.257See generally Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644 (2015). Although the Obergefell Court held that prohibiting same-sex couples from marrying violated both the Equal Protection Clause and substantive due process, the Court also noted that it declines to “disparage” those who “deem same-sex marriage to be wrong . . . based on decent and honorable religious or philosophical premises.”258Id. at 672. So when is it a decent and honorable religious belief and when is it animus-based homophobia?259Conkle, supra note 258, at 206. How does the court draw a consistent or predictable line between prejudice and a decent and honorable personal belief? This absence of a framework on how to arrive at a decision that something indeed constitutes animus is the reason that lower courts have been “wary of relying on animus” in the first place.260Dale Carpenter, Windsor Products: Equal Protection from Animus, 2013 Sup. Ct. Rev. 183, 184 (2013).

Further, this doctrine necessitates an inquiry into subjective motivations of those officials who decided to condemn property. This takes us back to one of the Brinkmann majority’s concerns: that motivational inquiry is an “exercise as fraught with conceptual and practical difficulties.”261Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 213. And the Brinkmann majority, in the context of unconstitutional animus, would not be wrong because the unconstitutional animus doctrine has been criticized as “analytically empty, a conclusion clothed in argument.”262Carpenter, supra note 269, at 185. The unconstitutional animus doctrine largely sits on a famously shaky foundation of just four cases (the so-called “animus quadrilogy”).263Id. at 183. Some scholars even argue that three of these cases “could and should have relied instead on [the traditional] equal protection doctrine for suspect and quasi-suspect classifications,” thereby expanding the suspect and quasi-suspect classifications.264Conkle, supra note 258, at 207. The unconstitutional animus doctrine is simply not as robust as the Takings Clause or the three tiers of scrutiny under the Equal Protection Clause. In contrast to the doctrine of unconstitutional animus, various bad-faith takings frameworks (all directly arising from the interpretation of the “public use” language in the Takings Clause) were already employed by the Ninth Circuit in Southern Pacific and Scott Lumber, the Seventh Circuit in 58.16 Acres of Land, and even the Connecticut Supreme Court in New England Estates. Although future jurisprudential analysis may well be able to rely on a vigorous animus framework, the current lack of such a framework, along with its high bar for success, makes animus analysis a suboptimal solution.265This Note also acknowledges the presence of another potential solution: the class-of-one theory. The class-of-one theory essentially stands for the proposition that in the takings context, a condemnee can bring an equal protection claim, “alleging discrimination against [them] in [their] capacity as an individual.” Araiza, supra note 254, at 438. These claims are “hard to win,” partly because the class-of-one theory has a “disheartening” judicial record. Id. at 438–41. The whole theory essentially rests on the shoulders of two cases: the Supreme Court’s “short per curiam opinion,” Village of Willowbrook v. Olech, 528 U.S. 562 (2000), and Engquist v. Oregon Dept. of Agriculture, 553 U.S. 591 (2008) where the Court declined to extend the class-of-one theory to the public employment context. Id. at 444. These two cases caused “extensive confusion in the lower courts” because it left “many matters unresolved,” including creating confusion as to how prevail on such a claim in the first place. Id. at 441; Blackman, supra note 231, at 727. Further, under this theory, a condemnee would still need to prove the “intent” element (similar to strict scrutiny under the traditional three-tier Equal Protection Clause framework) and show that a municipality (such as the Town of Southold) “singled out” the condemnee “because of” the condemnee’s “identity,” not merely “in spite of.” Araiza, supra note 254, at 455. This is, arguably, a high burden to meet. There is a great deal of debate fostering much scholarship concerning this theory, but it is largely beyond the scope of this Note.

D.  Brinkmann Implications

At its core, Brinkmann is more than just bad law. It is actually dangerous because it incentivizes governmental entities to lie when condemning someone’s land, which in turn denies basic accountability to the public. Under Brinkmann, any bad-faith taking can receive judicial blessing if the government or a municipality simply utters words like “passive use park” or “playing field.” Discrimination can be sanitized in this manner. Likewise, racism and outright hostility. In Brinkmann, the Town stated at oral argument that, under the Brinkmann majority’s interpretation of public use, it would be perfectly acceptable for the Town to “seize the homes of disfavored minorities out of animus toward those minorities and a desire to drive them out,” just so long as the Town “said it would build parks where the minorities’ homes once stood.”266Brinkmann, 96 F.4th at 233 (Menashi, J., dissenting). Frighteningly, the Town’s analysis is not incorrect under the Brinkmann rule. Even scarier is that this is now the law in the Second Circuit, and this is what the Second Circuit has authorized condemnors to do.

Law has real world consequences. For instance, Kelo expanded the concept of public purpose to “encompass any economically beneficial goal, guarantee[ing] that these losses [of property] will fall disproportionately on poor communities.”267Kelo v. City of New London, 545 U.S. 469, 521 (2005) (Thomas, J., dissenting). Kelo gave a green light to “large corporations and development firms” to “victimize” people who are “less likely to put their lands to the highest . . . social use.”268Id. at 521–22. Kelo essentially “affirmed that a government may take the private property of one party and give it to another private party if the other pays more taxes.”269Hafetz, supra note 86, at 3101. It did not take long to confirm that Kelo “engendered fear across the nation”:270Id. at 3095–96. in the year immediately after Kelo was decided, the Institute for Justice “found that 5783 properties ha[d] been [either] threatened or condemned for private commercial development, roughly equal to the number of such condemnations in the five years preceding Kelo.”271Id. at 3105. Scholars also found that this Kelo-authorized “private involvement in the exercise of eminent domain” increased the risk of corruption and threat of relocation.272Id.

Berman serves as another notable example. Over 97% of the people “forcibly removed from their homes”273Kelo, 545 U.S. at 522 (Thomas, J., dissenting). were Black—all for the declared sake of “public safety, public health, morality, peace and quiet, law and order.”274Berman v. Parker, 348 U.S. 26, 32 (1954). Post-Berman, “public works projects [of the] 1950s and 1960s destroyed predominantly minority communities in St. Paul, Minnesota, and Baltimore, Maryland.”275Kelo, 545 U.S. at 522 (Thomas, J., dissenting). And in 1981, “urban planners in Detroit, Michigan, [used eminent domain to] uproot[] the largely ‘lower-income and elderly’ Poletown neighborhood for the benefit of the General Motors Corporation.”276Id.

So, what will Brinkmann’s impact be? While it is uncertain to what extent it will inform the actions of governmental entities, the impact will certainly not be a societal positive. Instead, it will continue its catastrophic trajectory because Brinkmann encourages, and even rewards, municipalities to lie about their intentions behind condemnation decisions.

  CONCLUSION

Sometimes there are more questions than answers, but sometimes asking good questions is better than any answer—an endeavor that is by necessity limited in scope and applicability. And perhaps, this is the case here. The Brinkmann decision raises a lot of questions, ranging from the Brinkmann majority’s disregard of their own Goldstein precedent to a likely misinterpretation of Kelo, which cost the Brinkmanns their lot.

But Brinkmann also sparks an important conversation concerning what could and should be employed instead of the Brinkmann rule. After examining decisions rendered by the Connecticut Supreme Court and the Seventh and Ninth Circuits, all of which stand in opposition (in varying degrees) to Brinkmann, this Note envisions an alternative to the Brinkmann rule via the tripartite burden-shifting standard. But that is not all. This Note also demonstrates the failings of rational basis review, the Equal Protection Clause, and the animus doctrine when applied to addressing bad-faith takings.

The Takings Clause can destroy lives, but it can also build and improve the society in which those same lives exist. Similarly, the Takings Clause can also preserve freedom and even “empower[]” people “to shape and to plan their own destiny in a world in which governments are always eager to do so for them.”277Murr v. Wisconsin, 582 U.S. 383, 394 (2017). It is all a matter of perspective, but also—and critically—cultivating good law.

99 S. Cal. L. Rev. 405

Download

*Articles Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 99; J.D. Candidate 2026, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.A. English 2022, University of California, Los Angeles. Thank you to Professor Jacob Charles, Professor Jonathan Barnett, Lance Entrekin, and the wonderful Southern California Law Review staff for their thoughtful comments. Thank you also to my family for their continued love and support.

Quis Custodiet Ipsos Custodes: Labor & Privacy in the Age of Kidfluencers and the Internet’s Stage Mothers

  INTRODUCTION

In 2022, a group of minors sued Tiffany Smith, mother and producer of prolific child influencer Piper Rockelle, and her corporation Piper Rockelle Inc. (“PRI”), alleging nineteen claims in total, nearly all for violations of either state tort law or the California Labor Code.1Complaint for Damages for: 1. Violation of California Civil Code § 3344, 2. Violation of Common Law Right of Publicity, 3. Unjust Enrichment, 4. Intentional Interference with Contractual Relations, 5. Intentional Interference with Prospective Economic Advantage, 6. Civil Conspiracy, 7. Sexual Battery, 8. Battery, 9. Intentional Infliction of Emotional Distress, 10. Violation of Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17200, Et Seq. at 1–2, Sawyer S. v. Smith, No. 22STCV01351 (Cal. Super. Ct. 2022) [hereinafter Complaint for Damages]; Second Amended Complaint for Damages for: 1. Violation of California Civil Code § 3344, 2. Violation of Common Law Right of Publicity, 3. Unjust Enrichment, 4. Intentional Interference with Contractual Relations, 5. Intentional Interference with Prospective Economic Advantage, 6. Civil Conspiracy 7. Sexual Battery, 8. Battery, 9. Intentional Infliction of Emotional Distress, 10. Violation of Cal. Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17200, Et Seq., 11. Negligence, 12. Negligent Interference with Prospective Economic Advantage, 13. Failure to Pay Minimum Wage (Labor Code §§ 216 and 1194 Et Seq.), 14. Failure to Pay Overtime Compensation (Labor Code § 510), 15. Failure to Furnish Wage and Hour Statements (Labor Code § 226), 16. Waiting Time Penalties (Labor Code §§ 201–2013), 17. Failure to Provide Meal and Rest Periods (Labor Code §§ 226.7 and 512), 18. Violation of Child Labor Laws, 19. Civil Penalties Under the Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 (Labor Code §§ 2698 Et. Seq.) at 1–2, Sawyer S. v. Smith, No. 22STCV01351 (Cal. Super. Ct. 2024) [hereinafter Second Amended Complaint for Damages]. The minors had previously appeared in monetized content on Rockelle’s YouTube channel, which then boasted over 8.5 million followers,2Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 5. as part of a group of children self-nicknamed “the Squad.”3Id. at 2–3. According to their complaint, they devoted long hours—in some cases more than twelve hours a day for seven days a week4Second Amended Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 43–44.—over three years to producing “hundreds” of “highly lucrative” videos but were never compensated, were denied meal and rest breaks while filming, and did not receive regular on-set education.5Amy Kaufman & Jessica Gelt, Inside the Blockbuster Lawsuit Threatening One Teen YouTube Star’s Multimillion-Dollar Empire, L.A. Times (Dec. 18, 2022, at 22:24 PT) [hereinafter Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit], https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/story/2022-12-18/piper-rockelle-youtube-child-labor-lawsuit [https://web.archive.org/web/20241009204928/https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/story/2022-12-18/piper-rockelle-youtube-child-labor-lawsuit]. Following the suit’s initial filing, YouTube demonetized Rockelle’s channel, and venues where Rockelle had upcoming tour dates canceled her appearances.6Id. In 2023, Smith countersued for $30 million, accusing plaintiffs and their parents of defamation, fraud, and extortion; before plaintiffs responded, Smith dropped her lawsuit.7Id.; Angela Yang, YouTube Mom’s Child Abuse Scandal Ends in $1.85 Million Settlement, NBC NEWS (Oct. 9, 2024, at 13:22 PT), https://www.nbcnews.com/tech/piper-rockelle-mom-youtube-settlement-deal-rcna174615 [https://perma.cc/VL7B-2X74]. In March 2024, a Los Angeles Superior Court judge denied Smith’s motion for summary judgment, thus scheduling the case for trial.8Sawyer S. v. Smith, No. 22STCV01351, 2024 Cal. Super. LEXIS 51728, at *2, *19 (Dec. 18, 2024). By October 2024, the parties had settled for $1.85 million.9Yang, supra note 8.

The suit illustrates the potential for severe damage inherent in the world of child influencers—a world that is, as of now, largely unregulated. The plaintiffs in the suit, and Rockelle herself, represent a common demographic among child influencers (“kidfluencers”): children between ten and sixteen years of age with public, monetized accounts on large social-media platforms like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok, and talent and training in skills like dancing and singing as well as video editing and other skills required for content creation. Between 2017 and 2020, the plaintiffs appeared in content on Rockelle’s YouTube channel and on her accounts on other platforms; while Rockelle’s early postings were relatively innocuous (videos with titles like “My trip to the Los Angeles Zoo”10Piper Rockelle, My Trip to the Los Angeles Zoo || Piper Rockelle (YouTube, Oct. 28, 2017), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ndZwmfmOcow [https://perma.cc/Z8KJ-3B4V]. and “Getting a pet turtle!!!”11Piper Rockelle, Getting a Pet Turtle!!! (YouTube, June 11, 2017), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7OPQGKBJZTE [https://perma.cc/W6NH-DJZ8]. ), the channel’s tone quickly took a questionable turn, with videos featuring children performing skits, challenges, and pranks in various stages of undress and in suggestive situations accompanied by clickbait thumbnails and titles12Clickbait, Merriam-Webster, https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clickbait [https://perma.cc/CXA3-W9XE] (last visited Dec. 17, 2024, at 12:14 PT). such as “24 HOURS HANDCUFFED to my ‘BOYFRIEND’ ” (featuring a then-ten-year-old Rockelle),13Piper Rockelle, 24 Hours Handcuffed to My “Boyfriend” | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, June 23, 2018), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jua-A0z6BL0 [https://perma.cc/CW3N-2XTE]. “11 YEAR OLD BELLY PIERCED **PRANK** (Can’t Say No 24 Hour Challenge) 🚫👌,”14Piper Rockelle, 11 Year Old Belly Pierced **Prank** (Can’t Say No 24 Hour Challenge)🚫👌 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, Jan. 16, 2019) [hereinafter Rockelle, Belly Pierced], https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SkF8_jxE16M [https://perma.cc/TP7S-FHWX]. and “Asking STRANGERS To Be My BOYFRIEND Challenge **1 DATE = $100** ❤️💵” (featuring a then-twelve-year-old Rockelle).15Piper Rockelle, Asking Strangers to Be My Boyfriend Challenge **1 Date = $100**❤️💵 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, June 23, 2019) [hereinafter Rockelle, Asking Strangers to Be My Boyfriend], https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YPymnxtTG-0 [https://perma.cc/ZTM5-FQA4].

Using the Piper Rockelle lawsuit (“the PRI lawsuit”) as a case study,16I acknowledge that use of the PRI lawsuit as a case study may have inherent limitations in supporting more general propositions about the kidfluencer phenomenon and related legal and policy concerns. this Note will focus on the growing number of kidfluencers and the need for standardized, federal laws ensuring their fair labor conditions and preservation of personal privacy. In particular, this Note will discuss the inadequacy of federal and state regulation of two forms of exploitation that present concerns in the kidfluencer context: (1) labor (exploiting a child’s work without compensation, meaningful consent, or regulation) and (2) privacy (exploiting a child’s image or likeness without compensation and meaningful consent).17In addition to both forms of exploitation, the PRI case also involved significant physical abuse; such abuse raises issues and laws that are not unique to kidfluencing and are not the focus of this Note. Part I of this Note presents an overview of the kidfluencer phenomenon and the evolution of stage parents from vaudeville and the early motion picture industry to the Internet and social media. Part II describes kidfluencers’ vulnerability to labor exploitation, discussing how measures protecting child performers remain largely unavailable to kidfluencers and require expansion to cover this new demographic of child workers. Part III details the rampant exploitation of kidfluencers’ privacy and analyzes how the increasing legal spotlight on protecting children as social-media users has yet to acknowledge kidfluencers’ privacy and publicity interests and must do so to adequately protect them. Part IV proposes that, in addition to enacting laws to protect the labor and privacy rights of kidfluencers, Congress should empower social-media platforms as enforcers of kidfluencer laws and impose liability on platforms that host content produced in violation of these recognized kidfluencer rights. Ultimately, this Note presents a holistic set of common-sense regulations, grounded in analogous, existing law, that are designed to close the critical gaps in kidfluencer protections as quickly and effectively as possible. This all-encompassing approach—covering both privacy and labor—to regulating children in monetized content is essential given the pervasiveness of their online presence and the reality of ever-advancing online technology that is here to stay.

I.  THE ARRIVAL OF KIDFLUENCERS

The influencer economy is worth over $250 billion worldwide18Jennifer Valentino-DeVries & Michael H. Keller, A Marketplace of Girl Influencers Managed by Moms and Stalked by Men, N.Y. Times (Feb. 25, 2024), https://www.nytimes.com/2024/02/22/us/instagram-child-influencers.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20241116174149/https://www.nytimes.com/2024/02/22/us/instagram-child-influencers.html]. and is expected to swell to $480 billion before the year 2030.19Press Release, Steve Padilla, Sen., California Legislature Approves Senator Padilla Bill Updating Financial Protections for Youth Content Creators (Aug. 29, 2024), https://sd18.senate.ca.gov/news/california-legislature-approves-senator-padilla-bill-updating-financial-protections-youth [https://perma.cc/8MCP-PWAU]. U.S. brands spend more than $5 billion on influencers each year.20Valentino-DeVries & Keller, supra note 19. Massive content-sharing platforms like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok host millions of influencers who then share content to millions more subscribers.21Joe Gagliese, The Rise of the Influencer: Predictions for Ways They’ll Change the World, Forbes (July 8, 2022, at 7:30 ET), https://www.forbes.com/councils/theyec/2022/07/08/the-rise-of-the-influencer-predictions-for-ways-theyll-change-the-world [https://perma.cc/9SFW-UZJN]. On YouTube, influencers creating and sharing videos on their “channels” earn revenue based on the number of views their videos generate. When a YouTube channel is monetized, YouTube collects forty-five percent of advertising revenue from the creator’s videos, and the creator receives the remainder.22Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. With this formula, top creators earn tens of millions of dollars each year—and kidfluencers with at least one million followers can earn $10,000 or more for each sponsored post they share.23Press Release, Dave Koehler, Sen., Ill. Gen. Assemb., Koehler Law Ensures Child Vloggers Are Accurately Compensated (Aug. 11, 2023, at 16:22 PT), https://www.senatordavekoehler.com/news/28-press-releases/462-koehler-law-ensures-child-vloggers-are-accurately-compensated [https://perma.cc/PJ5K-JSBW]. Before the onset of the PRI lawsuit, PRI made between $4.2 million and $7.5 million annually from social-media advertising alone, and the PRI plaintiffs averaged up to $28,000 per month in YouTube revenue.24Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6; Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 21–23.

And kidfluencers are a fast-growing demographic in monetized social-media content.25Sapna Maheshwari, Online and Earnings Thousands, at Age 4: Meet the Kidfluencers, N.Y. Times (Mar. 1, 2019), https://www.nytimes.com/2019/03/01/business/media/social-media-influencers-kids.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20250207002557/https://www.nytimes.com/2019/03/01/business/media/social-media-influencers-kids.html]. Social-media accounts listed in children’s names but managed by parents (typically with a moniker like “Managed by Mom” in the account biography) feature young children almost exclusively, with little to no regulations governing the children’s compensation, working conditions, or content output. Thus, children can work extensive hours, receive little to no formal schooling, and have their intimate details shared on the Internet at-large with essentially no recourse and no safeguarding of their earnings from parents or other adults controlling their accounts. Many kidfluencer accounts boast massive followings, with subscribers in the hundreds of thousands or even millions, and the financial payout is huge. Roughly a century ago, states began regulating labor conditions for child performers, many of whom were pushed into the entertainment industry by their parents and subsequently experienced extensive exploitation.26See infra Section I.A. Now, social media has given stage parents a new arena—one with novel and potentially catastrophic dangers if left unchecked.

A. A Brief History of Stage Mothers

The concept of “stage parents” and “stage mothers” enjoys a long and controversial history in American culture.27See generally Teresa Simone, Performing Performance Moms, in Aoise Stratford & Lynn Deboeck, (M)Other Perspectives: Staging Motherhood in 21st Century North American Theatre & Performance 220 (2023) (discussing depictions of stage mothers in reality television and various social debate thereof). Early discussion of overbearing and even abusive parents pushing their children into careers on stage and in film arose from personal anecdotes of early film stars. Legendary movie star Judy Garland often recounted growing up on a vaudeville stage in the 1920s and 1930s, and the intensity with which her mother, Ethel Gumm, pushed her to perform; in a 1967 interview, Garland, recalling her early days of performing onstage, stated, “[My mother] would sort of stand in the wings . . . and if I didn’t feel good, if I was sick to my tummy, she’d say, ‘You get out and sing, or I’ll wrap you around the bedpost and break you off short!’ So, I’d go out and sing.”28Jaycub Howard, Judy Garland Complete 1967 Interview, at 13:25–13:39 (YouTube, Apr. 6, 2014), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NHJujYMvY30 [https://perma.cc/8DJV-FLV2]. Garland, cemented in American culture by her performance as Dorothy in 1939’s The Wizard of Oz, later characterized her mother as “the real Wicked Witch of the West” and described how Ethel began giving her pills to increase energy or to promote sleep before Garland’s tenth birthday.29Sara Kettler, Inside Judy Garland’s Troubled Youth, Biography (Oct. 1, 2020, at 14:12 ET), https://www.biography.com/actors/judy-garland-facts-bio [https://perma.cc/AK45-5UC9].

Nearly a century and the passage of much legislation for child performers later, stage parents like Ethel Gumm remain, motivated by many of the same interests—money, fame, power, attention—as their twentieth-century counterparts. These interests can easily collide with children’s needs, and the development of laws protecting child actors demonstrates a commitment by the traditional entertainment industry to limiting the effects of such conflict. Today, child actors in multiple states, including California and New York, and members of entertainer unions like SAG-AFTRA have protections that Judy Garland’s generation did not, such as guaranteed access to wages, adequate education, and limitations over working hours.30SAG-AFTRA, the primary labor union for American media professionals, provides extensive protections to child actors. See SAG-AFTRA, Young Performers Handbook 7 (2020), https://issuu.com/sag-aftra/docs/2020_youngperformers [https://perma.cc/5YUZ-F8F4]. Entertainers are eligible for membership upon being hired for a position covered by a SAG-AFTRA collective bargaining agreement, while minors under age four can work under SAG-AFTRA contracts without union membership. Id. at 5. SAG-AFTRA’s collective bargaining agreements mandate protected trust accounts for the compensation of minor actors working in California and New York, in addition to restricting work hours for minor actors anywhere in the United States and imposing requirements for on-set education and supervision. Id. at 9, 13, 17. Production companies employing minors must adhere to the responsibilities required by both SAG-AFTRA contracts and applicable state law. Id. at 17. These regulations acknowledge both the potential conflict of interest between stage parents and child performers as well as the reality of children as a key and enduring presence within the entertainment industry. But while child actors today are more protected from parents who squander their earnings or force them to work oppressively long hours, children are still at the mercy of their parents as to whether they ultimately pursue an entertainment career in the first place and, if they do, the relentlessness of that pursuit.

In 2022, former child star Jennette McCurdy released her memoir I’m Glad My Mom Died. Chronicling her ascent from poverty to fame on the highly successful Nickelodeon show iCarly, McCurdy detailed her late mother’s longstanding obsession with McCurdy’s success as a child actor, regardless of McCurdy’s own disinterest in such a career. Recalling the initial signing meeting with her first agent, McCurdy wrote,

“It’s important that Jennette wants to act, in order for her to do well,” [the agent] says.

“Oh, she wants this more than anything,” Mom says as she signs on the next page’s dotted line.

Mom wants this more than anything, not me. [Auditioning] was stressful and not fun, and if given the choice, I would choose to never do anything like it again. On the other hand, I do want what Mom wants, so she’s kind of right.31Jennette McCurdy, I’m Glad My Mom Died 14 (2022).

McCurdy emphasized her lack of agency and meaningful choice in embarking on her career as an actor, framing her mother’s eventual death from cancer as the catalyst that allowed McCurdy to leave behind the career she never wanted—though she could not as easily escape her fame.32See id. at 303.

When I was six years old, she pushed me into a career I didn’t want. I’m grateful for the financial stability that career has provided me, but not much else. I was not equipped to handle the entertainment industry and all of its competitiveness, rejection, stakes, harsh realities, fame. I needed that time, those years, to develop as a child. To form my identity. To grow. I can never get those years back.33Id.

B. Reality Television Bridges the Gap from Film and Television to the Internet

In 2011, the Lifetime reality series Dance Moms premiered, unwittingly marking the beginning of a new era and a new medium for twenty-first-century stage parents. Following a group of young competitive dancers and their intense and argumentative mothers, Dance Moms became an overnight sensation and launched the show’s young dancers into stardom. In the show’s early seasons, the dancers’ mothers spoke of their hopes for their children to achieve careers on a Broadway stage and in film.34See, e.g., Dance Moms: The Competition Begins (Lifetime television broadcast, aired July 13, 2011). In 2011, Instagram was in its infancy and the advent of TikTok was years away; a handful of hit reality shows featuring children, like Jon and Kate Plus 8 and the ill-fated 19 Kids and Counting,3519 Kids and Counting was a reality series on The Learning Channel (“TLC”) that ran from 2008 to 2015 and followed the lives of the Duggar family, a conservative Christian family with nineteen children. See Abby Ohlheiser, Sarah Pulliam Bailey & Elahe Izadi, Josh Duggar Apologizes Amid Molestation Allegations, Quits Family Research Council, Wash. Post (May 22, 2015), https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/acts-of-faith/wp/2015/05/21/josh-duggar-apologizes-resigns-from-family-research-council-amid-molestation-allegations [https://web.archive.org/web/20150531005339/https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/acts-of-faith/wp/2015/05/21/josh-duggar-apologizes-resigns-from-family-research-council-amid-molestation-allegations]. The show was canceled in 2015 after allegations surfaced that the family’s oldest son, Joshua Duggar, had sexually abused four of his younger sisters before the show’s run. Abby Ohlheiser & Elahe Izadi, TLC Pulls ‘19 Kids and Counting’ Citing ‘Heartbreaking Situation,’ Wash. Post (May 22, 2015), https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/acts-of-faith/wp/2015/05/22/what-happens-to-tlcs-19-kids-and-counting-after-the-josh-duggar-allegations [https://web.archive.org/web/20150531162500/https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/acts-of-faith/wp/2015/05/22/what-happens-to-tlcs-19-kids-and-counting-after-the-josh-duggar-allegations]. existed but the children on those shows were not positioned adjacent to entertainment careers and also had not built independent followings or fanbases—the concept of kidfluencers was entirely new. Dance Moms changed the game.36See generally Back to the Barre (Apple Podcasts) (discussing how the Dance Moms child cast evolved from popular reality-television personalities to some of the first kidfluencers on content-sharing platforms).

Today, the original Dance Moms dancers are in their early to mid-twenties and their primary careers are as social-media influencers.37See infra notes 43–45 and accompanying text. Instead of becoming “stars” in a traditional sense on stage and in film, the Dance Moms girls achieved stardom as themselves, beloved by young fans of their show who flocked to follow them on social media as Instagram and other platforms simultaneously took off.38Rebecka Schumann, ‘Dance Moms’ Online: 8 Former Cast Members to Follow on Instagram, Twitter and More, Int’l Bus. Times (July 2, 2015, at 14:15 ET), https://www.ibtimes.com/dance-moms-online-8-former-cast-members-follow-instagram-twitter-more-1994430 [https://perma.cc/V8SF-BWMX]. While the first Dance Moms dancers did not begin their time on the show imagining kidfluencer fame, cast members during the show’s later seasons arguably did. In 2016, a group of younger dancers joined the now-wildly successful Dance Moms cast; entering the show in the post-Instagram and Musical.ly (TikTok’s forerunner application) world, these new dancers had social-media pages ready when the show’s global audience began following them in droves. Now teenagers, many members of Dance Moms’ second generation work as kidfluencers today39See id.—and the world of kidfluencers and reality child stars is a small one. Dance Moms’ second generation includes seventeen-year-old Lilliana Ketchman and eighteen-year-old Elliana Walmsley. Ketchman was named by the PRI plaintiffs as a perceived competitor to Rockelle, “anger[ing]” Smith; the plaintiffs believed Smith subsequently used “dirty tactics” to cause a significant decline in Ketchman’s followers, viewership, and revenue in January 2021.40Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 15–16. Plaintiffs believed that Smith used the same tactics against Ketchman that they alleged that she did against the plaintiffs themselves after they stopped collaborating with Smith to develop content for Rockelle’s platforms. Such tactics included

using “bots,” paying to quickly add and then remove “subscribers” from a YouTube channel (which affects YouTube’s algorithm for recommended content), falsely flagging content as “inappropriate” on YouTube (which leads to the content being deemed “restricted,” thereby hurting viewership of the content), embedding [p]laintiffs’ videos into porn[ography] sites and working with an inside individual . . . at YouTube to help “restrict” [p]laintiffs’ videos.

Id. at 15.
Meanwhile, Walmsley is a former member of Rockelle’s Squad, though she was not a party to the PRI lawsuit.41See, e.g., Piper Rockelle, Last to Stop Massaging Their Boyfriend Wins **Couples Challenge** 💆‍♀️💕 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, Feb. 13, 2021) [hereinafter Rockelle, Last to Stop], https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xSRoRwuVxX4 [https://perma.cc/EYF9-9PDA]; Piper Rockelle, Last to Leave the Bubble Bath!! (YouTube, Feb. 5, 2022) [hereinafter Rockelle, Last to Leave], https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6KHlTcf0e4s [https://perma.cc/5MHN-JCQ2].

Image 1.  Former Dance Moms Cast Member and Current Influencer Kendall Vertes’s Instagram42Kendall Vertes (@kendallvertes), Instagram, https://www.instagram.com/kendallvertes [https://web.archive.org/web/20240110032236/https://www.instagram.com/accounts/login/?next=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.instagram.com%2Fkendallvertes%2F].

 

 

Image 2.  Former Dance Moms Cast Member and Current Influencer Chloé Lukasiak’s Instagram43Chloé Lukasiak (@chloelukasiak), Instagram, https://www.instagram.com/chloelukasiak [https://perma.cc/PFP7-FQ6K].

Barely a decade after Dance Moms’ premiere and Instagram’s launch, kidfluencing is now eclipsing the once-well-trodden paths to child stardom found on television and in film. Piper Rockelle exemplifies this phenomenon:

Paparazzi don’t wait outside Piper’s fuchsia-painted mansion in the San Fernando Valley, but among a young, YouTube-fixated demographic, the ebullient brunette is idolized. As a rising star on the most-watched video-content platform of her generation, Piper bypassed the traditional paths of Nickelodeon and Disney to become a millionaire through the monetization of her social media content.

Propelled by the force of millions of likes and heart emojis, Piper was making between $4.2 million and $7.5 million a year before the Squad’s lawsuit. Her YouTube videos had amassed over 1.87 billion views, and companies such as NBCUniversal, Disney and Amazon were paying her to promote their products on Instagram and TikTok. Super-VIP tickets on her tour—a live variety show that trades on the Squad’s online personas—went for $599.99. She was also selling merchandise on her website, offering personalized greetings via Cameo and making music. She has released seven singles.44Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6.

The PRI “empire[],” much like many YouTube money machines, “was built at home.”45Id. Smith’s live-in boyfriend, Hunter Hill, also a defendant in the PRI lawsuit, filmed and edited the Squad’s videos in the Smith home, and Smith planned video content and coordinated filming schedules for Squad members.46Id. Initially, Rockelle and other members of the Squad sought success as actors on stage and in film; after her social-media channels took off, however, Rockelle narrowed her focus solely to kidfluencing, while Smith “strongly discouraged” other Squad members from continuing to pursue work beyond their growing YouTube empire.47Id.

And though stage parents like Smith are pursuing fame for their children in a new medium, the same conflicts of interest between parents and children that persist in film and television recur in the Internet-child-stardom era. In the early 2000s, the challenges of living in poverty colored Jennette McCurdy’s high-stress journey into the television industry; just a few years later, PRI would allegedly take advantage of children also coming from limited means in order to profit from their involvement in the Squad. Said one PRI plaintiff, “[s]ingle mothers using YouTube to support the family—there’s a lot of those in the [Squad’s families].”48Id.

While the PRI lawsuit is seemingly unique (as of now) in terms of its size and the breadth of the allegations at-issue, Rockelle and the Squad are in good company as part of a vast, bankable movement of kidfluencer content creators. Kidfluencer accounts are undeniably popular: a 2019 study revealed that videos featuring a child younger than thirteen-years-old receive three times the views garnered by videos without children.49Patrick Van Kessel, Skye Toor & Aaron Smith, A Week in the Life of Popular YouTube Channels, Pew Rsch. Ctr. (July 25, 2019), https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/2019/07/25/a-week-in-the-life-of-popular-youtube-channels [https://perma.cc/59KQ-22TN]. And critics of the kidfluencer phenomenon say that platforms like YouTube, as well as brands that partner with kidfluencers for paid product placements, are deliberately skirting child labor laws because of kidfluencer accounts’ popularity and payoff; in their view, the legal gray area surrounding kidfluencers enables platforms and brands to make “billions” from kidfluencer content while avoiding the costs and coordination that film and television productions are legally required to undertake to work with child performers.50Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. YouTube currently makes it fairly easy, with strategic use of algorithmic tools like hash-tagging, to achieve monetized status, requiring that channels reach just 1,000 subscribers and 4,000 viewing hours within twelve months to become monetized; as of last year, YouTube hosted roughly two million monetized accounts.51Id.

Between YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok, opportunities for children to build a massive online presence—and for adults to make serious money off their backs—are exploding. As the last century of developing adequate legal protections for child actors demonstrates, this level of financial promise coupled with children as the key moneymakers is a recipe for exploitative disaster. Now that the recipe has found a new home on the Internet, the potential for lifelong damage to the children behind the money machines has reached devastating levels. The baby steps that some lawmakers are beginning to take toward protecting, primarily, kidfluencers’ compensation are, to be sure, essential regulatory efforts. But the reality of the kidfluencer world demands a much more all-encompassing approach—one that treats kidfluencers as the professionals they are and treats the Internet as the uniquely permanent and wide-ranging medium it is. Making parents the unchecked shot-callers over their children’s labor conditions and privacy is an untenable arrangement because of the potential conflict of interest inherent in parents choosing between substantial monetary gain and their children’s best interests. Kidfluencers and the Internet (much like child film stars and the motion picture industry as seen a century ago) are not going anywhere. So, lawmakers must get serious about how to regulate them.

II.  REGULATING THE LABOR OF KIDFLUENCERS

While federal law does provide some protections for child labor, it expressly exempts child performers from those protections. Thus, to the extent that child entertainers receive protection from labor exploitation, those protections come either from state law or from unions for media professionals such as SAG-AFTRA. However, summarizing what relevant federal law is present in this area helps contextualize the gaps in child entertainer regulations that state laws and unions have had to attempt to fill. And while neither state laws (for the most part) nor unions protect kidfluencers’ labor rights, they do protect child entertainers and thus provide helpful and relevant models for what effective legal protections for kidfluencers’ labor should entail.

Only a handful of states have laws governing child entertainers, and the most stringent laws exist in California and New York; both states limit child entertainers’ working hours, regulate their education, mandate their on-set supervision and advocacy, and protect their wages. All of these regulations should be expanded to cover kidfluencers; further, because kidfluencers primarily work at home and thus are not restricted by a need to live within range of entertainment hubs like Los Angeles and New York City, these regulations should apply to kidfluencers in every state through federal legislation. Recent legislation in California, Illinois, Utah, and Minnesota protecting primarily kidfluencers’ wages, while helpful, is but one small piece of the comprehensive regulatory scheme needed to adequately protect kidfluencers’ labor.

A.  Existing Labor Regulations for Child Entertainers

1. Federal Measures for Child Workers: The Fair Labor Standards Act

In 1938, the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) marked a new era for regulation of child workers. Setting the minimum age of employment for most non-agricultural work at sixteen,52Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, 29 U.S.C. § 203(l). the act came on the heels of the United States Supreme Court striking down laws aimed at regulating commercial goods produced by child workers in Hammer v. Dagenhart53Hammer v. Dagenhart, 247 U.S. 251, 276–77 (1918). and the Child Labor Tax Case.54Child Labor Tax Case, 259 U.S. 20, 39 (1922). These decisions were but one component of a long struggle by labor reformers to protect child workers—by the twentieth century, reformers heavily emphasized how child labor led to extensive health problems and the deprivation of adequate education.55Michael Schuman, History of Child Labor in the United States—Part 2: The Reform Movement, U.S. Bureau of Lab. Stats.: Monthly Lab. Rev. (Jan. 2017), https://www.bls.gov/opub/mlr/2017/article/history-of-child-labor-in-the-united-states-part-2-the-reform-movement.htm [https://perma.cc/UWU8-NM2Y]. In developing their platform regarding child labor, advocates also had to reckon with the difficult but inescapable reality that many child workers came from immense poverty. Some reformers lobbed heavy criticism at parents who they claimed were “too lazy to work” and had “become accustomed to subsist[ing] by their children’s labor.”56Id. (alteration in original) (quoting Hugh D. Hindman, Child Labor: An American History 174 (2002)).

The FLSA still has multiple exemptions, some critical to child entertainers and kidfluencers alike: the FLSA exempts from regulation “a parent employing his own child”5729 U.S.C. § 203(l). and does not apply to “any child employed as an actor or performer in motion pictures or theatrical productions, or in radio or television productions.”58Id. § 213(c)(3). The latter exemption is known as the “Shirley Temple Act” because without it, the then-wildly popular child star would have disappeared from movie screens.59Kimberlianne Podlas, Does Exploiting a Child Amount to Employing a Child? The FLSA’s Child Labor Provisions and Children on Reality Television, 17 UCLA Ent. L. Rev. 39, 57–58 (2010). Further, the lawmakers behind the FLSA did not consider entertainment work especially hazardous or oppressive, unlike the dangerous factory and agricultural labor the FLSA was intended to address, and thus excluded minors in entertainment from coverage.60Katherine Wirvin, Note, A Star Is Born: Lack of Income Rights for Entertainment’s Newest Stars, “Kidtubers,” 76 Fed. Commc’ns L.J. 61, 63 (2023). Due to this exclusion of child performers from federal regulation, labor rights for child performers fall under state law, and states have adopted a variety of protections (including, in seventeen states, no protections at all) for this demographic.61Nila McGinnis, Note, “They’re Just Playing”: Why Child Social Media Stars Need Enhanced Coogan Protections to Save Them from Their Parents, 87 Mo. L. Rev. 247, 254 (2022).

2.  SAG-AFTRA, States’ Approaches & the Coogan Law

Some of the most comprehensive protections for child entertainers come from SAG-AFTRA, the primary union for media professionals in the United States. SAG-AFTRA’s collective bargaining agreements with production companies require that companies adhere to the standards delineated in SAG-AFTRA’s contracts as well as applicable state law regarding employment of minors.62SAG-AFTRA, supra note 31, at 17. Thus, SAG-AFTRA functions as the enforcer of its own standards for employing child performers; its collective bargaining agreements act as a bottleneck against potentially negligent or exploitative employment practices because production companies that are SAG-AFTRA signatories must comply with these standards in order to employ children with SAG-AFTRA membership.63SAG-AFTRA represents hundreds of thousands of media professionals. See About, SAG-AFTRA, https://www.sagaftra.org/about [https://web.archive.org/web/20241212142216/https://www.sagaftra.org/about]. Countless production companies, including particularly prominent companies like The Walt Disney Company, are SAG-AFTRA signatories. See Signatory Search, SAG-AFTRA, https://www.sagaftra.org/contracts-industry-resources/signatory-search [https://web.archive.org/web/20241213162220/https://www.sagaftra.org/contracts-industry-resources/signatory-search]. SAG-AFTRA restricts the working hours of child entertainers working anywhere in the United States, stipulating that minors may not work before 5:00 a.m. or after 10:00 p.m. on days preceding a school day (and may not work after 12:30 a.m. on mornings of non-school days); SAG-AFTRA further limits total working hours per school day to four hours for children ages six to eight, five hours for children ages nine to fifteen, and six hours for children ages sixteen and seventeen.64SAG-AFTRA, supra note 31, at 22. On non-school days, school-age minors may work up to two additional hours. Id. School days for SAG-AFTRA contract purposes conform to the public school calendar for the district where the minor resides, and SAG-AFTRA requires that school-age minors receive an average of at least three hours of educational instruction on school days.65Id. Minors between six months and two years old may work up to two hours while minors between two and five years old may work up to three hours; only preschool-age minors do not attend on-set school.66Id.

SAG-AFTRA’s protections for child actors’ compensation also conform to applicable state law, where present.67Id. at 9, 16–17, 32–33. Originally passed in California in 1939, the Coogan Law now requires that fifteen percent of all minors’ earnings for entertainment work be placed in a blocked trust account (known as a “Coogan Account”) accessible only by the minor once they reach adulthood.68Coogan Law, SAG-AFTRA, https://www.sagaftra.org/membership-benefits/young-performers/coogan-law [https://web.archive.org/web/20241213153939/https://www.sagaftra.org/membership-benefits/young-performers/coogan-law]. The law’s namesake, child actor Jackie Coogan, enjoyed a tremendously successful career in the 1920s after being discovered by Charlie Chaplin.69James Barron, Jackie Coogan, Child Star of Films, Dies at 69, N.Y. Times, Mar. 2, 1984 (§ B), at 5, https://timesmachine.nytimes.com/timesmachine/1984/03/02/026082.html [https://nyti.ms/3MjtcCP]. Coogan grew up on vaudeville stages, making his stage debut at sixteen months old. After his mother’s refusal to turn over more of his earnings, Coogan sued both her and his lawyer but eventually settled for only $35,000. Id. But despite Coogan’s millions of dollars in earnings as a child star, he only ever received a weekly allowance of $6.25 from his mother until, when Coogan turned twenty-one, she ultimately refused to ever turn over more of his earnings to him.70Id. Though intended to prevent exploitation like that Coogan suffered from befalling future young actors, the first iteration of the Coogan Law had critical gaps, including merely permitting, rather than mandating, trust accounts for child performers.71Coogan Law, supra note 69. It was precisely these gaps that enabled the parents of Shirley Temple herself to devote her earnings entirely to supporting their family of twelve even after the initial passage of the Coogan Law; after her acting career slowed down in her teenage years, the generation-defining star’s “only assets were a few thousand dollars and the deed to her dollhouse in the back yard [sic] of her parents’ Beverly Hills home.”72Peter M. Christiano, Saving Shirley Temple: An Attempt to Secure Financial Futures for Child Performers, 31 McGeorge L. Rev. 201, 205 (2000) (alteration in original) (internal quotation marks omitted). California closed the gaps in its Coogan Law in January 2000 following advocacy by SAG-AFTRA for unequivocal legal recognition that minors’ earnings from entertainment work are their own.73Coogan Law, supra note 69. Currently, New York, Illinois, Louisiana, and New Mexico all have trust-account mandates for child actors comparable to California’s Coogan Law.74Id.

Meanwhile, some states also have laws concerning child performers’ labor conditions in addition to compensation requirements and union protections. California mandates a maximum eight-hour workday for child entertainers in addition to three hours of on-set education for each weekday that children work; California also requires that a state-licensed teacher or welfare worker be present at all times on sets where child performers are working,75Jessica Gelt & Amy Kaufman, YouTube Star Piper Rockelle’s Mom Reaches $1.85-Million Settlement with Young Influencers, L.A. Times (Oct. 10, 2024, at 09:10 PT) [hereinafter Gelt & Kaufman, Settlement], https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/story/2024-10-10/youtube-influencer-piper-rockelle-mother-lawsuit-settlement [https://web.archive.org/web/20241124201801/https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/story/2024-10-10/youtube-influencer-piper-rockelle-mother-lawsuit-settlement]. and that adults obtain permits before employing children and ensure that a minor’s parent or guardian is within their sight and hearing range at all times that the minor is on set.76Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. In New York, employers of child entertainers working three or more consecutive days must provide a credentialed on-set teacher to ensure that state educational requirements for child entertainers are met.77SAG-AFTRA, supra note 31, at 20, 22.

3.  When Does the Home Become a Set?

State laws protecting child entertainers, however well-established, largely do not extend to kidfluencers—even in states like California, which has very strict regulations for child performers78Id. at 22–23. (PRI is located in Los Angeles and the Squad’s videos were filmed there79Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 5–6.). If we apply California and SAG-AFTRA’s labor regulations for child actors to PRI and the Squad, PRI—sometimes allegedly, other times admittedly—fell far short.80See SAG-AFTRA, supra note 31, at 20, 22–23. Smith did not obtain permits to work with the minors in the Squad.81Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. Some PRI plaintiffs claimed they worked up to twelve hours per day, seven days a week, without rest and meal breaks and without compensation.82Second Amended Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 43–44, 46. The mother of two plaintiffs, sisters, worried that one of her daughters “was falling behind in school because she wasn’t getting enough sleep” due to Smith’s demanding filming schedule.83Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. Some of the plaintiffs’ parents alleged that Smith “regularly forbade other adults from being on set”;84Id. Smith reportedly only ever “briefly” hired an on-set teacher for Squad members and “was uninterested in the children’s education,” even though none of the minors attended traditional in-person school during their years filming.85Id. After some of the plaintiffs’ parents hired a private tutor to work with the minors in Smith’s guesthouse, Smith “barged” into the guesthouse mid-lesson, “screaming” that the child currently studying needed to “report to set immediately” and that “she didn’t care whether the tutor’s hour wasn’t up.”86Id. The tutor left her position teaching the Squad after the incident.87Id. Plaintiffs also reported that Rockelle herself had significant educational gaps, claiming Rockelle, who has only ever been homeschooled,88Homeschooling in the United States is a largely unregulated practice, and some critics argue that the lack of oversight for homeschooling families threatens both children’s right to an effective education as well as their emotional and physical well-being. See generally Elizabeth Bartholet, Homeschooling: Parent Rights Absolutism vs. Child Rights to Education & Protection, 62 Ariz. L. Rev. 1 (2020) (pointing to correlations between homeschooling and instances of child abuse to illustrate the risks potentially inherent in a deregulated homeschooling regime). had trouble reading and “never” did schoolwork.89Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6.

Commenting on the allegations in the PRI lawsuit regarding failure to provide compensation as well as the maintenance of an oppressive work environment, plaintiffs’ attorney Matthew Sarelson remarked, “Imagine if these kids had been on a movie set for Lionsgate . . . . People would go to jail if this had happened at a studio.”90Id. But kidfluencers occupy a legal gray area existing somewhere between professional child performers and the kids-next-door getting together to make a funny video.91See Id. And the PRI plaintiffs assert that that legal gray area has given rise to a “Wild West atmosphere of content creation” where adults can push children into extensive, high-profile content creation with little to no oversight.92Gelt & Kaufman, Settlement, supra note 76.

Throughout the PRI lawsuit, Smith emphasized that she “did not view her home as a workplace” nor herself as the plaintiffs’ employer; she described the Squad’s activities as “ ‘kids get[ting] together voluntarily to collaborate on making videos,’ ” a far cry, in her view, from a professional studio environment that would necessitate her compliance with state child labor laws.93Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. Smith’s lawyer commented, “There is tremendous uncertainty about what labor laws apply in the context of filming a YouTube video at home, with an iPhone . . . . At what point is that a professional production?”94Id. Meanwhile, Sarelson argued that “PRI should be treated no differently than a traditional production company” and expressed “hopes [that] the lawsuit sparks change in the social media space.”95Id. The PRI lawsuit also raised questions as to whether the plaintiffs’ parents should have obtained permits covering their children’s individual filming of their own content. Id. Some of PRI’s activities—including using a professional camera to film content and posting audition notices for young actors to film with Rockelle—could indicate that the corporation was effectively operating as a professional production company.96Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. But currently, no federal legislation exists delineating the line between making home videos and shooting professional social-media content.

B.  New Efforts: Expanding Child Labor Regulations to Cover Kidfluencers

A handful of states are beginning to enact labor protections for kidfluencers, underscoring the desire and need for a comprehensive, federal approach to kidfluencer regulation.97As of June 2025, sixteen states have introduced legislation to regulate kidfluencers in some form; this Note only addresses legislation already enacted at the time of writing. Kim Miller, Protecting Young Influencers: New Laws Protect Content Creators that Are Minors, MultiState (June 25, 2025), https://www.multistate.us/insider/2025/6/25/protecting-young-influencers-new-laws-protect-content-creators-that-are-minors [https://perma.cc/TD94-8TAF]. In July 2025, Minnesota enacted some of the most significant kidfluencer regulations so far: not only does the state now mandate protected trust accounts to safeguard kidfluencers’ earnings, but it also prohibits children less than fourteen years old from appearing in monetized content at all.98H.F. 3488, 93rd Leg., 93rd Sess. (Minn. 2024). Instead of designing its law solely as a means of “legitimizing” kidfluencers as akin to child entertainers, University of Minnesota Law School Dean William McGeveran said Minnesota “ ‘set [its law] up as almost a child labor law. . . . It’s about kids needing to be able to be paid for work that they do . . . . And if they’re 13 and under, kids can’t work in the ice cream shop and they can’t work in their parents’ content creation either.’ ”99Caroline Cummings, New Minnesota Law Sets Guardrails for Children of Content Creators Featured in Monetized Videos, CBS News (July 2, 2025, at 21:27 CT), https://www.cbsnews.com/minnesota/news/minnesota-law-children-content-creators-monetized-videos-guards [https://perma.cc/R9BU-68ST]. Minnesota’s statute does not enshrine any further labor regulations for kidfluencers over fourteen beyond protecting their earnings.

For the other six states that now protect kidfluencers’ labor, their measures are limited to regulating kidfluencers’ compensation. In July 2024, Illinois became the first U.S. state to enact laws expressly protecting kidfluencers’ earnings.100Katie Kindelan, Illinois Becomes 1st State to Regulate Kid Influencers: What to Know About the Law, ABC News (Aug. 14, 2023, at 14:36 PT), https://abcnews.go.com/GMA/Family/illinois-1st-state-regulate-kid-influencers-law/story?id=102259218 [https://perma.cc/N9G8-U2UA]. Content creators in Illinois must now set aside a portion of earnings in a protected trust account for all minors age sixteen and under who appear in at least thirty percent of their monetized content.101Id. Illinois Senator Dave Koehler, who introduced the law, took action after Shreya Nallamothu, a fifteen-year-old high school student in his district, alerted him to the issue of young children being featured extensively online with no labor protections for them in place.102Press Release, Koehler, supra note 24. “This new digital age has given us tremendous opportunities to connect with one another, but it’s also presented legal issues that have never existed before,” said Koehler.103Kindelan, supra note 101. “We need to work with our children to see the problems they face and tackle them head-on before any further harm is done.”104Id.

The Illinois law protects earnings for minors under the age of sixteen while stipulating that minors under sixteen who produce their own videos are not considered “vlogger[s]” subject to the compensation and record-keeping requirements established by the law.105820 Ill. Comp. Stat. Ann. 206/10 (West 2025). The law explicitly includes “famil[ies]” in its definition of “vlogger[s],” thus requiring parents who produce content featuring their own children (as well as any other children) to set aside the minors’ earnings if their inclusion reaches the specified threshold. The law also amends Illinois’ Child Labor Law by allowing teenagers who are at least eighteen years old to take legal action against their parents for failing to compensate them in accordance with the new requirements.106Amanda Anderson, Illinois Enacts Law Protecting “Child Influencers,” 4A’s (Aug. 23, 2023, at 11:38 PT), https://www.aaaa.org/illinois-enacts-law-protecting-child-influencers [https://web.archive.org/web/20240703060538/https://www.aaaa.org/illinois-enacts-law-protecting-child-influencers]. In response to the law, University of Alabama professor of digital media Jessica Maddox called the legislation “long overdue” and pushed for other states to take similar steps as well as expand protections to allow eighteen-year-olds to petition for the removal of social-media content that features them.107Kindelan, supra note 101. Emphasizing the need for regulations that adequately measure up to the reality of the kidfluencer phenomenon, Maddox commented:

[Kidfluencing and vlogging] are actual jobs, possible ways of earning income, that need protection . . . . Since there aren’t unions, there isn’t systemic protection in terms of laws, that is why Illinois law is super important for setting the precedent that this type of labor needs to be protected, especially for minors.108Kindelan, supra note 101 (errors in the original).

Meanwhile, on September 26, 2024, California Governor Gavin Newsom signed legislation expressly expanding the state’s Coogan Law to cover kidfluencers sharing content on YouTube and similar platforms.109Press Release, Gavin Newsom, Governor, Governor Newsom Joins Demi Lovato to Sign Legislation to Protect the Financial Security of Child Influencers (Sept. 26, 2024), https://www.gov.ca.gov/2024/09/26/governor-newsom-joins-demi-lovato-to-sign-legislation-to-protect-the-financial-security-of-child-influencers [https://perma.cc/WHW9-HU8A]. The bill in question, AB 1880, defines “content creator” as “an individual who creates, posts, shares, or otherwise interacts with digital content on an online platform,” including “vloggers, podcasters, social media influencers, and streamers”; “online platform” is defined as “any public-facing website, web application, or digital application.”110Assemb. B. 1880, 2023–2024 Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2024). Regarding Governor Newsom’s support for the bill, bill author Assemblymember Juan Alanis remarked:

I thank Governor Newsom for signing AB 1880 and for his commitment to addressing the unique challenges minors face as online content creators in the rapidly growing digital entertainment industry. Child content creators deserve the same protections under the Coogan Law as their counterparts in traditional entertainment. With this bill, California takes a significant step in protecting the financial rights and well-being of child online influencers by extending critical protections against exploitation and ensuring they receive a fair share of earnings from their content.111Press Release, Newsom, supra note 110.

Former child actor and successful musician Demi Lovato championed the bill as a critical step toward “grant[ing] agency” toward kidfluencers upon reaching adulthood.112Id.

Signed alongside AB 1880 was SB 764,113Id. the Child Content Creator Rights Act (“CCCRA”), authored by Senator Steve Padilla.114Press Release, Padilla, supra note 20. The CCCRA stipulates that video bloggers (“vloggers”) engage a minor “in the work of vlogging” when at least thirty percent of the vlogger’s monetized visual content includes “the likeness, name, or photograph of the minor.”115S.B. 764, 2023–2024 Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2024). Vloggers engaging minors in vlogging work under the definition of the CCCRA are required to keep detailed records of the minor’s age during the vlogging period and the extent of their appearance in and compensation for monetized content.116Id. Contracts for vlogging work between a minor and their parent must be approved by a court to avoid application of the bill’s terms; “[i]n determining whether to approve such a contract, the court shall consider whether the terms of the contract are at least as beneficial to the minor as the compensation the minor would otherwise receive under [the CCCRA].”117Id.

And as of May 2025, Utah now also mandates protected trust accounts for kidfluencers.118H.B. 322, 66th Leg., 2025 Gen. Sess. (Utah 2025). With similar provisions to those in California and Illinois, Utah’s law also lays out procedures for managing kidfluencers trusts and also requires that content creators “inform a minor’s parents that the minor is featured” in their content if, as in the PRI lawsuit, the creator is not themselves the minor’s parent.119Id. In the same vein, Virginia, Arkansas, and Montana all enacted kidfluencer laws in 2025, and each state focused its labor protections for kidfluencers on compensation safeguards, mandating Coogan Account-esque trusts for kidfluencers appearing in a certain percentage of creators’ content.120H.B. 2401, 2025 Gen. Assemb., Reg. Sess. (Va. 2025); H.B. 1975, 95th Gen. Assemb., Reg. Sess. (Ark. 2025); H.B. 392, 69th Leg., Reg. Sess. (Mont. 2025).

As lawmakers in California, Minnesota, Illinois, Utah, Arkansas, Montana, and Virginia have recognized, kidfluencing is a job, plain and simple. It demands the same safeguards against labor exploitation that are accepted throughout the United States for children in traditional entertainment jobs, along with additional protections that are necessary to address issues unique to kidfluencing. Thus, while the recent legislation in these states represents important progress, much more robust protections for kidfluencers—regulations modeled after California’s existing laws for child actors—are needed. Because of the geographic flexibility inherent in kidfluencer work, such protection is needed at the federal level to be fully comprehensive; further, kidfluencer regulations must not only mandate safeguards to compensation, but also ensure limits on working hours, guaranteed access to education, on-set supervision and advocacy, and the obtainment of permits to employ minors. As it stands today, even for kidfluencers now protected from financial exploitation in a handful of states, the rest of their working conditions remain largely unregulated—as does their privacy.

III.  REGULATING THE PRIVACY OF KIDFLUENCERS

Growing up in the pop culture spotlight compromises a child’s privacy and reputation in ways that can be painful and enduring. As child actor Jennette McCurdy put it, “Growing is wobbly and full of mistakes, especially as a teenager—mistakes that you certainly don’t want to make in the public eye, let alone be known for for the rest of your life. But that’s what happens when you’re a child star.”121McCurdy, supra note 32, at 121. And for kidfluencers, the extent to which their privacy and reputations are at stake is much greater. For Shirley Temple and Judy Garland, while the laws protecting them were still woefully inadequate, the personal information they shared with the public was limited to their performances as fictional characters, filmed on a soundstage by a camera that never followed them home. But for kidfluencers, the camera lives at home. Nothing is off-limits and every experience, every mistake, every embarrassment is potential content with dollar signs attached to it.

If labor regulations for kidfluencers are largely undeveloped, laws protecting kidfluencers’ privacy seem like less than an afterthought—perhaps even conceptually oxymoronic given that the point of kidfluencer content, in general, is to share children’s personal lives online. Even as lawmakers take steps to protect children as Internet users, kidfluencers are nowhere to be found in their policies. Though states have common law rights to privacy and publicity and a 1998 federal act regulates online platforms’ collection of children’s personal data, these rights can all generally be waived with consent—and for children, the consenting parties are their parents. Meanwhile, online platforms typically limit accounts to users aged thirteen and older, but given the numerous active kidfluencer accounts heavily featuring children under thirteen, platforms do not appear to restrict accounts that overwhelmingly feature children if the accounts are set up and managed by adults. These gaping loopholes in existing rights and policies allow kidfluencer accounts to thrive unchecked,122Notably, Piper Rockelle’s YouTube channel was only demonetized by YouTube in 2022 after the PRI lawsuit’s filing, despite the account being at least four years old by that point, having a significant viewership and presence on the platform, and having primarily featured children under the age of thirteen for an extended period. Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. leading to severe, long-term harm to and exploitation of kidfluencers that society is likely only beginning to reckon with.123See generally KUTV 2 News Salt Lake City, supra note 1 (depicting a former kidfluencer sharing her personal experience with the Utah Legislative Committee).

A.  Privacy Regulations for Children as Users Online

  1.  Existing and Proposed Federal Regulations for Children Online
i.  The Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998

The Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998 (“COPPA”) is the primary set of federal regulations concerning children’s online privacy, covering consent and notice requirements for online platforms and entities that collect personal data from children.124Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998, 15 U.S.C. § 6502. COPPA’s “primary goal . . . is to place parents in control over what information is collected from their young children online,”125Complying with COPPA: Frequently Asked Questions, Fed. Trade Comm’n (Jan. 2025), https://www.ftc.gov/business-guidance/resources/complying-coppa-frequently-asked-questions [https://perma.cc/S7LY-253R]. and it focuses on protecting children as users of online platforms as opposed to children appearing in online content. COPPA requires the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) to regulate online collection of children’s data and was last amended in 2013 in an effort to keep up with advancing technology.126Id. Kidfluencers are not explicitly covered by COPPA or any other federal law.

As a protective measure for children who are merely consumers of online content, COPPA is reasonably comprehensive (though it needs continuous updates to remain effective). Its critical failure as a protective measure for kidfluencers, however, lies in its parental-consent-based structure—and in the fact that it makes no actual mention of kidfluencers at all. COPPA only applies to children under thirteen and requires that online entities obtain parental consent before collecting children’s personal data from children. COPPA prohibits “unfair and deceptive acts and practices in connection with the collection and use of personal information from and about children on the Internet.”12715 U.S.C. § 6502. The act applies to websites or online services “directed to children”; in determining whether a given platform qualifies under this standard, the FTC considers the platform’s “subject matter,” “use of . . . child-oriented activities and incentives,” and “presence of child celebrities” as among relevant factors.128Children’s Online Privacy Protection Rule, 16 C.F.R. § 312.2 (2025). COPPA defines “collection” as “the gathering of any personal information from a child by any means, including . . . [r]equesting, prompting, or encouraging a child to submit personal information online,” “[e]nabling a child to make personal information publicly available,” and “[p]assive tracking of a child online.”129Id. “[P]ersonal information” under COPPA includes identifiers like first and last name, physical address, and a “photograph, video, or audio file where such file contains a child’s image or voice.”130Id. “Child” under COPPA includes only “individual[s] under the age of 13.”131Id.

Before online entities collect personal data from a child, COPPA requires that the child’s parent receive adequate notice about the information collected and its intended use and that the parent consent to such collection.132Id. Online platforms also must provide parents with a “reasonable means . . . to review the personal information collected . . . and to refuse to permit its further use or maintenance.”133Id. § 312.3. COPPA specifies that any means employed for parents to review collected information cannot be “unduly burdensome” to the parent and asserts that parents have the right to “at any time . . . refuse to permit . . . further use or future online collection of personal information . . . and to direct the [online platform] to delete the child’s personal information.”134Id. § 312.6. Platforms have the right to terminate a child’s use of its services if the child’s parent revokes consent and requests deletion of collected information.135Complying with COPPA: Frequently Asked Questions, supra note 126. Platforms also must only retain children’s information for “as long as is reasonably necessary to fulfill the purpose for which the information was collected.”136Id.

Lastly, COPPA includes safe harbor provisions, allowing online entities that follow approved sets of self-regulatory guidelines to be deemed compliant with COPPA and eligible for safe harbor treatment shielding them from potential liability.13715 U.S.C. § 6503.

ii.  COPPA 2.0

In May 2023, U.S. Senator Edward Markey, the author of COPPA, alongside Senator Bill Cassidy, introduced a new version of COPPA, “COPPA 2.0.”138Press Release, Edward Markey, Sen., Senator Markey Celebrates COPPA 2.0’s Unopposed Advancement Through Commerce Committee, Leap Forward in Protecting Young Americans Online (July 27, 2023), https://www.markey.senate.gov/news/press-releases/senator-markey-celebrates-coppa- 20s-unopposed-advancement-through-commerce-committee-leap-forward-in-protecting-young-americans-online [https://perma.cc/VV9P-7WX7]. After the Senate Commerce, Science, and Transportation Committee unanimously advanced COPPA 2.0 in July 2023, the Senate passed the bill in August 2024.139Press Release, U.S. Senate Comm. on Com., Sci. & Transp., Senate Overwhelmingly Passes Children’s Online Privacy Legislation (July 30, 2024), https://www.commerce.senate.gov/index.php/2024/7/senate-overwhelmingly-passes-children-s-online-privacy-legislation [https://perma.cc/2L8P-JBEW]. Senators Markey and Cassidy then reintroduced the bill in March 2025.140Press Release, Edward Markey, Sen., Senators Markey and Cassidy Reintroduce Children and Teen’s Online Privacy Protection Legislation (March 4, 2025), https://www.markey.senate.gov/news/press-releases/senators-markey-and-cassidy-reintroduce-children-and-teens-online-privacy-protection-legislation [https://perma.cc/EJH6-487W]. In early 2024, COPPA 2.0 cosponsor Senator Ted Cruz described the bill’s purpose as ensuring that no child leaves behind a digital footprint:

When Congress first passed the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, Americans were using dial-up to search “Ask Jeeves” instead of Google. Now, kids can access the Internet in the palm of their hands, and tech companies routinely surveil and target America’s youth. I’m proud to have worked with Sens. Markey, Cantwell, and Cassidy on bipartisan legislation to empower parents to safeguard their children’s online privacy and hold tech companies responsible for keeping minors safe from data collection. Every child deserves to grow up free of a digital footprint, and this bipartisan legislation is one step closer to achieving that goal.141Press Release, Ed Markey, Sen., Senators Markey, Cassidy Announce Chair Cantwell and Ranking Member Cruz as Cosponsors of COPPA 2.0 Children’s Privacy Legislation (Feb. 15, 2024) [hereinafter Markey, Announce Chair] (emphasis added), https://www.markey.senate.gov/news/press-releases/senators-markey-cassidy-announce-chair-cantwell-and-ranking-member-cruz-as-cosponsors-of-coppa-20-childrens-privacy-legislation [https://perma.cc/RQ9V-3867].

Championed as a means of bringing “children and teen’s online privacy standards into the 21st century,”142Id. COPPA 2.0 enumerates additional categories of online platforms, including mobile applications,143Children and Teens’ Online Privacy Protection Act, S. 1418, 118th Cong. § 2(a)(1), (3) (2024). and forms of personal data, including biological and physiological information.144Id. § 2(a)(3). Most significantly, however, COPPA 2.0 creates an entirely new class of protected minors: teenagers between thirteen and sixteen years old.145Id. § 2(a)(6). Under COPPA 2.0, teenagers—not their parents—consent to collection of their own personal data and are empowered to request review of collected data as well as revoke consent for data collection.146Id. § 2(a)(4). COPPA 2.0 preserves the original COPPA’s structure in giving parents the right to consent to collection of data from minors younger than thirteen. See id. However, COPPA 2.0 does not permit teenagers to withdraw consent for their own data that was collected with their parents’ consent before they turned thirteen.147See id. The omission of this right, under either iteration of COPPA, is particularly sobering in the kidfluencer context because it prevents kidfluencers from compelling platforms to remove their data, collected before age thirteen, in the event that their parents cannot or will not do so.

2.  Online Platforms’ User Age Restrictions

The largest social-media platforms typically require users to be at least thirteen years old,148Catherine Page Jeffery, Opinion, Is 13 Too Young to Have a TikTok or Instagram Account?, U. Syd. (Feb. 10, 2023), https://www.sydney.edu.au/news-opinion/news/2023/02/10/is-13-too-young-to-have-a-tiktok-or-instagram-account-.html [https://perma.cc/22EQ-UXZC]. This age restriction requirement stems from COPPA itself. though caveats to this rule exist. YouTube’s terms of service specify that users “must be at least 13 years old to use [YouTube]; however children of all ages may use [YouTube and YouTube Kids] . . . if enabled by a parent or legal guardian.”149Terms of Service, YouTube, https://kids.youtube.com/t/terms [https://perma.cc/M8UG-BPK9]. TikTok requires users to be at least thirteen years old,150Teen Privacy and Safety Settings, TikTok, https://support.tiktok.com/en/account-and-privacy/account-privacy-settings/privacy-and-safety-settings-for-users-under-age-18 [https://perma.cc/AX2B-WBGX]. and TikTok’s settings default accounts associated with minor users to private mode; TikTok users ages sixteen and seventeen can choose to make their accounts public.151Id.

Instagram also requires that users be at least thirteen;152About Instagram Teen Privacy and Safety Settings, Instagram Help Ctr., https://help.instagram.com/3237561506542117 [https://web.archive.org/web/20240905015036/https://help.instagram.com/3237561506542117]. on September 17, 2024, Instagram began defaulting all accounts created by users who indicated they are under eighteen to private mode.153Natasha Singer, Instagram’s New ‘Teen Accounts’: What Parents and Kids Need to Know, N.Y. Times (Sept. 17, 2024), https://www.nytimes.com/2024/09/17/technology/instagram-teen-account-settings-safety.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20241208195819/https://www.nytimes.com/2024/09/17/technology/instagram-teen-account-settings-safety.html]. These changes, which Instagram says are being “rolled out on an individual basis,”154About Instagram Teen Privacy and Safety Settings, supra note 153. are part of Instagram’s new “Teen Accounts” initiative promoted as a means of increasing safety for minors using the platform.155Singer, supra note 154. Under the “Teen Accounts” setup, users ages sixteen and seventeen can change the default privacy setting themselves to make their accounts public; minors under sixteen need their parents’ permission to do so.156Id.

It is not clear whether Instagram’s recent changes will affect accounts that feature minors but are at least ostensibly managed by an adult (as most kidfluencer accounts typically are); however, Instagram makes no mention of such accounts in its communications about this new measure, while stipulating that the “Teen Accounts” setup applies to “users.” Thus, even as platforms begin rolling out age restrictions, kidfluencer accounts continue to

occupy a gray area outside of the growing spotlight on child social-media users.

B.  Relevance and Current Limitations of the Common Law Rights of Privacy and Publicity

In the United States, the common law rights of privacy and publicity are “distinct” from one another and “intended to vindicate different interests,” though the latter initially evolved out of the former.157Montgomery v. Montgomery, 60 S.W.3d 524, 528 (Ky. 2001) (quoting Steven M. Fleischer, The Right of Publicity: Preventing an Identity Crisis, 27 N. Ky. L. Rev. 985, 988 (2000)). While the right of publicity enshrines the “right to control the commercial value of one’s identity,”158Id. the right of privacy “protects one’s right ‘to be let alone.’ ”159Id. (quoting Samuel D. Warren & Louis D. Brandeis, The Right to Privacy, 4 Harv. L. Rev. 193, 195 (1890)); see also Haelan Lab’ys, Inc. v. Topps Chewing Gum, Inc., 202 F.2d 866, 868 (2d Cir. 1953). Haelan Laboratories was the first U.S. case to explicitly distinguish the rights to privacy and publicity and emphasized the differences between economic and personal privacy interests as necessitating separate rights for each. See Sophie Polo, Note, The Unregulated Digital Playground: Why Kids Need Right of Publicity Protections from Their Parents, 31 J. Intell. Prop. L. 138, 141–42 (2024). The common law right of privacy comprises four tort causes of action: intrusion upon seclusion, public disclosure of private facts, false light, and appropriation.160Samuel Soopper, The First Amendment Privilege and Public Disclosure of Private Facts, 25 Cath. U.L. Rev. 271, 271 n.5 (1976).

The common law right of publicity developed out of both the right of privacy and intellectual property law, and has existed formally in the United States since the 1970s.161Mark Roesler & Garrett Hutchinson, What’s in a Name, Likeness, and Image? The Case for a Federal Right of Publicity Law, A.B.A. (Sept. 16, 2020), https://www.americanbar.org/groups/intellectual_property_law/publications/landslide/2020-21/september-october/what-s-in-a-name-likeness-image-case-for-federal-right-of-publicity-law [https://web.archive.org/web/20241204093931/https://www.americanbar.org/groups/intellectual_property_law/publications/landslide/2020-21/september-october/what-s-in-a-name-likeness-image-case-for-federal-right-of-publicity-law]. While the United States Supreme Court recognized the existence of the right of publicity in 1977 in Zacchini v. Scripps-Howard Broadcasting Co.,162Zacchini v. Scripps-Howard Broad. Co., 433 U.S. 562, 564–65 (1977). there is no federal right of publicity; rather, the right of publicity exists at the state level and is currently recognized in thirty-five states, including California.163Roesler & Hutchinson, supra note 162. The right of publicity stipulates that individuals have a common law right against appropriation of “the commercial value of [their] identity . . . without consent”;164Polo, supra note 160, at 141 (quoting Restatement (Third) of Unfair Competition § 46 (A.L.I. 1995)). inherent in the right is the recognition that “an individual’s likeness” is that individual’s “own property.”165Roesler & Hutchinson, supra note 162. The right of publicity is based on three core justifications: (1) the right to “reap the fruit of [one’s] labors,” connected to concerns about unjust enrichment;166Cristina Fernandez, The Right of Publicity on the Internet, 8 Marq. Sports L.J. 289, 314 (1998) (quoting Michael Madow, Private Ownership of Public Image: Popular Culture and Publicity Rights, 81 Calif. L. Rev. 125, 178 (1993)). (2) the “copyright-incentive theory” that the law must protect the individual’s persona so as to promote creative artistry; and (3) the need to protect “consumer[s] from advertising deception.”167Id. Section 3344 of the California Civil Code (“section 3344”) codifies California’s common law right of publicity and prohibits use of another’s image or “likeness” for profit without consent.168Cal. Civ. Code § 3344(a) (West 2023). For minors, however, it is precisely the element of “consent” that is likely to prove most challenging if and when section 3344 is invoked to protect their rights, for the law expressly recognizes consent by a minor’s parent or guardian as equivalent to the minor’s own consent.169Id.

While the PRI lawsuit is currently unique, it illustrates how disputes over consent are likely to be central to any efforts to protect kidfluencers’ privacy and publicity rights under the common law and corresponding statutes. Three plaintiffs in the PRI lawsuit alleged violations of both section 3344 and California’s common law right of publicity;170Second Amended Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 24–26. Smith argued that she could not be liable under section 3344 and the common law precisely because the parents of the three plaintiffs had consented to the use of their children’s likenesses for commercial purposes on Rockelle’s channel.171Defendants’ Notice of Motion and Motion for Summary Judgment or, in the Alternative, Motion for Summary Adjudication of Issues at 5–7, Sawyer S. v. Smith, No. 22STCV01351 (Cal. Super. Ct. 2024). The plaintiffs disputed the fact of such consent172Plaintiffs’ Consolidated Memorandum of Points & Authorities in Opposition to Defendants’ Motions for Summary Judgment or, in the Alternative, Motion for Summary Adjudication of the Issues at 3–5, Sawyer S. v. Smith, No. 22STCV01351 (Cal. Super. Ct. 2024). and, in denying summary judgment in March 2024, the Superior Court of California ruled that these claims created issues of triable fact. Presumably, parents of the other eight plaintiffs had consented to use of their children’s likenesses for profit by Smith and PRI. And given that no plaintiff ever alleged that their parent had no knowledge whatsoever of their appearance in videos on Rockelle’s channel, it follows that the parents of the three children alleging publicity violations simply may not have given meaningful consent.

At least for situations like the ones in which these three PRI plaintiffs found themselves, requiring that online platforms verify meaningful consent and notice by kidfluencers or their parents to use of the child’s likeness in monetized content would counteract harm. But still further, the lack of application of recognized privacy and publicity rights to the kidfluencer context as well as the parental-consent waiver’s potential for conflicts of interest in that context is representative of the current limitations of existing laws. Looking at the plain language and spirit of the recognized rights of privacy and publicity alongside the raw reality of the kidfluencer phenomenon, as typified by the PRI lawsuit, it follows not only that our society and legal system should care about protecting kidfluencers’ privacy and publicity rights, but that we in fact do care about it. However, our society has not yet recognized how our concern for privacy and publicity rights implicates kidfluencers due to their novelty; and it would likely take years of litigation—and kidfluencer exploitation—before the common law could produce a legal framework appropriate for the competing claims of parents and kidfluencers to control over the child’s rights to privacy and publicity.

C.  Falling Through the Gaps: Protecting Kidfluencers’ Privacy

1.  Kidfluencing’s Unique Threat to Privacy

The Senate’s passage of COPPA 2.0 indicates a strong desire on the part of lawmakers to protect children online. But thus far, kidfluencers are missing entirely from that conversation—and to disastrous results. The types of information COPPA and COPPA 2.0 mention specifically as constituting “personal” data worth protecting—full names, online contact information, photographs, video and audio files containing a child’s image or voice, geolocation information, and more—are available in droves on kidfluencer accounts. And even as social-media platforms place age restrictions on users, kidfluencer accounts need only include a few words claiming to be managed by a parent in their description to post massive amounts of kidfluencer content to vast online audiences without constraint.

And kidfluencers’ audiences grow more dangerous as their accounts gain traction: in early 2024, the New York Times published an in-depth investigation into kidfluencers’ follower demographics, and the results are sobering. The proportion of kidfluencer account followers who are adult males grows “dramatically” as accounts grow in popularity.173Valentino-DeVries & Keller, supra note 19. While men made up approximately 35 percent of kidfluencer audiences overall, “[m]any [accounts] with more than 100,000 followers had a male audience of over 75 percent,” while some had over 90 percent.174Id. The Times discovered men previously charged with or convicted of sex crimes among kidfluencer followers and found that some of these men participated in chat rooms with thousands of members, “treat[ing] children’s Instagram pages . . . as menus to satisfy their fantasies.”175Id.

While some parents are ignorant of the dangers posed by their children’s audiences,176See id. others have grown “numb” trying to beat back the unending tide of suspicious followers.177Id.

    “You are so sexy,” read one comment on an image of a 5-year-old girl in a ruffled bikini. “Those two little things look great thru ur top,” said another on a video of a girl dancing in a white cropped shirt, who months later posted pictures of her 11th birthday party.

    For many mom-run accounts, comments from men—admiring, suggestive or explicit—are a recurring scourge to be eradicated, or an inescapable fact of life to be ignored. For others, they are a source to be tapped.

    “The first thing I do when I wake up and the last thing I do when I go to bed is block accounts,” said Lynn, the mother of a 6-year-old girl in Florida who has about 3,000 followers from the dance world.

    Another mother, Gail from Texas, described being desensitized to the men’s messages. “I don’t have as much of an emotional response anymore,” she said. “It’s weird to be so numb to that, but the quantity is just astounding.”178Id.

Still other parents are taking knowing advantage of this population: men in the chat rooms that the Times uncovered “frequently praise[d] the advent of Instagram as a golden age for child exploitation” and “trade[d] information about parents considered receptive to producing and selling ‘private sets’ of images.”179Id. And among the allegations in the PRI lawsuit was a claim by one plaintiff that she accompanied Smith in mailing “several of Piper’s soiled training bras and panties to an unknown individual,” whereupon Smith told the plaintiff that “old men like to smell this stuff.”180Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 14. Plaintiffs also alleged that Smith often “boast[ed] . . . about being the ‘Madam of YouTube’ ” and a “Pimp of YouTube,” and about making “kiddie porn.”181Id. at 13.

Rockelle’s content and the PRI plaintiffs’ allegations paint a stark picture of the rampant sharing of invasive kidfluencer content carrying on unchecked throughout social media. For the members of the Squad, their experience working with PRI shares themes with Jennette McCurdy’s recollection of losing her childhood, autonomy, and privacy to child stardom. The Squad made countless videos centered around the group’s internal “crushes” and these videos performed much more strongly than the more innocent videos from Rockelle’s early days.182Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. Smith and Hill documented Rockelle’s first kiss on camera at age eleven183Piper Rockelle, Recreating Famous Instagram Couples Photos Challenge **First Kiss**💋💕 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, May 18, 2019) [hereinafter Rockelle, Recreating Famous Instagram Couples], https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l7ocyA76zfw [https://perma.cc/4YPN-7G69]. and filmed challenges among the Squad in which the minors competed to see who could kiss without stopping for the longest period of time.184Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. The mother of two PRI plaintiffs, who is also Rockelle’s aunt, claimed that Smith sent Rockelle “a daily iPhone checklist cataloging the attention she needed to pay to her boyfriend, including sending him heart emojis [and] giving regular kisses, hugs and loving touches.”185Id.

In addition to the suggestive video content on Rockelle’s channel, the thumbnail images for the videos themselves are clearly set up to provide shock value and drive an increase in viewership. The mother of one PRI plaintiff alleged that Smith “often urged [plaintiffs] to pose more provocatively for thumbnail photo shoots,” 186Id. and the lawsuit claimed that Smith, declaring that “sex sells,” “would frequently tell [the Squad members] to make ‘sexy kissing faces’ for thumbnails, to ‘push their butts out,’ to ‘suck their stomachs in,’ ‘wear something sluttier’ and would otherwise position [the p]laintiffs’ bodies in explicitly and sexually suggestive positions.”187Second Amended Complaint for Damages, supra note 2, at 13–14. As a result, minors are frequently depicted in provocative, revealing, or otherwise exploitative positions and situations in Rockelle’s thumbnails.

Image 3. Video on Piper Rockelle’s YouTube Channel, Featuring Eleven-Year-Olds188Piper Rockelle, I Spent 24 Hours Overnight in My Boyfriends Bedroom **Caught**💋 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, Mar. 23, 2019), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EJxmFsmwMOQ [https://perma.cc/82HR-QG2F]. As of November 2025, this video has 4.5 million views. Id.

Image 4. Video on Piper Rockelle’s YouTube Channel, Featuring Eleven-Year-Olds189Rockelle, Asking Strangers to Be My Boyfriend, supra note 16. As of this writing, this video has 9.9 million views. Id.

Image 5. Video on Piper Rockelle’s YouTube Channel, Featuring Eleven-Year-Olds190Rockelle, Recreating Famous Instagram Couples, supra note 184. As of November 2025, this video has 10 million views. Id.

Image 6. Video on Piper Rockelle’s YouTube Channel, Featuring Eleven-Year-Olds191Piper Rockelle, Handcuffed to My Boyfriend for 24 Hours Challenge *Bad Idea*❤️🗝 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, Mar. 16, 2019), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lcCHCOrngjU [https://perma.cc/NS8J-PJGE]. As of November 2025, this video has 4.6 million views. Id.

The following YouTube video thumbnail images are merely described herein to protect the privacy of the minors featured in them:

Six teenagers (four female, two male), aged thirteen to seventeen, photoshopped to appear crowded together inside a bubble bath. The two male teenagers are shirtless, while the female teenagers appear to be wearing tank tops. The female teenager in the center has her hair arranged covering the straps of her tank top. The video is entitled “LAST TO LEAVE THE BUBBLE BATH!!” and has 2.3 million views.192Rockelle, Last to Leave, supra note 42.

Six teenagers (three female, three male), aged twelve to fifteen, arranged in co-educational pairs, each in one of three horizontal panels. Each female is touching her male counterpart. The male in the center panel is shirtless and his female counterpart is touching his bare torso. The video is entitled “LAST TO STOP MASSAGING THEIR BOYFRIEND WINS **Couples Challenge** 💆‍♀️💕” and has 1.9 million views.193Rockelle, Last to Stop, supra note 42.

One female aged eleven pictured in a cropped shirt pointing at her navel. A fake piercing is attached to her navel and a yellow circle is superimposed around her stomach while a zoomed-in image of her navel with the piercing appears in the right-hand side of the thumbnail. In the center of the thumbnail, the words “11 YEARS OLD!!” appear in large block lettering. The video is entitled “11 YEAR OLD BELLY PIERCED **PRANK** (Can’t Say No 24 Hour Challenge) 🚫👌” and has 4.6 million views.194Rockelle, Belly Pierced, supra note 15.

Two females, aged eleven and twelve, wearing fake “baby bumps” designed to look like a pregnant woman’s belly with their shirts raised to expose the bumps. The video’s description includes the note, “We are only 11 and 12 so [this is] a pretty crazy challenge for us.” The video is entitled “24 Hours Being PREGNANT Challenge in PUBLIC with TWINS **FUNNY REACTIONS** 🍼🎀” and has 14 million views.195Piper Rockelle, 24 Hours Being Pregnant Challenge in Public with Twins **Funny Reactions**🍼🎀 | Piper Rockelle (YouTube, July 20, 2019), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pwUvDl85-oQ [https://perma.cc/9XRV-K5X2] (on file with the author).

According to the Los Angeles Times’ investigation of the PRI lawsuit, PRI’s videos chronicling the Squad’s “crushes” performed the best with Rockelle’s online audience.196Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. This data combined with the New York Times’ findings regarding dangerous followers of kidfluencers reflect the significant market that exists for kidfluencer content that is sensitive at best and criminal at worst. If, in the words of COPPA 2.0 cosponsor Senator Ted Cruz, “[e]very child deserves to grow up free of a digital footprint,”197Markey, Announce Chair, supra note 142. the law is currently failing kidfluencers to a staggering degree.

Further, even content that perhaps falls short of the hallmark suggestiveness of Rockelle’s brand victimizes kidfluencers—according to some kidfluencers themselves. In July 2023, Ruby Franke, former figurehead of the now-defunct YouTube channel “8 Passengers,” made headlines when her two youngest children, then ages nine and twelve, were found emaciated and wounded.198Caitlin Moscatello, The Truths and Distortions of Ruby Franke: She Broadcast Her Family’s Wholesome Life on YouTube. How Did She End Up Abusing Her Children?, The Cut (Sept. 24, 2024), https://www.thecut.com/article/ruby-franke-8-passengers-jodi-hildebrandt-connexions-children-jail-update.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20240925042742/https://www.thecut.com/article/ruby-franke-8-passengers-jodi-hildebrandt-connexions-children-jail-update.html]. The children had been imprisoned and suffered months of abuse by both Franke and her business partner Jodi Hildebrandt.199Id. Franke had stopped posting videos of her children over a year before, changing the name of her channel to “Moms of Truth” and posting solemn videos alongside Hildebrandt discussing parenting strategies and religion. But in the 8 Passengers heyday, Franke posted videos of her family of eight almost daily, chronicling her six children’s lives as they grew up in front of an audience of up to two million subscribers.200Id.

By 2022, 8 Passengers viewers had started to grow concerned about Franke’s behavior—while the harrowing nature of Franke’s eventual abuse would have been impossible for viewers to predict, many subscribers began to notice that Franke showed an indifference, at best, to her children’s privacy.201Id. Franke spoke at length in her YouTube videos about sensitive matters in her children’s lives; over the course of several videos, she described in-depth her and her husband Kevin’s decision to send their oldest son, then fourteen, to a behavioral modification camp in the Arizona wilderness. At one point, Franke played a voicemail for viewers that her son had left her while at the camp; her son cried throughout the voicemail as he described his experience.2028 Passengers, Answering Questions About Chad (YouTube), https://ia801604.us.archive.org/32/items/8-passengers/20190911%20Answering%20Questions%20About%20Chad.mp4 [https://perma.cc/J7FG-F258] (video is no longer available on YouTube). Another video featured the parents taking their preteen daughter to buy her first bra. After Kevin asked his preteen, “How come you’re all embarrassed?” his oldest daughter Shari spoke up off camera: “Because you’re filming her and you’re her dad?”203Moscatello, supra note 199.

2.  Adapting COPPA 2.0 and the Necessity of a Right to Removal

In October 2024, Shari, now twenty-one, addressed Utah’s Business and Labor Interim Committee; Utah Representative Doug Owens, who sponsored Utah’s subsequent bill regulating kidfluencers, introduced her testimony.204See H.B. 322, 66th Leg., 2025 Gen. Sess. (Utah 2025); Child Influencer Protections: Hearing Before the Interim Comm on Bus. & Lab., 2024 Leg., 65th Sess. (Utah 2024) (statement of Sheri Franke, Presenter), https://le.utah.gov/av/committeeArchive.jsp?mtgID=19498 [https://perma.cc/ADD4-UR3V]. Shari told lawmakers that she appeared before them “as a victim of family vlogging” in hopes of “shed[ding] light on the ethical and monetary issues that come from being a child influencer.”205KUTV 2 News Salt Lake City, supra note 1, at 00:56–01:05. Her words highlighted how adequate compensation is but one small component of a comprehensive regulatory scheme to protect kidfluencers; her experiences as a kidfluencer also evoke many of the same themes as Jennette McCurdy’s retelling of her time as a child actor—in particular, the sense that the compensation she received, while helpful, was simply not worth the loss of her childhood.

[Being a kidfluencer] is more than just filming your family life and putting it online. It is a full-time job with employees, business credit cards, managers, and marketing strategies. The difference between family vlogging and a normal business, however, is that the employees are all children. Children, from before they are born to the day they turn eighteen, have become the stars of family businesses on YouTube, Instagram, and most other social media platforms.

     . . . . 

At first, family vlogging is an alluring business that can bring high revenue. For my family, it became the primary source of income . . . . Many child influencers are paid for their work as I was, and this money has helped me in my adult life. However, this payment was usually a bribe. For example, we’d be rewarded $100 or a shopping trip if we filmed a particularly embarrassing moment or an exciting event in our lives. . . . Any payment that happens is under the table, with no paper trail. And how do we determine how much a child should make from appearing in family content? What price is worth giving up your childhood?

. . . Some of our most popular videos were when my eyebrow was accidentally waxed off, and the whole world saw a crying teenager when I just wanted to mourn in private. Or the time I was violently ill and got the leading role in the video for that day. My friends became scarce because dates were filmed and none of my friends wanted to be on camera. The camera never stops and there is no such thing as a [vacation] from filming.

     . . . . 

[A]s children, we do not understand the consequences of filming our lives and [having it] post[ed] for the world to see. We cannot give consent to our parents to post our lives. . . . I did not realize the impact that filming as a child would have on me now. . . . 

     . . . . 

If I could go back and do it all again, I’d rather have an empty bank account now and not have my childhood plastered all over the Internet. No amount of money I received has made what I’ve experienced worth it. . . . I promise you that my experiences are not unique and are happening to child influencers all over Utah and the country. Let’s tackle this issue before it becomes a bigger crisis than it already is.206Id. at 01:11–06:54. Shari’s full statement is included in the Appendix.

As Shari’s words illustrate, kidfluencing is currently too unchecked and too profitable—for parents—to be safe; thus, common-sense regulations aimed at deterring parents from overworking and oversharing their children for a financial payout are critically necessary. Just as labor protections for kidfluencers would be most effective if enacted at the federal level, protective measures for kidfluencers’ privacy need federal support. COPPA presents a key opportunity to begin developing that support by empowering kidfluencers to wield greater control over their digital footprints long term. While COPPA 2.0 takes an important step forward by expanding online privacy protections for teenagers, a truly comprehensive and effective COPPA amendment would also cover kidfluencers.

Protections for kidfluencers under a new version of COPPA would make explicit the right of teenaged kidfluencers to consent (or not) to sharing their personal information in monetized content and their right to revoke that consent at any time; this system would empower teenaged kidfluencers by allying them with the social-media platforms hosting their content—regardless of a parent’s role in producing kidfluencer content, platforms would require the kidfluencer’s consent before new content could be shared. For kidfluencers under thirteen, the consent that their parents give to sharing their children’s information and to commercial use of their likeness would become provisional only and revocable by the child upon reaching age thirteen. This change would allow kidfluencers to retroactively revoke consent to personal data their parents had agreed to share and compel platforms to remove it.207Thus far, the United States has not legally recognized the European Union’s “right to erasure” or “right to be forgotten,” which enshrines the right of individuals to the erasure of their personal data. Individuals protected under the right to be forgotten can demand erasure of their data under a variety of circumstances, including when they simply withdraw consent to their data’s collection and processing by another entity. Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the Protection of Natural Persons with Regard to the Processing of Personal Data and on the Free Movement of Such Data, and Repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation), art. 17, 2016 O.J. (L 119) 1. Some U.S. lawmakers have contemplated but ultimately abandoned, at least as of now, legislation providing a similar right; in the drafting and ultimate passage of Illinois kidfluencer compensation law, that bill’s sponsor said such a provision was ultimately removed from the law because “there was really no way of enforcing it.” Anderson, supra note 107. Notably, however, those concerns did not stop lawmakers in one state: Montana’s 2025 kidfluencer law explicitly titles its section detailing takedown requirements for platforms, “Right to be forgotten.” H.B. 392, 69th Leg., Reg. Sess. § 5 (Mont. 2025). And in situations where groups of kidfluencers create content together, as in the case of Piper Rockelle’s Squad, a kidfluencer-focused COPPA section would provide legal scaffolding to discourage casual content-sharing to large online audiences without informed consent by every parent or teenager involved. These amendments would be a first step in giving kidfluencers the privacy protections that they currently lack.

Four of the states that now regulate kidfluencers’ compensation have also taken steps in this direction: recent laws in Montana, Arkansas, Utah, and Minnesota include provisions aimed at empowering kidfluencers to request removal of content featuring them. In particular, Minnesota’s flat ban on children thirteen and under working as kidfluencers is well worth lawmakers’ consideration both in other states and at the federal level; such a ban would have automatically made much of the Squad’s early content unlawful due to the children’s ages, while also avoiding the challenges of enforcing more nuanced regulations. Yet gaps persist—Minnesota’s law provides that “[c]ontent containing the likeness of a child must be deleted and removed from any online platform by the individual who posted the content, the account owner, or another person who has control over the account when the request is made,” either by a kidfluencer at least thirteen years old or by a former kidfluencer who is now an adult.208H.F. 3488, 93rd Leg., 93rd Sess. § (4) (Minn. 2024). However, the law does not provide an explicit enforcement mechanism or a means for relief for kidfluencers whose requests for removal go unheeded; it also seemingly exempts social-media platforms from responsibility entirely as it has no “effect on a party that is neither the content creator nor the minor who engaged in . . . content creation.”209Id.

Meanwhile, Utah’s law does involve social-media platforms that host kidfluencer content explicitly in its removal provisions, requiring that platforms “provide a readily apparent process” for former kidfluencers who are now at least eighteen to request removal of content featuring themselves as minors.210H.B. 322, 66th Leg., 2025 Gen. Sess. § (4) (Utah 2025). But under Utah’s system, creators can still refuse to comply with removal requests. The law provides only an ex post, litigation-dependent right of action for former kidfluencers to challenge a creator’s refusal; at that point, a court would then consider the “emotional harm or substantial embarrassment” the challenged content poses to the former kidfluencer and both “the interests of the content creator” as well as “the public interest served by” that content.211Id. Thus, while Utah and Minnesota’s protections are certainly better than nothing, they are also critically limited; because kidfluencer exploitation is so rampant and systemic, an expensive, slow, after-the-fact system of relief available only on a state-by-state basis is simply not enough to protect them.

From that perspective, Arkansas and Montana have gone the furthest toward effecting an adequate legal solution: both states’ kidfluencer laws put responsibility on platforms, though with some caveats, to enforce kidfluencer protections, including removing kidfluencer content upon request. In Montana, creators are removed from the takedown process entirely; instead, Montana’s law triggers platforms’ responsibility to “take all reasonable steps to permanently delete” kidfluencer content as soon as former kidfluencers (who are at least eighteen) request removal.212H.B. 392, 69th Leg., Reg. Sess. § 5(1)–(2) (Mont. 2025).

Arkansas’ kidfluencer law is arguably even more sweeping; under that law, platforms must allow for removal requests by kidfluencers and then notify content creators of their obligation to remove the applicable content within thirty days; if creators do not do so, platforms “shall review and take all reasonable steps to remove the content.”213H.B. 1975, 95th Gen. Assemb., Reg. Sess. § 1(4-88-1503)(c)(3)(B) (Ark. 2025). Unlike Montana, Arkansas does include caveats to platforms’ mandated removal, including for content that the platform finds “sufficiently newsworthy or of other public interest to outweigh the privacy interests” of the kidfluencer in question.214Id. § 1(4-88-1503)(c)(3)(B)(ii). However, Arkansas also elevates platforms’ responsibilities in an additional, consequential area: its law makes it “unlawful to financially benefit from knowingly producing or distributing publicly . . . any visual depiction of a minor with the intent to sexually gratify or elicit a sexual response in the viewer or any other person.”215Id. § 1(4-88-1504)(a)(1). This section mandates platforms to “develop and implement a risk-based strategy to help mitigate risks related to monetization of the intentional sexualization of known minors” in a content-creation context; the structure of such strategies is at platforms’ discretion and can include monetization policies, “automated system[s] to identify and enforce against potentially problematic content and accounts,” and “[q]uality assurance processes” to monitor the effectiveness of platform’s policies in this area.216Id. § 1(4-88-1504)(d)(1)–(2)(iii), (v). While the precise standard for determining whether content has “the intent to sexually gratify or elicit a sexual response” under Arkansas’ law are unspecified, much of the PRI Squad’s content could likely qualify. Thus, in addition to placing responsibility on social-media platforms to effectuate kidfluencer content removal, Arkansas also made the critical first step, at the state level, toward mandating that platforms develop ongoing procedures to monitor for at least some kinds of problematic kidfluencer content, and, ideally, prevent exploitation before it occurs.

Overall, both Arkansas and Montana’s regulatory approaches—situating platforms as the enforcers of newly-recognized kidfluencer privacy and publicity rights—represent the most effective way forward for a comprehensive federal scheme to protect kidfluencers.

IV.  THE SOLUTION—FEDERAL LABOR AND PRIVACY PROTECTIONS AND REQUIRING SOCIAL-MEDIA PLATFORMS TO ENFORCE KIDFLUENCER RIGHTS

Kidfluencers need comprehensive labor and privacy protections, and because the Internet transcends the geographical limits that made state-specific labor regulations for child actors practical, adequate kidfluencer labor and privacy regulations must be set at the federal level. But once enacted, these comprehensive federal protections will require an effective enforcement mechanism—and the social-media platforms that host kidfluencer content are likely the entities best situated to moderate and enforce kidfluencer regulations. Thus, a robust set of federal kidfluencer labor and privacy protections would include an imposition of liability on platforms that feature kidfluencer content on monetized accounts (thereby creating revenue for the platform itself as well as for those managing the kidfluencer accounts) when that content is produced under conditions that violate kidfluencer laws. So far, only two states, Montana and Arkansas, have placed legal responsibility squarely on platforms to remove kidfluencer content upon request; lawmakers seeking to adequately protect kidfluencers must follow these states’ lead by pushing for federal measures that regulate kidfluencers’ labor and privacy and enable platforms to enforce those laws.

A.  Section 230 and Techlash

Any conversation surrounding potential liability for online platforms based on a platform’s third-party content implicates section 230 of the Communications Decency Act of 1996 (“section 230”). Recognizing how “[t]he rapidly developing array of Internet . . . services available to individual Americans represent[s] an extraordinary advance in the availability of educational and informational resources,”217Communications Decency Act of 1996, 47 U.S.C. § 230(a)(1). and how the Internet “ha[s] flourished, to the benefit of all Americans, with a minimum of government regulation,”218Id. § 230(a)(4). section 230 provides limited immunity to any online platform for content posted by third-party users.219See id. § 230. In the nearly thirty years since section 230’s passage, its supporters have credited it with enabling some major online platforms to grow from start-ups into global giants,220Diverging Paths for Platform Liability: The Impact of Section 230 and the Choice for America’s Digital Future, Internet Governance F. USA, https://www.igfusa.us/diverging-paths-for-platform-liability [https://web.archive.org/web/20240520193755/https://www.igfusa.us/diverging-paths-for-platform-liability]. particularly with regard to the largest companies commonly referred to as a whole as “Big Tech.”221Kean Birch & Kelly Bronson, Big Tech, 31 Sci. as Culture 1, 1 (2022). And many of those supporters have defended section 230 in the last ten years as an increasing number of detractors began voicing concerns over Big Tech’s ever-growing and seemingly unchecked power, a phenomenon dubbed “techlash.”222Robert D. Atkinson, Doug Brake, Daniel Castro, Colin Cunliff, Joe Kennedy, Michael McLaughlin, Alan McQuinn & Joshua New, A Policymaker’s Guide to the “Techlash”—What It Is and Why It’s a Threat to Growth and Progress 1 (2019), https://www2.itif.org/2019-policymakers-guide-techlash.pdf [https://perma.cc/SYL3-U5T3]; Elizabeth Nolan Brown, Section 230 Is the Internet’s First Amendment. Now Both Republicans and Democrats Want to Take It Away, reason (July 29, 2019), https://reason.com/2019/07/29/section-230-is-the-internets-first-amendment-now-both-republicans-and-democrats-want-to-take-it-away [https://perma.cc/E2FZ-3HEW].

Kidfluencers are glaringly missing from this increasingly heightened debate over the virtues and dangers of section 230 and, more broadly, about the responsibilities or lack thereof that Big Tech owes to users. Any federal proposal to impose liability upon platforms who violate laws designed to prevent kidfluencer exploitation will prompt questions about whether imposing such liability would infringe platforms’ rights under section 230 and their constitutional rights to freedom of expression. Crucially, however, section 230 itself already includes limiting language: in addition to protecting the right of platforms to “voluntarily” and “in good faith” “restrict access to or availability of material that [the platform] considers to be obscene, lewd, . . . or otherwise objectionable, whether or not such material is constitutionally protected,”22347 U.S.C. § 230(c)(2)(A). section 230 dictates explicitly that it has “[n]o effect on intellectual property law.”224Id. § 230(d)(2). Thus, new kidfluencer regulations, if modeled after this exception for intellectual property law, could be fully consistent with section 230.

B.  Contributory Liability as a Basis for Platform Enforcement

In keeping with section 230’s unrestricted exception for intellectual property concerns, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (“DMCA”), passed two years later, empowers copyright owners to compel online entities to remove infringing material hosted on their platforms or otherwise face liability.225The Digital Millenium Copyright Act, U.S. Copyright Off., https://www.copyright.gov/dmca [https://web.archive.org/web/20241214044325/https://www.copyright.gov/dmca]. Under the DMCA’s “notice-and-takedown system,” online platforms can qualify for limitations on liability, known as safe harbor provisions, provided that they comply with an owner’s takedown request.226Id. Thus, the system enables copyright owners to safeguard their work from infringement while avoiding litigation and also ensures, via its safe harbor provisions, that online platforms are not impeded in their industrial development by these intellectual property protections. The DMCA has roots in common law contributory liability doctrine in recognizing partial responsibility on the part of online entities for infringement happening on their platform.227See generally 5 Donald S. Chisum, Chisum on Patents § 17 (2024) (discussing the common law origins and development of contributory infringement doctrine). In this way, the DMCA serves as an analog for a potential liability model for platforms hosting kidfluencer content produced in violation of expanded regulations.

In the kidfluencer context, online platforms also go a step further than inadvertent sharing of objectionable material—they profit directly from kidfluencer content by collecting a percentage of advertising revenue from the accounts they monetize.228Kaufman & Gelt, Blockbuster Lawsuit, supra note 6. Thus, under expanded labor and privacy protections for kidfluencers, adapted from existing laws for child actors and child social-media users, platforms hosting monetized kidfluencer accounts would more than meet the criteria for contributory liability for profiting off of content produced in violation of these new regulations. Yet at the same time, platforms are also likely the most well-situated party to enact protocols that can effectively monitor and enforce updated kidfluencer laws.

Platforms can develop a more robust application process for kidfluencer account monetization requiring that adults running kidfluencer accounts to comply with the same laws regulating studios employing traditional child entertainers: obtaining permits to employ minors, tracking and reporting kidfluencers’ working hours and staying within working hour limits, providing proof of regular education and on-set supervision, and setting up protected trust accounts to safeguard kidfluencers’ compensation. Under this regulatory system, would-be kidfluencer accounts would have to meet these requirements as part of applying for account monetization, and existing kidfluencer accounts would have to provide documentation showing that they are maintaining these mandates to retain their monetized status on a continuing basis. Further, if federal protections for kidfluencers’ privacy were enshrined in an expansion of COPPA, online platforms could also be required to actively monitor kidfluencer accounts’ adherence to COPPA’s expanded mandates; specifically, platforms must obtain consent by teenagers and provisional consent by parents of children under thirteen to appear in monetized content and provide a means to revoke consent and compel removal upon request. Just as proof of continuing adherence to expanded kidfluencer labor regulations should be required for kidfluencer accounts to achieve monetization, so too should kidfluencer accounts be required to demonstrate compliance with privacy protections in order to keep gaining revenue. Online platforms already have established procedures to conform with COPPA’s existing mandates for children’s data collection that are similar to DMCA’s safe harbor criteria—in particular, COPPA includes its own self-regulatory guidelines for platforms to keep themselves eligible for COPPA’s longstanding safe harbor provisions. Thus, platforms are poised with a foundation to further develop protocols that monitor compliance with kidfluencer regulations. And despite the ongoing debate over the fate of section 230, imposing liability for online platforms in the kidfluencer context arguably need not threaten section 230, or platforms’ free expression more broadly, at all; such liability would not be without precedent given section 230’s blanket exception for intellectual property infringement, the DMCA’s subsequent imposition of the notice-and-takedown system, and COPPA’s longstanding restrictions on how online platforms interact with child users.

  CONCLUSION

While some former kidfluencers like Shari Franke have explicitly called for a ban on kidfluencing entirely, such a drastic measure would be remarkably difficult, if not impossible, to achieve. At the same time, though the PRI lawsuit is unique, as of this writing, in its involvement of kidfluencers personally suing adult content producers, the PRI plaintiffs are part of an ever-growing cohort, the oldest of whom are only beginning to reach adulthood. As the first generation of kidfluencers comes of age while regulations to protect kidfluencers remain, at best, in their infancy, courts could see a rise in litigation by former kidfluencers only now independent enough to seek legal recourse. Rather than Shari’s proposed all-out ban on kidfluencing or a slew of merely reactive, post-exploitation lawsuits in the spirit of the PRI lawsuit, the more promising approach to addressing kidfluencer exploitation lies in enacting strict labor and privacy regulations at the federal level; once these regulations are created or expanded, lawmakers can then explore mechanisms for imposing liability on social-media platforms that host kidfluencer content produced in violation of these expanded regulations. If kidfluencers are to remain a fixture of the content-creator world (and they likely will, given the pervasiveness of their online presence as well as their financial value to the platforms that feature them), their career field needs to be regulated like the bona fide occupation that it is. Thus, federal law must ensure the right of kidfluencers in every state to limits on their working hours, guaranteed access to education, on-set supervision and advocacy, and compensation safeguards—the same protections that the most stringent states afford to professional child actors.

But merely applying labor regulations for child actors to kidfluencers as an overall protective measure still falls short because the nature of kidfluencing itself presents an unprecedented privacy intrusion. Child actors have built-in privacy protections by virtue of conducting their work on a set, away from home, playing characters. Their work, by and large, is only seen by people who pay to see it and is only broadcast subject to intellectual property and other licensing agreements between production companies and distributors. In contrast, when kidfluencers’ parents say, “Action!” the entire world immediately has an unrestricted window directly into their personal, private life. Thus, just as federal law must be expanded to regulate kidfluencers’ labor, COPPA should be amended to explicitly cover kidfluencers and also to make parental consent to collection of kidfluencers’ personal data provisional only—once children turn thirteen, they must be able to retroactively withdraw consent for data their parents turned over on their behalf. Under this new regulatory system, social-media platforms would be charged with monitoring kidfluencer accounts’ adherence to these requirements and suspending accounts in violation, drawing upon their existing safe harbor guidelines that currently ensure their compliance with COPPA and the DMCA as a model. This all-encompassing approach will serve to close the gaps in kidfluencer protections as quickly and effectively as possible, preventing future generations of kidfluencers from needing to wait to reach adulthood before they can pursue legal recourse after years of exploitation. It defies common sense that, as far as kidfluencers’ labor and privacy are concerned, the younger—and more vulnerable—they are, the fewer rights they have.

APPENDIX

My name is Shari Franke. My mother, Ruby Franke, is the prominent family vlogger arrested last year for child abuse. I don’t come today as the daughter of a felon, nor a victim of an abnormally abusive mother. I come today as a victim of family vlogging. My goal today is not to present any idea of a solution to this problem, but to shed light on the ethical and monetary issues that come from being a child influencer.

When children become stars in their family’s online content, they become child influencers. It is more than just filming your family life and putting it online. It is a full-time job with employees, business credit cards, managers, and marketing strategies. The difference between family vlogging and a normal business, however, is that the employees are all children. Children, from before they are born to the day they turn eighteen, have become the stars of family businesses on YouTube, Instagram, and most other social media platforms.

Utah is specifically a hotspot for family content due to the LDS culture around family and the goal to share the church with the world. We also have large families which makes family content more lucrative. Specifically, many parents film their regular family life as an online video blog, called a vlog. But I want to be clear that there is never, ever a good reason for posting your children online for money or fame. There is no such thing as a moral or ethical family vlogger.

At first, family vlogging is an alluring business that can bring high revenue. For my family, it became the primary source of income as is often the case for full time family vloggers. Many child influencers are paid for their work as I was, and this money has helped me in my adult life. However, this payment was usually a bribe. For example, we’d be rewarded $100 or a shopping trip if we filmed a particularly embarrassing moment or an exciting event in our lives. Or other times, simply going on vacation was expected to be payment enough—because most kids don’t get to go on regular and expensive trips. Never mind the fact that the child’s labor is actually what paid for the vacation or trip. There is no law in place to guarantee that child influencers get any money from their work. If a family account does not become an LLC, parents are taxed heavily for paying their children. But parents receive tax write offs for the regular clothes they wear, the gas money used to drive places, and even the houses they live in—anything that is filmed can be written off. And even after registering their business as an LLC, there is no guarantee that children will get paid. Any payment that happens is under the table, with no paper trail. And how do we determine how much a child should make from appearing in family content? What price is worth giving up your childhood?

But despite any monetary payment children may receive, don’t let this excuse the 24/7 labor that these children are subjected to. As a child, I was fully aware that I was an employee. The business was successful when I was happy or when I shared my hardships with the world. Some of our most popular videos were when my eyebrow was accidentally waxed off, and the whole world saw a crying teenager when I just wanted to mourn in private. Or the time I was violently ill and got the leading role in the video [for] that day. My friends became scarce because dates were filmed and none of my friends wanted to be on camera. The camera never stops and there is no such thing as a [vacation] from filming.

At the time, I’d tell you that I had a choice in what was filmed. But I’ve come to learn that every child influencer, in a way, suffers from Stockholm syndrome. Most child influencers would probably tell you they have full control over what is posted; but the reality is that their parents bribe and shame them into posting their most vulnerable moments. In fact, many child influencers may tell you they enjoy their work because of the monetary perks they receive, or the fun experiences that they can have. After all, what child would say no to a fun vacation or shopping spree if all they needed to do was film [a mental breakdown or] an embarrassing moment?

But as children, we do not understand the consequences of filming our lives and [having it] post[ed] for the world to see. We cannot give consent to our parents to post our lives. In any other context, it is understood that children cannot give consent—but for some reason, people think family vlogging is different. I did not realize the impact that filming as a child would have on me now. My social media became flooded with rumors of having sexual relations with my own brother, to being called a baby birthing machine at the age of thirteen. All these things have stuck with me, and I will forever live between the ages of thirteen to seventeen in many of my viewer’s minds. In addition, pedophiles stalk the internet, specifically seeking out child influencers. I promise you that the parents are aware of these predators and choose to post their children anyway.

I understand that this a big issue to tackle. I am not asking you to ban family vlogging, though that is my end goal. I also understand that as Utahns, we don’t appreciate big government overreach. But when it comes to protecting children, it should be a bipartisan issue. The only people harmed by child influencer laws are the parents exploiting their children. While this may not seem like an issue now, as child influencers in Utah continue to grow up, I foresee there will be legal crises with these children realizing that vlogging has brought severe emotional distress. Or these kids may realize they don’t have an appropriate amount of money to show for their [forced] labor. After all, how does that child know how much they should have made versus what their parents may or may not have paid them? Let’s deal with this now, before we reach that point. But even despite a good paycheck, I want to be absolutely clear that there is no amount of money can justify selling your soul, as a child, to the world. In no other industry would we justify unregulated child labor with a huge paycheck, and we should not do that here.

If I could go back and do it all again, I’d rather have an empty bank account now and not have my childhood plastered all over the Internet. No amount of money I received has made what I’ve experienced worth it. While I don’t have all the answers, nor many feasible solutions for this problem, I am proud to be one of the first child influencers in the state of Utah to speak against this issue. I don’t want people to look at me and blame my unique circumstances, with a mother in prison, to the Franke criminal case. Family vlogging ruined my innocence long before Ruby committed a crime. I promise you that my experiences are not unique and are happening to child influencers all over Utah and the country. Let’s tackle this issue before it becomes a bigger crisis than it already is. Thank you.229KUTV 2 News Salt Lake City, supra note 1.

99 S. Cal. L. Rev. 449

Download

*Executive Postscript Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 99; J.D. Candidate, 2026, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.A. Law, History, and Culture, 2016, University of Southern California. This Note is dedicated to the memory of my grandmother Nan Johnson. Thank you to my advisors Professors Jonathan Barnett and Jef Pearlman for their support and guidance; to Cristopher Swain for his unconditional encouragement; to Mark E. Haddad for his faith and wisdom; to Miranda Johnson-Haddad for her unwavering support; to Madeline Goossen and Robyn Kazemaini for their loyal mentorship; and to Kelcey Sholl, Isabella Flaherty, Nicholas Considine, and the staff of the Southern California Law Review for their thoughtful and dedicated editing.